Systems and methods for managing information technology infrastructure to generate a dynamic interface

ABSTRACT

A system includes a device configured with a tool that interfaces with administrator devices remote from the device. The system receives an identifier of an administrator of an administrator device. The system retrieves an administrator profile corresponding to the identifier. The system identifies one or more administrator profiles stored in the administrator profile data structure of one or more different administrators. The system determines a similarity metric between the administrator profile and each of the identified administrator profiles. The system identifies the administrator profiles having the similarity metric satisfying a predetermined threshold. The system instantiates a dynamic report interface to render an electronic report indicating a first value of a first performance metric of the administrator based on the administrator profile and a second value of the first performance metric based on the identified administrator profiles. The system provides the electronic report for display via the administrator device.

CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS

This application claims priority to, and the benefit of, as acontinuation under 35 U.S.C. § 120 of U.S. patent application Ser. No.16/791,777, filed Feb. 14, 2020, which claims priority to, and thebenefit of, as a continuation under 35 U.S.C. § 120 of U.S. patentapplication Ser. No. 15/237,344, filed Aug. 15, 2016, which claimspriority to, and the benefit of, under 35 U.S.C. § 119 of U.S.Provisional Patent Application No. 62/268,225, filed Dec. 16, 2015, eachof which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

FIELD OF THE DISCLOSURE

The present solution is generally directed to managing informationtechnology infrastructure to generate a dynamic interface includingperformance metrics of various similar administrators of electronicbenefits accounts. In particular, the present solution can updateresults of the dynamic reports in response to a user's adjustments ofinput parameters.

BACKGROUND OF THE DISCLOSURE

Administrators, such as companies or health insurance providers, canestablish electronic benefits accounts such as flexible spendingaccounts and health savings accounts for participants such as employees,subscribers, or customers. These electronic benefits accounts canprovide a tax advantage for the participants. As administratorsconfigure different types of electronic tax benefits accounts, it may bechallenging for information technology infrastructure to monitor andanalyze the different types of electronic tax benefits accounts.

BRIEF SUMMARY OF THE DISCLOSURE

The systems and methods of the present solution are directed to thetechnical problems and challenges of implementing the functionality ofmanaging or generating an interface of an electronic transaction basedtechnology and platform. Existing electronic transaction basedtechnologies and platforms do not effectively and efficiently make useof the computing and network resources deployed for interface basedtechnologies and platforms to include such functionality. Withoutimplementing such functionality, existing electronic transaction basedtechnologies and platforms have the problems of excessive server-clientrequests and responses, processing delays, increase bandwidth usage, orerroneous reports or interfaces.

The systems and methods of the present solution are directed to theimprovement of the performance and operation of the electronictransaction based technology and platform and computing and networkingresource used by such electronic transaction based technology andplatform. In some aspects, the present solution improves and enhancesthe implemented functionality of the electronic transaction basedtechnology and platform implemented on, integrated with and inherentlytied to the processor, memory, network and computing resources of one ormore computing devices. In some aspects, the present solution moreeffectively performs the functionality of the electronic transactionbased technology and platform thereby making and causing more effectiveuse of the computing and networking resources to achieve the improvedfunctionality of the present solution. The same computing and networkresources used by such electronic transaction based technology andplatform will provide increased and improved functionality withimplementation of the present solution.

In some aspects, the present solution more efficiently uses thecomputing and networking resources to implement the improvedfunctionality of the electronic transaction based technology andplatform. For example, systems and methods of the present solution aredirected to managing information technology infrastructure to generate adynamic interface including performance metrics of various similaradministrators of electronic benefits accounts. Systems and methods ofthe present solution can update results of the dynamic reports inresponse to a user's adjustments of input parameters.

Administrators that establish or provide electronic tax benefitsaccounts can utilize backend information technology infrastructure toprocess, analyze, monitor or manage the electronic tax benefitsaccounts. An entity managing the backend information technology may haveaccess to data regarding electronics tax benefit accounts acrossmultiple administrators. This data may include the different parametersassociated with respective electronic benefits accounts of the differentadministrators. As examples of parameters, one administrator may have ahigher monthly fee compared with another administrator, or may set ahigher minimum balance to be maintained compared to anotheradministrator. Some administrators can change parameters associated withtheir accounts, for example, to increase the number of participants thatuse their accounts.

The present disclosure provides systems and methods of managinginformation technology to generate a dynamic interface. The dynamicinterface can include a dynamic report based on analyzing peeradministrators or customers. For example, the system can providebenchmarking information on a predefined set of administrativeindicators and enable administrators to manipulate parameters to comparetheir performance to similar administrators. The system can furtherallow an administrator to manipulate the data to further stratify thedata on various industry measures and determine how their performancecompares with the stratified data.

The system can be configured with an administrator matching technique toidentify peer or similar administrators. The matching technique caninclude a comparison function, a machine learning technique, astatistical technique, correlation techniques or cross-referencingtechniques. For example, the matching technique can compare parametersassociates with electronic tax benefit accounts between two or moreadministrators to identify two or more administrators having similarparameters. In some cases, the matching technique can include assigningweights to parameter such that a first parameter may have a higherweight than a second parameter and a third parameter. For example, withthis weighting structure, the system can determine that a firstadministrator is similar to a second administrator if the firstparameter with the highest weight matches between the first and secondadministrators, even though the second and third parameters do notmatch. In another example, the system may determine that twoadministrators are not similar because the first parameter with thehighest weight does not match, even though the second and thirdparameters with lower weights do match.

Upon identifying similar administrators using one or more matchingtechniques, the system can generate a dynamic report. The dynamic reportinterface can include or be configured on a dashboard. In some cases,the dynamic report interface can be provided or streamed over a datanetwork. The dynamic report interface can be configured to receive datamanipulation indications via an input device. For example, the interfacecan receive indications to manipulate the data for a different timeperiod, based on size of the administrator, geographic location of theadministrator (or the administrator's customers), number of years inoperation, marketing budget, number of employees, demographics, industrysectors, revenue, profit, expenses, types of electronic accounts, typesof transaction configurations, funding sources, interest rate, or anyother parameter that facilitates generating a dynamic report.

In an illustrative embodiment, the system can provide payment processinginfrastructure and technology to an administrator such as an insurancecompany. The insurance company can provide various types of insurance(e.g., health, dental, vision, car, property, legal, construction, etc.)to its customers. A customer of the insurance company can include anemployer that has employees. The system can enable the insurance companyto generate a dynamic report to identify similar administrators andtheir performance. The insurance company can, for example, setparameters for: opening fee, minimum operating balance, monthly fee,annual fee, investment options, fund access type (e.g., checkbook, debitcard). Parameters could also include interest rate, contribution fromemployer; how invest funds (e.g., investment bank funds, equityinvesting, mutual funds, or money market accounts).

The dynamic report can indicate a level of performance of the insurancecompany as well as how the insurance company's level of performancecompares or relates to the identified similar administrators.Performance indicators can include, for example, success of investments,number of users, number of employers, percentage of employees peremployer using a tax benefit account and amount of contributions. Insome cases, the system can aggregate data among multiple similaradministrators and display the aggregated data in the dynamic report inan anonymized data format. In some cases, manipulating parameters usedto generate the dynamic report can cause the system to re-execute thematching technique and identify a different set of similaradministrators based on the new parameters. The system can thenregenerate, manipulate, or otherwise update the report provided by thedynamic report interface using the new set of similar administrators.

At least one aspect of the present solution is directed to a system tomanage information technology infrastructure. The system can include adevice including one or more processors, the device configured with atool that interfaces with a plurality of administrator devices remotefrom the device, the plurality of administrator devices each configuredto administer one or more tax benefit accounts corresponding to one ormore participants. The tool is executed to receive, via a network, anidentifier of an administrator of an administrator device of theplurality of administrator devices. The tool is executed to retrieve,from an administrator profile data structure stored in memory, anadministrator profile corresponding to the identifier. An administratormatching engine of the tool is executed to identify one or moreadministrator profiles stored in the administrator profile datastructure of one or more different administrators. The administratormatching engine is executed to determine, based on a parameter matchingtechnique, from the one or more identified administrator profiles, asimilarity metric between the administrator profile and each of theidentified one or more administrator profiles. The administratormatching engine is executed to identify the one or more administratorprofiles having the similarity metric satisfying a predeterminedthreshold. A report generator of the tool is executed to instantiate adynamic report interface to render for display via the administratordevice, an electronic report indicating a first value of a firstperformance metric of the administrator based on the administratorprofile and a second value of the first performance metric based on theidentified one or more administrator profiles. The tool is executed toprovide, via the dynamic report interface, the electronic report fordisplay via the administrator device.

In some embodiments, the tool is further configured to receive, via thenetwork from the administrator device, a parameter of the administratorprofile, the parameter including at least one of an account opening fee,a minimum operating balance, a monthly fee, an annual fee, an electronicfund access type, or an interest rate.

In some embodiments, the tool is further configured to generate theadministrator profile with parameters received from the administratordevice, the administrator device configured to receive data from aplurality of participant devices corresponding to the one or more taxbenefit accounts configured using the administrator profile.

In some embodiments, the tool is further configured to train, via amachine learning technique, an administrator profile model using aplurality of administrator profiles, and input a parameter of theadministrator profile into the administrator profile model to determinethe first value of the first performance metric.

In some embodiments, the tool is further configured to aggregate aplurality of administrator profiles corresponding to the plurality ofadministrator devices, and store the plurality of administrator profilesin the administrator profile data structure in memory.

In some embodiments, the tool is further configured to render theelectronic report indicating the first value of the first performancemetric based on a number of participants of the administrator during atime interval, and the second value of the first performance metricbased on the number of customers of the identified one or moreadministrators.

In some embodiments, the tool is further configured to receive, via theinstance of the dynamic report interface, an indication from theadministrator device to adjust the time interval, and manipulate thefirst value of the first performance metric and the second value of thefirst performance metric indicated in the rendered electronic reportresponsive to the indication to adjust the time interval.

In some embodiments, the tool is further configured to receive, via theinstance of the dynamic report interface, a filter criterion, use thefilter criterion to identify a subset of the one or more administratorprofiles stored in the administrator profile data structure, generate athird value of the first performance metric based on the subset of theone or more administrator profiles, render, via the dynamic reportinterface, the electronic report to indicate the first value of thefirst performance metric and the third value of the first performancemetric, and remove the second value of the first performance metric fromthe rendered electronic report, the second value of the firstperformance metric being different from the third value of the firstperformance metric.

In some embodiments, the tool is further configured to receive an updateto the administrator profile after the electronic report is rendered,generate a third value of the first performance metric based on theupdate to the administrator profile, and render, via the dynamic reportinterface, the electronic report to include the third value of the firstperformance metric and remove the first value of the first performancemetric.

In some embodiments, the tool is further configured to render theelectronic report for display on the administrator device via thedynamic report interface, and receive, from the administrator device viathe dynamic report interface, an indication to manipulate the electronicreport.

Another aspect of the present solution is directed to a method ofmanaging information technology infrastructure. A tool executed by oneor more processors of a device that interfaces with a plurality ofadministrator devices remote from the device receives, via a network, anidentifier of an administrator of an administrator device of a pluralityof administrator devices, the plurality of administrator devices eachconfigured to administer one or more tax benefit accounts correspondingto one or more participants. The tool retrieves from an administratorprofile data structure stored in memory, an administrator profilecorresponding to the identifier. The tool executes an administratormatching engine to identify, based on a parameter matching technique,one or more administrator profiles of one or more differentadministrators stored in the administrator profile data structure. Thetool determines, based on the parameter matching technique from the oneor more identified administrator profiles, a similarity metric betweenthe administrator profile and each of the one or more administratorprofiles. The tool identifies the one or more administrator profileshaving the similarity metric satisfying a similarity threshold. The toolexecutes a report generator to generate an instance of a dynamic reportinterface to render for display via the administrator device, anelectronic report indicating a first value of a first performance metricof the administrator based on the administrator profile and a secondvalue of a first performance metric based on the identified one or moreadministrator profiles. The tool provides, via the dynamic reportinterface, the electronic report for display via the administratordevice.

In some embodiments, the tool receives, via the network from theadministrator device, a parameter of the administrator profile, theparameter including at least one of an account opening fee, a minimumoperating balance, a monthly fee, an annual fee, an electronic fundaccess type, or an interest rate.

In some embodiments, the tool generates the administrator profile withparameters received from the administrator device, the administratordevice configured to receive data from a plurality of participantdevices corresponding to the one or more tax benefit accounts configuredusing the administrator profile.

In some embodiments, the tool trains, via a machine learning technique,an administrator profile model using a plurality of administratorprofiles, and determines the first value of a first performance metricbased on an output from the administrator profile model responsive to aparameter of the administrator profile input into the administratorprofile model.

In some embodiments, the tool aggregates a plurality of administratorprofiles corresponding to the plurality of administrator devices, andstores the plurality of administrator profiles in the administratorprofile data structure in memory.

In some embodiments, the tool renders the electronic report indicatingthe first value of a first performance metric based on a number ofparticipants of the administrator during a time interval, and the secondvalue of a first performance metric based on the number of customers ofthe identified one or more administrators.

In some embodiments, the tool receives, via the instance of the dynamicreport interface, an indication from the administrator device to adjustthe time interval, and manipulates the first value of a firstperformance metric and the second value of a first performance metricindicated in the rendered electronic report responsive to the indicationto adjust the time interval.

In some embodiments, the tool receives, via the instance of the dynamicreport interface, a filter criterion, uses the filter criterion toidentify a subset of the one or more administrator profiles stored inthe administrator profile data structure, generates a third value of afirst performance metric based on the subset of the one or moreadministrator profiles, renders via the dynamic report interface, theelectronic report to indicate the first value of a first performancemetric and the third value of a first performance metric, and removesthe second value of a first performance metric from the renderedelectronic report, the second value of a first performance metricdifferent from the third value of a first performance metric.

In some embodiments, the tool receives an update to the administratorprofile after the electronic report is rendered, generates a third valueof the first performance metric based on the update to the administratorprofile, and renders via the dynamic report interface, the electronicreport to include the third value of the first performance metric andremove the first value of the first performance metric.

In some embodiments, the tool renders the electronic report for displayon the administrator device via the dynamic report interface, andreceives from the administrator device via the dynamic report interface,an indication to manipulate the electronic report.

At least one aspect of the present solution is directed to a system forconducting electronic transactions via a computer network. The systemcan include a communication interface of a server having one or moreprocessors to receive a request to adjudicate a single claim against anelectronic benefits account. The system can include a policy engineexecuted by the one or more processors of the server to determine,responsive to the communication interface receiving the request toadjudicate the single claim, that the single claim against theelectronic benefits account is approved for an amount of expendituresqualifying under the electronic benefits account. The policy engine isexecuted to identify, via a configuration of the electronic benefitsaccount maintained by the server, a reimbursement policy of theelectronic benefits account specifying an ordered list of accountdestinations for benefits account reimbursements. The electronicreimbursement account is configured to allow transactions fornon-qualifying benefits account expenditures. The policy engine executedto update the electronic reimbursement account maintained by the serverwith a value corresponding to a credit for the approved amount for thesingle claim. The system can include a notification engine executed bythe server to generate, responsive to the request adjudicated by theserver and the update by the policy engine of the electronicreimbursement account with the value corresponding to the credit for theapproved amount for the single claim, a notification identifying theupdate to the electronic reimbursement account corresponding to thecredit. The notification engine is executed to transmit, via thecomputer network to a device of the electronic benefits account, a firstone or more packets carrying data indicating the notification of thecredit.

In some embodiments, the server is further configured to determine abalance of the electronic reimbursement account, the balance includingthe value used to update the electronic reimbursement account prior totransmission of the first one or more packets carrying data indicatingthe notification of the credit. The server can be further configured totransmit the first one or more packets responsive to determining thebalance includes the value.

In some embodiments, the server is further configured to receive asecond one or more packets carrying the request to adjudicate the singleclaim against the electronic benefits account, the request comprising arequest data structure having a first field indicating a merchant ID, asecond field indicating a total amount of expenditures, and a thirdfield indicating the electronic benefits account. The server can befurther configured to parse the second one or more packets to identifythe electronic benefits account indicated via the third field. Theserver can be further configured to perform, with the identification ofthe electronic benefits account, a lookup in a benefits account policydatabase maintained in memory by the server. The server can be furtherconfigured to retrieve, responsive to the lookup, an electronic benefitsaccount policy corresponding to the single claim against the electronicbenefits account. The server can be further configured to generate,responsive to application of the electronic benefits account policyusing the merchant ID and the total amount of expenditures, theindication that the single claim against the electronic benefits accountis approved for the amount of expenditures qualifying under theelectronic benefits account.

In some embodiments, the server is further configured to determine theamount of expenditures qualifying under the electronic benefits accountis different from the total amount of expenditures.

In some embodiments, the server is further configured to receive, viathe computer network, a second one or more packets carrying a request toadjudicate the single claim against the electronic benefits account, therequest comprising a request data structure having a first fieldindicating a merchant ID, a second field indicating a total amount ofexpenditures, and a third field indicating the electronic benefitsaccount. The server can be further configured to transmit the first oneor more packets carrying data indicating the notification of thetransferred credit within a predetermined time interval of receiving thesecond one or more packets.

In some embodiments, the server is further configured to receive asecond one or more packets generated by a merchant device to conduct anelectronic transaction at a merchant, the second one or more packetscarrying data identifying a merchant category of the merchant, theelectronic benefits account maintained and configured on the server, anda total monetary amount of the electronic transaction. The server can befurther configured to transmit the first one or more packets carryingdata indicating the notification of the transferred credit within apredetermined time interval of receiving the second one or more packets.

In some embodiments, the server is further configured to receive asecond one or more packets generated by a merchant device to conduct anelectronic transaction at a merchant, the second one or more packetscarrying data identifying a merchant category of the merchant, theelectronic benefits account maintained and configured on the server, anda total monetary amount of the electronic transaction. The server can befurther configured to initiate a claim adjudication process responsiveto receiving the second one or more packets. The server can be furtherconfigured generate, responsive to initiating the single claimadjudication process, a second notification of the initiation. Theserver can be further configured to transmit, prior to transmission ofthe first one or more packets, a third one or more packets carrying dataindicating the second notification of the initiation.

In some embodiments, the server is further configured to transmit thefirst one or more packets carrying data indicating the notification andthe third one or more packets carrying data indicating the secondnotification with a predetermined time interval.

In some embodiments, the server is further configured to retrieve,responsive to transmission of the instructions including the value toupdate the electronic reimbursement account, an electronic reporttemplate configured for the electronic benefits account. The server canbe further configured generate the notification using the electronicreport template to include a balance of the electronic reimbursementaccount subsequent to updating the electronic reimbursement account withthe credit. The server can be further configured to transmit, to thedevice, the first one or more packets carrying data indicating thenotification via at least one of a Short Message Service protocol or anelectronic mail protocol.

In some embodiments, the server is further configured to perform alookup in a profile database of the electronic benefits account toidentify the device configured to receive notifications for theelectronic benefits account. The server can be further configured toretrieve, from the profile database, a unique identifier for the deviceand a notification mode, the notification mode including at least one ofa Short Message Service protocol or an electronic mail protocol. Theserver can be further configured to configure the first one or morepackets carrying data indicating the notification based on thenotification mode.

Another aspect of the present solution is directed to a method ofmanaging electronic transactions via a computer network. A communicationinterface of a server receives a request to adjudicate a single claimagainst an electronic benefits account. The server can include one ormore processors. A policy engine executed by the server determines,responsive to the communication interface receiving the request toadjudicate the single claim, that the single claim against theelectronic benefits account is approved for an amount of expendituresqualifying under the electronic benefits account. The policy engineidentifies, via a configuration of the electronic benefits accountmaintained by the server, a reimbursement policy of the electronicbenefits account specifying an ordered list of account destinations forbenefits account reimbursements. The policy engine determines, viaapplication of the reimbursement policy to the single claim, anelectronic reimbursement account as a destination for a benefits accountreimbursement, the electronic reimbursement account configured to allowtransactions for non-qualifying benefits account expenditures. Theserver transmits instructions to update the electronic reimbursementaccount maintained by the server with a value corresponding to a creditfor the approved amount for the single claim. The server generates,responsive to the request adjudicated by the server and transmitting theinstructions to update the electronic reimbursement account with thecredit of the single claim, a notification identifying the update to theelectronic reimbursement account corresponding to the credit of thesingle claim. The server transmits, via the computer network to a deviceof the electronic benefits account, a first one or more packets carryingdata indicating the notification of the credit.

In some embodiments, the server determines a balance of the electronicreimbursement account. The balance can include the value used to updatethe electronic reimbursement account. The server can determine thebalance prior to transmitting the first one or more packets carryingdata indicating the notification of the credit. In some embodiments, theserver transmits the first one or more packets responsive to determiningthe balance includes the value.

In some embodiments, the policy engine receives, via the computernetwork, a second one or more packets carrying the request to adjudicatethe single claim against the electronic benefits account, the requestcomprising a request data structure having a first field indicating amerchant ID, a second field indicating a total amount of expenditures,and a third field indicating the electronic benefits account. The policyengine can the second one or more packets to identify the electronicbenefits account indicated via the third field. The policy engine canperform a lookup in a benefits account policy database maintained inmemory by the server using the identification of the electronic benefitsaccount. The policy engine can retrieve, responsive to the lookup, abenefits account policy corresponding to the single claim against theelectronic benefits account. The server can generate, responsive toapplication of the electronic benefits account policy using the merchantID and the total amount of expenditures, the indication that the singleclaim against the electronic benefits account is approved for the amountof expenditures qualifying under the electronic benefits account.

In some embodiments, the server determines the amount of expendituresqualifying under the electronic benefits account is different from thetotal amount of expenditures.

In some embodiments, the server receives, via the computer network, asecond one or more packets carrying a request to adjudicate the singleclaim against the electronic benefits account, the request comprising arequest data structure having a first field indicating a merchant ID, asecond field indicating a total amount of expenditures, and a thirdfield indicating the electronic benefits account. The server cantransmit the first one or more packets carrying data indicating thenotification of the transferred credit within a predetermined timeinterval of receiving the second one or more packets.

In some embodiments, the server receives a second one or more packetsgenerated by a merchant device to conduct an electronic transaction at amerchant, the second one or more packets carrying data identifying amerchant category of the merchant, the electronic benefits accountmaintained and configured on the server, and a total monetary amount ofthe electronic transaction. The server can transmit the first one ormore packets carrying data indicating the notification of thetransferred credit within a predetermined time interval of receiving thesecond one or more packets.

In some embodiments, the server can receive a second one or more packetsgenerated by a merchant device to conduct an electronic transaction at amerchant, the second one or more packets carrying data identifying amerchant category of the merchant, the electronic benefits accountmaintained and configured on the server, and a total monetary amount ofthe electronic transaction. The server can initiate a claim adjudicationprocess responsive to receiving the second one or more packets. Theserver can generate, responsive to initiating the single claimadjudication process, a second notification of the initiation. Theserver can transmit, prior to transmission of the first one or morepackets, a third one or more packets carrying data indicating the secondnotification of the initiation.

In some embodiments, the server can transmit the first one or morepackets carrying data indicating the notification and the third one ormore packets carrying data indicating the second notification with apredetermined time interval.

In some embodiments, the server can retrieve, responsive to transmittingthe instructions including the value to update the electronicreimbursement account, an electronic report template configured for theelectronic benefits account. The server can generate the notificationusing the electronic report template to include a balance of theelectronic reimbursement account subsequent to updating the electronicreimbursement account with the credit. The server can transmit, to thedevice, the first one or more packets carrying data indicating thenotification via at least one of a Short Message Service protocol or anelectronic mail protocol.

In some embodiments, the server can perform a lookup in a profiledatabase of the electronic benefits account to identify the deviceconfigured to receive notifications for the electronic benefits account.The server can retrieve, from the profile database, a unique identifierfor the device and a notification mode, the notification mode includingat least one of a Short Message Service protocol or an electronic mailprotocol. The server can configure the first one or more packetscarrying data indicating the notification based on the notificationmode.

At least one aspect of the present solution is directed to a method ofmanaging electronic transactions via a computer network. Acommunications interface of a server receives a first one or more datapackets via a network protocol. The server can include one or moreprocessors. The first one or more data packets can be generated by afirst device at a first merchant to conduct a first electronictransaction at the first merchant. The first one or more data packetscan include first header information and first payload informationcarrying data. The first one or more data packets can carry dataidentifying a first merchant category of the first merchant, anelectronic account maintained and configured on the server, and a firstmonetary amount of the first electronic transaction. A policy engineexecuting on the one or more processors of the server selects a firstpurse of a plurality of purses allocated to the electronic accountmaintained by the server based on a first policy applied to the data.The first purse can be configured as a purse with funds exempt frompayroll tax deductions to be used to conduct approved transactions. Theserver obtains the first monetary amount of the first electronictransaction from the first purse of the electronic account. The policyengine applies a second policy to the data to determine a reimbursementamount based on the first monetary amount of the transaction. The serverelectronically provides, via the computer network, the reimbursementamount to a second purse of the electronic account. The second purse canbe different from the first purse.

In some embodiments, the server selects the first purse based on thefirst policy applied to the first merchant category. In someembodiments, the server provides a real-time notification of thereimbursement amount responsive to transferring the reimbursement amountto the second purse of the electronic account. In some embodiments, thepolicy engine determines that the first purse of the electronic purse isconfigured for prescription purchases. The server can select the firstpurse responsive to determining that the first merchant is aprescription provider based on the first merchant category.

In some embodiments, the server receives a second one or more datapackets generated by a second device at a second merchant to conduct asecond electronic transaction at the second merchant. The second one ormore data packets can carry second data indicating a second merchantcategory of the second merchant, the electronic account, and a secondmonetary amount of the second electronic transaction. The policy enginecan use the first policy to select the second purse of the electronicaccount based on the second merchant category. The server can provide anindication to use the second account for at least a portion of thesecondary monetary amount. In some embodiments, the server can selectthe first account for a first portion of the second monetary amountbased on the second merchant category matching the first account. Theserver can select the second account for a second portion of the secondmonetary amount based on an available balance in the first account beingless than the second monetary amount of the second transaction.

In some embodiments, the server can select the second purse responsiveto determining that the first purse is not configured for the secondmerchant category of the second merchant. In some embodiments, theserver can map, using the first policy, the first merchant to the firstpurse based on the first merchant category and a first configuration ofthe first purse. The server can use the first policy to map the secondmerchant to the second purse based on the second merchant category and asecond configuration of the second purse.

In some embodiments, the server can retrieve, from a policy repositorystored in memory, the second policy using an identifier of theelectronic account. In some embodiments, the server can access a datarecord in memory for the electronic account. The data record can includea first available amount and a first configuration for the first purse,and a second available amount and a second configuration for the secondpurse. The server can determine, based on the first available amount andthe first configuration, to use the first purse for the first electronictransaction. The server can determine, based on the first availableamount and the first configuration, not to use the second purse for thefirst electronic transaction. The server can determine, based on thefirst configuration, not to use the first purse for a second electronictransaction. The server can determine, based on the second availableamount and the second configuration, to use the second purse for thesecond electronic transaction.

In some embodiments, the server can receive a request from a clientdevice for information about the electronic account. The server canauthenticate the request from the client device using credentialsassociated with the request. The server can access a data record inmemory for the electronic account. The data record can include a firstavailable amount for the first purse, and a second available amount forthe second purse. The server can provide for display on the clientdevice a report indicating the first available amount and the secondavailable amount.

In some embodiments, the server can receive the request via a ShortMessage Service protocol from the client device. The client device canbe a mobile telecommunications device. The server can provide the reportvia at least one of the Short Message Service protocol or an electronicmail protocol.

Another aspect of the present solution is directed to a system toconduct electronic transactions via a computer network. The system caninclude a server having one or more processors and a communicationinterface. The system can include a policy engine and a transactionengine. The communications interface receives, via a network protocol, afirst one or more data packets generated by a first device at a firstmerchant to conduct a first electronic transaction at the firstmerchant. The first one or more data packets carry data identifying afirst merchant category of the first merchant, an electronic account,and a first monetary amount of the first electronic transaction. Thepolicy engine selects a first purse of a plurality of purses allocatedto the electronic account maintained by the server based on a firstpolicy applied to the data. The first purse can be configured as a pursewith funds exempt from payroll tax deductions to be used to conductapproved transactions. The transaction engine obtains the first monetaryamount of the first electronic transaction from the first purse of theelectronic account. The policy engine applies a second policy to thedata to determine a reimbursement amount based on the first monetaryamount of the transaction. The transaction engine provides, via anetwork, the reimbursement amount to a second purse of the electronicaccount, the second purse different from the first purse.

In some embodiments, the server provides a real-time notification of thereimbursement amount responsive to transferring the reimbursement amountto the second purse of the electronic account. In some embodiments, theserver determines that the first purse of the electronic purse isconfigured for prescription purchases. The server can select the firstpurse responsive to determining that the first merchant is aprescription provider based on the first merchant category.

In some embodiments, the server receives a second one or more datapackets generated by a second device at a second merchant to conduct asecond electronic transaction at the second merchant. The second one ormore data packets carry second data indicating a second merchantcategory of the second merchant, the electronic account, and a secondmonetary amount of the second electronic transaction. The server can usethe first policy to select the second purse of the electronic accountbased on the second merchant category. The server can provide anindication to use the second account for at least a portion of thesecondary monetary amount.

In some embodiments, the server can select the second purse responsiveto determining that the first purse is not configured for the secondmerchant category of the second merchant. In some embodiments, theserver can use the first policy to map the first merchant to the firstpurse based on the first merchant category and a first configuration ofthe first purse. The server can use the first policy to map the secondmerchant to the second purse based on the second merchant category and asecond configuration of the second purse.

In some embodiments, the server can access a data record in memory forthe electronic account. The data record can include a first availableamount and a first configuration for the first purse, and a secondavailable amount and a second configuration for the second purse. Theserver can determine, based on the first available amount and the firstconfiguration, to use the first purse for the first electronictransaction. The server can determine, based on the first availableamount and the first configuration, not to use the second purse for thefirst electronic transaction. The server can determine, based on thefirst configuration, not to use the first purse for a second electronictransaction. The server can determine, based on the second availableamount and the second configuration, to use the second purse for thesecond electronic transaction.

In some embodiments, the server can receive a request from a clientdevice for information about the electronic account. The server canauthenticate the request from the client device using credentialsassociated with the request. The server can access a data record inmemory for the electronic account. The data record can include a firstavailable amount for the first purse, and a second available amount forthe second purse. The server can provide, for display on the clientdevice, a report indicating the first available amount and the secondavailable amount.

At least one aspect of the present solution is directed to a system tomanage resource allocation via an information technology infrastructure.The system can include a server including one or more processorsconfigured to provide to a plurality of devices corresponding to aplurality of heterogeneous electronic funding sources, an electronicbenefits account transaction application programming interface (“API”)configured to receive transaction requests from the plurality ofheterogeneous electronic funding sources, and configured to receive, viathe electronic benefits account transaction API, from a first device ofthe plurality of devices corresponding to a first electronic fundingsource of the plurality of heterogeneous electronic transaction sources,a first one or more packets comprising a request to initiate a singleelectronic benefits account transaction to fund an electronic benefitsaccount. The request can identify a transaction destination, atransaction code, a transaction amount and an identifier identifying thefirst electronic funding source. The server can include an enforcementengine configured on an executed by the server. The enforcement engineis executed to determine the transaction code maps to one of a currentyear or a previous year. The enforcement engine is executed to perform alookup in an electronic transaction queue of the electronic benefitsaccount maintained in memory by the server to identify an in-processtransaction amount and a reportable contribution amount. The enforcementengine is executed to generate a value by combining the transactionamount, the in-process transaction amount and the reportablecontribution amount identified from the electronic transaction queue ofthe electronic benefits account maintained in memory by the server. Thevalue can indicate a virtual transaction balance. The enforcement engineis executed to compare the value with a threshold limit for the one ofthe current year or the previous year mapped to the transaction code todetermine that the value exceeds the threshold limit. The enforcementengine is executed to select an alert format configured for an interfacecorresponding to the first electronic funding source. The enforcementengine is executed to transmit, via a network to the first device, oneor more packets carrying data in the alert format indicating a denial ofthe single electronic benefits account transaction request responsive tothe comparison and the transaction code mapping to the one of thecurrent year or the previous year. The one or more packets can beconfigured to indicate to the first device termination of the singleelectronic benefits account transaction initiated by the request toprevent exceeding the threshold limit established for the electronicbenefits account.

In some embodiments, the enforcement engine is further configured toidentify using a profile database stored in memory, that the firstelectronic funding source enforces electronic benefits account limits,and determine, responsive to identifying that the first electronicfunding source enforces electronic benefits account limits, thetransaction code maps to one of the current year or the previous year.

In some embodiments, the enforcement engine is further configured todetermine an enforcement rule based on the single electronic benefitsaccount transaction request, and identify the threshold limit based onthe enforcement rule.

In some embodiments, the enforcement engine is further configured togenerate the value by summing the transaction amount, the in-processtransaction amount and the reportable contribution amount identified.

In some embodiments, the enforcement engine is further configured toselect the threshold limit based on a predetermined threshold limitconfigured for the electronic funding source.

In some embodiments, the enforcement engine is further configured toreceive the request to initiate a single electronic benefits accounttransaction, the request initiated by a remote device that is remote tothe first device and configured with authentication credentials toaccess the first device.

In some embodiments, the enforcement engine is further configured togenerate an alert in the alert format that includes instructions toterminate the single electronic benefits account transaction initiatedby the request to prevent exceeding the threshold limit established forthe electronic benefits account.

In some embodiments, the enforcement engine is further configured toestablish a bidirectional communication channel with the first device,the bidirectional communication channel configured to transfer requestsand instructions to terminate transactions.

In some embodiments, the enforcement engine is further configured totransmit, via the network to the first device, the response packetsindicating the denial of the single electronic benefits accounttransaction request within a predetermined time interval from receivingthe single electronic benefits account request.

In some embodiments, the enforcement engine is further configured todetermine that the electronic funding source corresponds to a fundedpayroll deposit, select the alert format corresponding to the fundedpayroll deposit, the alert format comprising a first field for theinstructions to deny the single electronic benefits account transactionand a second field for a reason code, generate an alert in the alertformat that includes instructions to terminate the single electronicbenefits account transaction and a reason code, and transmit the one ormore response packets carrying the alert.

In some embodiments, the enforcement engine is further configured toaccess a profile database to determine that the electronic fundingsource corresponds to a non-payroll deposit, select the alert format forthe instructions to terminate the single electronic benefits accounttransaction corresponding to the non-payroll deposit, the alert formatincluding a first field for a reason code, and a second field forinstructions to exclude the transaction from the in-process transactionamount, generate an alert in the alert format that includes instructionsto terminate the single electronic benefits account transaction, thereason code, the instructions to exclude the transaction from thein-process transaction amount, and transmit the one or more responsepackets carrying the alert.

In some embodiments, the enforcement engine is further configured toreceive a second one or more packets comprising a second request toinitiate a second single electronic benefits account transaction to fundthe electronic benefits account, the second request including a seconddata structure identifying the transaction destination, the transactioncode, a second transaction amount and the first electronic fundingsource, generate a second value by combining the second transactionamount, the in-process transaction amount and the reportablecontribution amount identified from the electronic transaction queue ofthe electronic benefits account maintained in memory by the server, thesecond value different from the value, determine the second value isless than the threshold limit based on a comparison of the second valuewith the threshold limit, and generate, responsive to the second valuebeing less than the threshold limit, second response packets toauthorize the second single electronic benefits account transaction.

Another aspect of the present solution is directed to a method ofmanaging resources via information technology infrastructure. A serverincluding one or more processor provides, to a plurality of devicescorresponding to a plurality of heterogeneous electronic fundingsources, an electronic benefits account transaction applicationprogramming interface (“API”) configured to receive transaction requestsfrom the plurality of heterogeneous electronic funding sources. Theserver receives via the electronic benefits account transaction API,from a first device of the plurality of devices corresponding to a firstelectronic funding source of the plurality of heterogeneous electronictransaction sources, a first one or more packets comprising a request toinitiate a single electronic benefits account transaction to fund anelectronic benefits account, the request identifying a transactiondestination, a transaction code, a transaction amount and an identifieridentifying the first electronic funding source. The server executes anenforcement engine to determine that the transaction code maps to one ofa current year or a previous year. The executes the enforcement engineto perform a lookup in an electronic transaction queue of the electronicbenefits account maintained in memory by the server to identify anin-process transaction amount and a reportable contribution amount. Theserver executes the enforcement engine to generate a value by combiningthe transaction amount, the in-process transaction amount and thereportable contribution amount identified from the electronictransaction queue of the electronic benefits account maintained inmemory by the server, setting generated value to indicate a virtualtransaction balance. The server executes the enforcement engine tocompare the value with a threshold limit for the one of the current yearor the previous year mapped to the transaction code to determine thatthe value exceeds the threshold limit based on the comparison. Theserver executes the enforcement engine to select an alert formatconfigured for an interface corresponding to the first electronicfunding source. The server executes the enforcement engine to transmit,via a network to the first device, one or more response packets carryingdata in the alert format indicating a denial of the single electronicbenefits account transaction request responsive to the comparison andthe transaction code mapping to the one of the current year or theprevious year, the one or more packets configured to indicate to thefirst device termination of the single electronic benefits accounttransaction initiated by the request to prevent exceeding the thresholdlimit established for the electronic benefits account.

In some embodiments, the server executes the enforcement engine toidentify, using a profile database stored in memory, that the firstelectronic funding source enforces electronic benefits account limits,and determine responsive to identifying that the first electronicfunding source enforces electronic benefits account limits, thetransaction code maps to one of the current year or the previous year.

In some embodiments, the server executes the enforcement engine todetermine an enforcement rule based on the single electronic benefitsaccount transaction request, and identify the threshold limit based onthe enforcement rule.

In some embodiments, the server executes the enforcement engine togenerate the value by summing the transaction amount, the in-processtransaction amount and the reportable contribution amount identified.

In some embodiments, the server executes the enforcement engine toselect the threshold limit based on a predetermined threshold limitconfigured for the electronic funding source.

In some embodiments, the server executes the enforcement engine toreceive the request to initiate a single electronic benefits accounttransaction, the request initiated by a remote device that is remote tothe first device and configured with authentication credentials toaccess the first device.

In some embodiments, the server executes the enforcement engine togenerate an alert in the alert format that includes instructions toterminate the single electronic benefits account transaction initiatedby the request to prevent exceeding the threshold limit established forthe electronic benefits account, and transmit the alert to the firstdevice to cause the first device to terminate the transaction, thetransaction initiated by a remote device remote to the first device.

In some embodiments, the server executes the enforcement engine totransmit, via the network to the first device, the response packetsindicating the denial of the single electronic benefits accounttransaction request within a predetermined time interval from receivingthe single electronic benefits account request.

At least one aspect of the present solution is directed to a system toallocate resources using an information technology infrastructure. Thesystem can include a communication interface executed by one or moreprocessors of a server and configured to receive financial dataindicating a financial snapshot of a participant of a client device andhealth data of the participant to predict lifetime healthcare expensesof the participant. The system can include a forecast engine executed bythe server. The forecast engine is executed to generate amulti-dimensional feature vector of the participant based on thereceived financial data and the health data of the participant. Theforecast engine is executed to identify a healthcare expense predictionmodel to predict the future healthcare expenses of the participant, thehealthcare expense prediction model generated by the server usingfinancial data and health data of a plurality of participants. Theforecast engine is executed to determine from the identified healthcareexpense prediction model using the multi-dimensional feature vector ofthe participant, the predicted lifetime healthcare expenses of theparticipant. The forecast engine is executed to identify lifetimenon-healthcare expenses of the participant. The forecast engine isexecuted to perform a lookup in a database to identify a healthcare taxbenefit account of the participant to provide funds towards thepredicted lifetime healthcare expenses of the participant and anon-healthcare tax benefit account of the participant to provide fundstowards lifetime non-healthcare expenses of the participant. Theforecast engine is executed to determine, based on the predictedlifetime healthcare expenses of the participant, a first amount of fundsto allocate per time period to the healthcare tax benefit account. Theforecast engine is executed to determine, based on the lifetimenon-healthcare expenses of the participant, a second amount of funds toallocate per time period to the non-healthcare tax benefit account. Thecommunication interface is executed to provide, for presentation via aninteractive user interface, the first amount of funds to allocate to thehealthcare tax benefit account and the second amount of funds toallocate to the non-healthcare tax benefit account, the interactive userinterface including a control object configured to i) receive an inputto adjust the first amount, and ii) responsive to receiving the input toadjust the first amount, updating a total amount of funds projected tobe allocated to the healthcare tax benefit account.

In some embodiments, the server generates the interactive user interfacewith an electronic survey comprising one or more input elements, theinteractive user interface configured to receive the financial data andthe health data.

In some embodiments, the server generates the interactive user interfacewith a countdown timer set to a predetermined time interval, initiatesthe countdown timer responsive to enabling the interactive userinterface to receive the financial data and the health data, anddisables input via the interactive user interface responsive toexpiration of the countdown timer.

In some embodiments, the server generates the multi-dimensional featurevector comprising a first feature indicating demographic information, asecond feature indicating a healthcare spend amount, a third featureindicating a health savings account contribution amount, and a fourthfeature indicating a health preference.

In some embodiments, the server can include a machine learning engine,and the machine learning engine is executed to train the healthcareexpense prediction model with the financial data and the health data ofthe plurality of participants.

In some embodiments, the server inputs the multi-dimensional featurevector into the healthcare expense prediction model to output thepredicted lifetime healthcare expenses of the participant, the predictedlifetime healthcare expenses of the participant based on data associatedwith similar participants used to generate the healthcare expenseprediction model.

In some embodiments, the server determines the first amount of funds toallocate per time period to the healthcare tax benefit account using afirst feature indicating demographic information, a second featureindicating a healthcare spend amount, a third feature indicating ahealth savings account contribution amount, and a fourth featureindicating a health preference

In some embodiments, the server determines the second amount of funds toallocate per time period to the non-healthcare tax benefit account usinga first feature indicating demographic information, a second featureindicating a non-healthcare spend amount, and a third feature indicatinga non-health retirement account contribution amount.

In some embodiments, the server determines a first allocation priorityassociated with the healthcare tax benefit account, and determines asecond allocation priority associated with the non-healthcare taxbenefit account, the second allocation priority less than the firstallocation priority.

In some embodiments, the server determines the first amount of funds toallocate to the healthcare tax benefit account based on the firstallocation priority, the second allocation priority, and the healthcareexpense prediction model.

Another aspect of the present solution is directed to a method ofallocating resources using an information technology infrastructure. Aserver including one or more processors receives financial dataindicating a financial snapshot of a participant of a client device andhealth data of the participant to predict lifetime healthcare expensesof the participant. The server generates a multi-dimensional featurevector of the participant based on the received financial data and thehealth data of the participant. The server identifies a healthcareexpense prediction model to predict the future healthcare expenses ofthe participant, the healthcare expense prediction model generated bythe server using financial data and health data of a plurality ofparticipants. The server determines from the identified healthcareexpense prediction model using the multi-dimensional feature vector ofthe participant, the predicted lifetime healthcare expenses of theparticipant. The server identifies lifetime non-healthcare expenses ofthe participant. The server performs a lookup in a database to identifya healthcare tax benefit account of the participant to provide fundstowards the predicted lifetime healthcare expenses of the participantand a non-healthcare tax benefit account of the participant to providefunds towards lifetime non-healthcare expenses of the participant. Theserver determines, based on the predicted lifetime healthcare expensesof the participant, a first amount of funds to allocate per time periodto the healthcare tax benefit account. The server determines, based onthe lifetime non-healthcare expenses of the participant, a second amountof funds to allocate per time period to the non-healthcare tax benefitaccount. The server provides, for presentation via an interactive userinterface, the first amount of funds to allocate to the healthcare taxbenefit account and the second amount of funds to allocate to thenon-healthcare tax benefit account, the interactive user interfaceincluding a control object configured to i) receive an input to adjustthe first amount, and ii) responsive to receiving the input to adjustthe first amount, updating a total amount of funds projected to beallocated to the healthcare tax benefit account.

In some embodiments, the server generates the interactive user interfacewith an electronic survey comprising one or more input elements, theinteractive user interface configured to receive the financial data andthe health data.

In some embodiments, the server generates the interactive user interfacewith a countdown timer set to a predetermined time interval, initiatesthe countdown timer responsive to enabling the interactive userinterface to receive the financial data and the health data, anddisables input via the interactive user interface responsive toexpiration of the countdown timer.

In some embodiments, the server generates the multi-dimensional featurevector comprising a first feature indicating demographic information, asecond feature indicating a healthcare spend amount, a third featureindicating a health savings account contribution amount, and a fourthfeature indicating a health preference.

In some embodiments, the server can include a machine learning engine,and the machine learning engine is executed to train the healthcareexpense prediction model with the financial data and the health data ofthe plurality of participants.

In some embodiments, the server inputs the multi-dimensional featurevector into the healthcare expense prediction model to output thepredicted lifetime healthcare expenses of the participant, the predictedlifetime healthcare expenses of the participant based on data associatedwith similar participants used to generate the healthcare expenseprediction model.

In some embodiments, the server determines the first amount of funds toallocate per time period to the healthcare tax benefit account using afirst feature indicating demographic information, a second featureindicating a healthcare spend amount, a third feature indicating ahealth savings account contribution amount, and a fourth featureindicating a health preference

In some embodiments, the server determines the second amount of funds toallocate per time period to the non-healthcare tax benefit account usinga first feature indicating demographic information, a second featureindicating a non-healthcare spend amount, and a third feature indicatinga non-health retirement account contribution amount.

In some embodiments, the server determines a first allocation priorityassociated with the healthcare tax benefit account, and determines asecond allocation priority associated with the non-healthcare taxbenefit account, the second allocation priority less than the firstallocation priority.

In some embodiments, the server determines the first amount of funds toallocate to the healthcare tax benefit account based on the firstallocation priority, the second allocation priority, and the healthcareexpense prediction model.

At least one aspect of the present solution is directed to a system tomanage information technology infrastructure. The system can include adevice including one or more processors, the device configured with atool that interfaces with a plurality of administrator devices remotefrom the device, the plurality of administrator devices each configuredto administer one or more tax benefit accounts corresponding to one ormore participants. The tool is executed to receive, via a network, anidentifier of an administrator of an administrator device of theplurality of administrator devices. The tool is executed to retrieve,from an administrator profile data structure stored in memory, anadministrator profile corresponding to the identifier. An administratormatching engine of the tool is executed to identify one or moreadministrator profiles stored in the administrator profile datastructure of one or more different administrators. The administratormatching engine is executed to determine, based on a parameter matchingtechnique, from the one or more identified administrator profiles, asimilarity metric between the administrator profile and each of theidentified one or more administrator profiles. The administratormatching engine is executed to identify the one or more administratorprofiles having the similarity metric satisfying a predeterminedthreshold. A report generator of the tool is executed to instantiate adynamic report interface to render for display via the administratordevice, an electronic report indicating a first value of a firstperformance metric of the administrator based on the administratorprofile and a second value of the first performance metric based on theidentified one or more administrator profiles. The tool is executed toprovide, via the dynamic report interface, the electronic report fordisplay via the administrator device.

In some embodiments, the tool is further configured to receive, via thenetwork from the administrator device, a parameter of the administratorprofile, the parameter including at least one of an account opening fee,a minimum operating balance, a monthly fee, an annual fee, an electronicfund access type, or an interest rate.

In some embodiments, the tool is further configured to generate theadministrator profile with parameters received from the administratordevice, the administrator device configured to receive data from aplurality of participant devices corresponding to the one or more taxbenefit accounts configured using the administrator profile.

In some embodiments, the tool is further configured to train, via amachine learning technique, an administrator profile model using aplurality of administrator profiles, and input a parameter of theadministrator profile into the administrator profile model to determinethe first value of the first performance metric.

In some embodiments, the tool is further configured to aggregate aplurality of administrator profiles corresponding to the plurality ofadministrator devices, and store the plurality of administrator profilesin the administrator profile data structure in memory.

In some embodiments, the tool is further configured to render theelectronic report indicating the first value of the first performancemetric based on a number of participants of the administrator during atime interval, and the second value of the first performance metricbased on the number of customers of the identified one or moreadministrators.

In some embodiments, the tool is further configured to receive, via theinstance of the dynamic report interface, an indication from theadministrator device to adjust the time interval, and manipulate thefirst value of the first performance metric and the second value of thefirst performance metric indicated in the rendered electronic reportresponsive to the indication to adjust the time interval.

In some embodiments, the tool is further configured to receive, via theinstance of the dynamic report interface, a filter criterion, use thefilter criterion to identify a subset of the one or more administratorprofiles stored in the administrator profile data structure, generate athird value of the first performance metric based on the subset of theone or more administrator profiles, render, via the dynamic reportinterface, the electronic report to indicate the first value of thefirst performance metric and the third value of the first performancemetric, and remove the second value of the first performance metric fromthe rendered electronic report, the second value of the firstperformance metric being different from the third value of the firstperformance metric.

In some embodiments, the tool is further configured to receive an updateto the administrator profile after the electronic report is rendered,generate a third value of the first performance metric based on theupdate to the administrator profile, and render, via the dynamic reportinterface, the electronic report to include the third value of the firstperformance metric and remove the first value of the first performancemetric.

In some embodiments, the tool is further configured to render theelectronic report for display on the administrator device via thedynamic report interface, and receive, from the administrator device viathe dynamic report interface, an indication to manipulate the electronicreport.

At least one aspect of the present disclosure is directed to a system toreduce resource consumption via information technology infrastructure.The system can include one or more servers with one or more processorsand memory. The system can include a communications interface, aforecast engine, and a notification engine executed by one or moreservers. In some embodiments, the communications interface can receiveone or more data packets including data indicating a healthcaretransaction event corresponding to a participant of a plurality ofparticipants of a healthcare management platform. The forecast enginecan select a healthcare trend model to provide healthcare relatedrecommendations to the plurality of participants of the healthcaremanagement platform maintained by the server. The healthcare trend modelcan be trained by the server using previously received data packetsincluding data indicating healthcare transaction events corresponding tothe plurality of participants of the healthcare management platform. Thenotification engine can perform a lookup in a recommendation datastructure using an identifier of the selected healthcare trend model toidentify a plurality of healthcare related recommendations linked withthe selected healthcare trend model. The notification engine candetermine a correlation coefficient between each of the plurality ofhealthcare related recommendations and the selected healthcare trendmodel. The notification engine can select, based on a rank of eachcorrelation coefficient, a highest ranking healthcare relatedrecommendation of the plurality of healthcare related recommendations.The notification engine can retrieve, responsive to the selection of thehighest ranking healthcare related recommendation, a notificationtemplate from a notification data structure that maps to the highestranking healthcare related recommendation. The notification engine cangenerate, using the notification template, a notification correspondingto the highest ranking healthcare related recommendation. Thenotification engine can generate a request to deliver the notificationcorresponding to the highest ranking healthcare related recommendationat a destination address of a computing device of the participant. Thenotification engine can transmit the notification to the computingdevice of the participant responsive to the request. The notificationengine can transmit the notification to the computing device via acommunication channel established between the server and the computingdevice.

The healthcare transaction events can include one or more of a claimpayment, a card denial, a password change, or a received deposit. Insome embodiments, the healthcare transaction event can include a denial.The server can be further configured to retrieve a denial healthcaretrend model responsive to the healthcare transaction event including thedenial. The server can be further configured to select, based on thedenial healthcare trend model, a denial recommendation that includes arecommended processing configuration. The server can select the denialrecommendation responsive to a processing configuration that resulted inthe denial healthcare transaction event. In some cases, the server canselect a denial recommendation that includes a recommended resourceallocation responsive to determining that an insufficient amount ofresources resulted in the denial healthcare transaction event. In somecases, the server can select a denial recommendation that includes anordered list including at least one qualifying item and at least onenon-qualifying item responsive to determining that the denial healthcaretransaction event resulted from a transaction including one or morequalifying items and one or more non-qualifying items.

In some embodiments, the server can categorize the healthcaretransaction event into a first category selected from a plurality ofcategories. The server can determine, from the healthcare trend model,that a metric of the first category meets or exceeds a threshold for thefirst category. The server can select, responsive to the determinationof the metric meeting or exceeding the threshold, the highest rankinghealthcare related recommendation.

In some embodiments, the server can generate a first vector based on thehealthcare transaction event and one or more healthcare transactionevents of the participants. The server can identify a second vector foreach of a plurality of healthcare transaction events. The server candetermine for each of the plurality of healthcare transaction events, adistance between the first vector and the second vector. The server canidentify a minimum distance from the determined distance for each of theplurality of healthcare transaction events. The server can select thehealthcare trend model corresponding to the minimum distance.

In some embodiments, the server can categorize the healthcaretransaction event into a first category selected from a plurality ofcategories. The server can determine, from the healthcare trend model,that a metric of the first category is below a threshold. The server canselect, responsive to the determination of the metric below thethreshold, the highest ranking healthcare related recommendation.

In some embodiments, the system can include the healthcare managementplatform. The healthcare management platform can receive electronichealthcare transactions. The healthcare management platform can processthe electronic healthcare transaction to cause healthcare transactionevents. The healthcare management platform can store the healthcaretransaction events in a database.

In some embodiments, the server can receive the previously received datapackets from a device of an administrator remote from the server via anadministrator interface rendered by the server on the device of theadministrator.

Another aspect of the present disclosure is directed to a method ofreducing resource consumption via information technology infrastructure.In some embodiments, the method can include the server receiving, via acommunications interface, one or more data packets including dataindicating a healthcare transaction event corresponding to a participantof a plurality of participants of a healthcare management platform. Themethod can include the server identifying a healthcare trend model toprovide healthcare related recommendations to the plurality ofparticipants of the healthcare management platform maintained by theserver. The healthcare trend model can be trained by the server usingpreviously received data packets including data indicating healthcaretransaction events corresponding to the plurality of participants of thehealthcare management platform. The method can include the serverperforming a lookup in a recommendation data structure using anidentifier of the selected healthcare trend model to identify aplurality of healthcare related recommendations linked with the selectedhealthcare trend model. The method can include the server determining acorrelation coefficient between each of the plurality of healthcarerelated recommendations and the selected healthcare trend model. Themethod can include the server selecting, based on a rank of eachcorrelation coefficient, a highest ranking healthcare relatedrecommendation of the plurality of healthcare related recommendations.The method can include the server retrieving a notification templatefrom a notification data structure that maps to the highest rankinghealthcare related recommendation. The server can retrieve thenotification template responsive to selecting the highest rankinghealthcare related recommendation. The method can include the serverconfiguring a notification engine with the notification template togenerate a notification corresponding to the highest ranking healthcarerelated recommendation. The method can include the notification engineof the server generating a request to deliver the notificationcorresponding to the highest ranking healthcare related recommendationat a destination address of a computing device of the participant. Themethod can include the server transmitting the notification to thecomputing device of the participant. The server can transmit thenotification responsive to the request and via a communication channelestablished between the server and the computing device.

In some embodiments, the method can include the server retrieving adenial healthcare trend model responsive to the healthcare transactionevent including a denial. The method can include the server selecting,based on the denial healthcare trend model, a denial recommendation thatincludes a recommended processing configuration. The server can selectthe denial healthcare trend model responsive to a processingconfiguration that resulted in the denial healthcare transaction event.In some embodiments, the method can include the the server selecting,based on the denial healthcare trend model, a denial recommendationcomprising a recommended resource allocation responsive to determiningthat an insufficient amount of resources resulted in the denialhealthcare transaction event. In some embodiments, the method caninclude the server selecting, based on the denial healthcare trendmodel, a denial recommendation that includes an ordered list. Theordered list can include at least one qualifying item and at least onenon-qualifying item. The server can select the denial recommendationwith the ordered list responsive to determining that the denialhealthcare transaction event resulted from a transaction including oneor more qualifying items and one or more non-qualifying items.

In some embodiments, the method includes the server categorizing thehealthcare transaction event into a first category selected from aplurality of categories. The method can include the server determining,from the healthcare trend model, that a metric of the first categorymeets or exceeds a threshold for the first category. The method caninclude the server selecting, responsive to determining the metricmeeting or exceeding the threshold, the highest ranking healthcarerelated recommendation.

In some embodiments, the method includes the server generating a firstvector based on the healthcare transaction event and one or morehealthcare transaction events of the participants. The method caninclude the server identifying a second vector for each of a pluralityof healthcare transaction events. The method can include the serverdetermining, for each of the plurality of healthcare transaction events,a distance vector between the first vector and the second vector. Themethod can include the server identifying a minimum distance vector fromthe determined distance vector for each of the plurality of healthcaretransaction events. The method can include the server selecting thehealthcare trend model corresponding to the minimum distance vector.

In some embodiments, the method can include the server categorizing thehealthcare transaction event into a first category selected from aplurality of categories. The method can include the server determining,from the healthcare trend model, that a metric of the first categoryfalls below a threshold. The method can include the server selecting,responsive to determining that the metric falls below the threshold, thehighest ranking healthcare related recommendation.

In some embodiments, the method can include the healthcare managementplatform receiving electronic healthcare transactions. The method caninclude the healthcare management platform processing the electronichealthcare transaction to cause healthcare transaction events. Themethod can include the healthcare management platform storing, in adatabase, the healthcare transaction events. In some embodiments, thehealthcare transaction events can include one or more of a claimpayment, a card denial, a password change, or a received deposit. Insome embodiments, the method includes the server receiving thepreviously received data packets from a device of an administratorremote from the server via an administrator interface rendered by theserver on the device of the administrator.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

The foregoing and other objects, aspects, features, and advantages ofthe disclosure will become more apparent and better understood byreferring to the following description taken in conjunction with theaccompanying drawings, in which:

FIG. 1A is a block diagram depicting an embodiment of a networkenvironment comprising client device in communication with serverdevice;

FIG. 1B is a block diagram depicting a cloud computing environmentcomprising a client device in communication with cloud serviceproviders;

FIGS. 1C and 1D are block diagrams depicting embodiments of computingdevices useful in connection with the methods and systems describedherein;

FIG. 2 is a block diagram depicting an embodiment of a system forconducting electronic transactions via a computer network;

FIG. 3 is a flow diagram depicting an embodiment of a method ofconducting electronic transactions;

FIG. 4 is a block diagram depicting an embodiment of a system forconducting electronic transactions via a computer network;

FIG. 5 is a block diagram depicting an embodiment of a system fororganizing and communicating data transmissions for conductingelectronic transactions via a computer network;

FIG. 6 is a flow diagram depicting an embodiment of a method ofconducting electronic transactions;

FIG. 7 is a block diagram depicting an embodiment of an electronictransactional portal system for funding electronic benefits accounts;

FIG. 8 is a flow diagram depicting an embodiment of a method ofoperating an electronic transactional portal for funding electronicbenefits accounts;

FIGS. 9A-9D are process flow diagrams depicting embodiments of operatingan electronic transaction portal for funding electronic benefitsaccounts;

FIGS. 10A-10D are block diagrams depicting embodiments of electronictransaction portal system interfaces for funding electronic benefitsaccounts;

FIG. 11 is a block diagram depicting an embodiment of a system formanaging information technology infrastructure;

FIGS. 12A and 12B are diagrams depicting a dynamic report interfaceassociated with an administrator matching and report generating system;

FIG. 13 is a flow diagram depicting an embodiment of a method ofmanaging information technology infrastructure;

FIG. 14 is a block diagram depicting an embodiment of a system forallocating resources using an information technology infrastructure;

FIG. 15A-15D are diagrams depicting an interactive user interfaceassociated with a predictive resource allocating system;

FIG. 16 is a flow diagram depicting an embodiment of a method ofallocating resources using an information technology infrastructure;

FIG. 17 is a block diagram depicting an embodiment of a system to reduceresource consumption via information technology infrastructure; and

FIG. 18 is a block diagram depicting an embodiment of a method forreducing resource consumption via information technology infrastructure.

The features and advantages of the present invention will become moreapparent from the detailed description set forth below when taken inconjunction with the drawings, in which like reference charactersidentify corresponding elements throughout. In the drawings, likereference numbers generally indicate identical, functionally similar, orstructurally similar elements.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION

For purposes of reading the description of the various embodimentsbelow, the following descriptions of the sections of the specificationand their respective contents can be helpful:

Section A describes a network environment and computing environmentwhich can be useful for practicing embodiments described herein.

Section B describes embodiments of systems and methods for conductingelectronic transactions.

Section C describes embodiments of systems and methods for using amulti-purse card and providing notifications relating to the electronictransactions.

Section D describes embodiments of systems and methods for managingelectronic transactions using a transaction portal.

Section E describes embodiments of systems and methods for managinginformation technology infrastructure using an administrator matchingand report generating system.

Section F describes embodiments of systems and methods for allocatingresources using a predictive resource allocating system.

Section G describes embodiments of systems and methods for reducingresource consumption via information technology infrastructure.

A. Computing and Network Environment

Prior to discussing specific embodiments of the present solution, it canbe helpful to describe aspects of the operating environment as well asassociated system components (e.g., hardware elements) in connectionwith the methods and systems described herein. Referring to FIG. 1A, anembodiment of a network environment is depicted. In brief overview, thenetwork environment includes one or more clients 102 a-102 n (alsogenerally referred to as local machine(s) 102, client(s) 102, clientnode(s) 102, client machine(s) 102, client computer(s) 102, clientdevice(s) 102, endpoint(s) 102, or endpoint node(s) 102) incommunication with one or more servers 106 a-106 n (also generallyreferred to as server(s) 106, node 106, or remote machine(s) 106) viaone or more networks 104. In some embodiments, a client 102 has thecapacity to function as both a client node seeking access to resourcesprovided by a server and as a server providing access to hostedresources for other clients 102 a-102 n.

Although FIG. 1A shows a network 104 between the clients 102 and theservers 106, the clients 102 and the servers 106 can be on the samenetwork 104. In some embodiments, there are multiple networks 104between the clients 102 and the servers 106. In one of theseembodiments, a network 104′ (not shown) can be a private network and anetwork 104 can be a public network. In another of these embodiments, anetwork 104 can be a private network and a network 104′ a publicnetwork. In still another of these embodiments, networks 104 and 104′can both be private networks.

The network 104 can be connected via wired or wireless links. Wiredlinks can include Digital Subscriber Line (DSL), coaxial cable lines, oroptical fiber lines. The wireless links can include BLUETOOTH, Wi-Fi,Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access (WiMAX), an infraredchannel or satellite band. The wireless links can also include anycellular network standards used to communicate among mobile devices,including standards that qualify as 1G, 2G, 3G, or 4G. The networkstandards can qualify as one or more generation of mobiletelecommunication standards by fulfilling a specification or standardssuch as the specifications maintained by International TelecommunicationUnion. The 3G standards, for example, can correspond to theInternational Mobile Telecommunications-2000 (IMT-2000) specification,and the 4G standards can correspond to the International MobileTelecommunications Advanced (IMT-Advanced) specification. Examples ofcellular network standards include AMPS, GSM, GPRS, UMTS, LTE, LTEAdvanced, Mobile WiMAX, and WiMAX-Advanced. Cellular network standardscan use various channel access methods e.g. FDMA, TDMA, CDMA, or SDMA.In some embodiments, different types of data can be transmitted viadifferent links and standards. In other embodiments, the same types ofdata can be transmitted via different links and standards.

The network 104 can be any type and/or form of network. The geographicalscope of the network 104 can vary widely and the network 104 can be abody area network (BAN), a personal area network (PAN), a local-areanetwork (LAN), e.g. Intranet, a metropolitan area network (MAN), a widearea network (WAN), or the Internet. The topology of the network 104 canbe of any form and can include, e.g., any of the following:point-to-point, bus, star, ring, mesh, or tree. The network 104 can bean overlay network which is virtual and sits on top of one or morelayers of other networks 104′. The network 104 can be of any suchnetwork topology as known to those ordinarily skilled in the art capableof supporting the operations described herein. The network 104 canutilize different techniques and layers or stacks of protocols,including, e.g., the Ethernet protocol, the internet protocol suite(TCP/IP), the ATM (Asynchronous Transfer Mode) technique, the SONET(Synchronous Optical Networking) protocol, or the SDH (SynchronousDigital Hierarchy) protocol. The TCP/IP internet protocol suite caninclude application layer, transport layer, internet layer (including,e.g., IPv6), or the link layer. The network 104 can be a type of abroadcast network, a telecommunications network, a data communicationnetwork, or a computer network.

In some embodiments, the system can include multiple, logically-groupedservers 106. In one of these embodiments, the logical group of serverscan be referred to as a server farm 38 or a machine farm 38. In anotherof these embodiments, the servers 106 can be geographically dispersed.In other embodiments, a machine farm 38 can be administered as a singleentity. In still other embodiments, the machine farm 38 includes aplurality of machine farms 38. The servers 106 within each machine farm38 can be heterogeneous—one or more of the servers 106 or machines 106can operate according to one type of operating system platform (e.g.,WINDOWS NT, manufactured by Microsoft Corp. of Redmond, Washington),while one or more of the other servers 106 can operate on according toanother type of operating system platform (e.g., Unix, Linux, or Mac OSX).

In one embodiment, servers 106 in the machine farm 38 can be stored inhigh-density rack systems, along with associated storage systems, andlocated in an enterprise data center. In this embodiment, consolidatingthe servers 106 in this way can improve system manageability, datasecurity, the physical security of the system, and system performance bylocating servers 106 and high performance storage systems on localizedhigh performance networks. Centralizing the servers 106 and storagesystems and coupling them with advanced system management tools allowsmore efficient use of server resources.

The servers 106 of each machine farm 38 do not need to be physicallyproximate to another server 106 in the same machine farm 38. Thus, thegroup of servers 106 logically grouped as a machine farm 38 can beinterconnected using a wide-area network (WAN) connection or ametropolitan-area network (MAN) connection. For example, a machine farm38 can include servers 106 physically located in different continents ordifferent regions of a continent, country, state, city, campus, or room.Data transmission speeds between servers 106 in the machine farm 38 canbe increased if the servers 106 are connected using a local-area network(LAN) connection or some form of direct connection. Additionally, aheterogeneous machine farm 38 can include one or more servers 106operating according to a type of operating system, while one or moreother servers 106 execute one or more types of hypervisors rather thanoperating systems. In these embodiments, hypervisors can be used toemulate virtual hardware, partition physical hardware, virtualizephysical hardware, and execute virtual machines that provide access tocomputing environments, allowing multiple operating systems to runconcurrently on a host computer. Native hypervisors can run directly onthe host computer. Hypervisors can include VMware ESX/ESXi, manufacturedby VMWare, Inc., of Palo Alto, California; the Xen hypervisor, an opensource product whose development is overseen by Citrix Systems, Inc.;the HYPER-V hypervisors provided by Microsoft or others. Hostedhypervisors can run within an operating system on a second softwarelevel. Examples of hosted hypervisors can include VMware Workstation andVIRTUALBOX.

Management of the machine farm 38 can be de-centralized. For example,one or more servers 106 can comprise components, subsystems and modulesto support one or more management services for the machine farm 38. Inone of these embodiments, one or more servers 106 provide functionalityfor management of dynamic data, including techniques for handlingfailover, data replication, and increasing the robustness of the machinefarm 38. Each server 106 can communicate with a persistent store and, insome embodiments, with a dynamic store.

Server 106 can be a file server, application server, web server, proxyserver, appliance, network appliance, gateway, gateway server,virtualization server, deployment server, SSL VPN server, or firewall.In one embodiment, the server 106 can be referred to as a remote machineor a node. In another embodiment, a plurality of nodes 290 can be in thepath between any two communicating servers.

Referring to FIG. 1B, a cloud computing environment is depicted. A cloudcomputing environment can provide client 102 with one or more resourcesprovided by a network environment. The cloud computing environment caninclude one or more clients 102 a-102 n, in communication with the cloud108 over one or more networks 104. Clients 102 can include, e.g., thickclients, thin clients, and zero clients. A thick client can provide atleast some functionality even when disconnected from the cloud 108 orservers 106. A thin client or a zero client can depend on the connectionto the cloud 108 or server 106 to provide functionality. A zero clientcan depend on the cloud 108 or other networks 104 or servers 106 toretrieve operating system data for the client device. The cloud 108 caninclude back end platforms, e.g., servers 106, storage, server farms ordata centers.

The cloud 108 can be public, private, or hybrid. Public clouds caninclude public servers 106 that are maintained by third parties to theclients 102 or the owners of the clients. The servers 106 can be locatedoff-site in remote geographical locations as disclosed above orotherwise. Public clouds can be connected to the servers 106 over apublic network. Private clouds can include private servers 106 that arephysically maintained by clients 102 or owners of clients. Privateclouds can be connected to the servers 106 over a private network 104.Hybrid clouds 108 can include both the private and public networks 104and servers 106.

The cloud 108 can also include a cloud based delivery, e.g. Software asa Service (SaaS) 110, Platform as a Service (PaaS) 112, andInfrastructure as a Service (IaaS) 114. IaaS can refer to a user rentingthe use of infrastructure resources that are needed during a specifiedtime period. IaaS providers can offer storage, networking, servers orvirtualization resources from large pools, allowing the users to quicklyscale up by accessing more resources as needed. Examples of IaaS caninclude infrastructure and services (e.g., EG-32) provided by OVHHOSTING of Montreal, Quebec, Canada, AMAZON WEB SERVICES provided byAmazon.com, Inc., of Seattle, Washington, RACKSPACE CLOUD provided byRackspace US, Inc., of San Antonio, Texas, Google Compute Engineprovided by Google Inc. of Mountain View, California, or RIGHTSCALEprovided by RightScale, Inc., of Santa Barbara, California PaaSproviders can offer functionality provided by IaaS, including, e.g.,storage, networking, servers or virtualization, as well as additionalresources such as, e.g., the operating system, middleware, or runtimeresources. Examples of PaaS include WINDOWS AZURE provided by MicrosoftCorporation of Redmond, Washington, Google App Engine provided by GoogleInc., and HEROKU provided by Heroku, Inc. of San Francisco, CaliforniaSaaS providers can offer the resources that PaaS provides, includingstorage, networking, servers, virtualization, operating system,middleware, or runtime resources. In some embodiments, SaaS providerscan offer additional resources including, e.g., data and applicationresources. Examples of SaaS include GOOGLE APPS provided by Google Inc.,SALESFORCE provided by Salesforce.com Inc. of San Francisco, California,or OFFICE 365 provided by Microsoft Corporation. Examples of SaaS canalso include data storage providers, e.g. DROPBOX provided by Dropbox,Inc. of San Francisco, California, Microsoft SKYDRIVE provided byMicrosoft Corporation, Google Drive provided by Google Inc., or AppleICLOUD provided by Apple Inc. of Cupertino, California.

Clients 102 can access IaaS resources with one or more IaaS standards,including, e.g., Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (EC2), Open CloudComputing Interface (OCCI), Cloud Infrastructure Management Interface(CIMI), or OpenStack standards. Some IaaS standards can allow clientsaccess to resources over HTTP, and can use Representational StateTransfer (REST) protocol or Simple Object Access Protocol (SOAP).Clients 102 can access PaaS resources with different PaaS interfaces.Some PaaS interfaces use HTTP packages, standard Java APIs, JavaMailAPI, Java Data Objects (JDO), Java Persistence API (JPA), Python APIs,web integration APIs for different programming languages including,e.g., Rack for Ruby, WSGI for Python, or PSGI for Perl, or other APIsthat can be built on REST, HTTP, XML, or other protocols. Clients 102can access SaaS resources through the use of web-based user interfaces,provided by a web browser (e.g. GOOGLE CHROME, Microsoft INTERNETEXPLORER, or Mozilla Firefox provided by Mozilla Foundation of MountainView, California). Clients 102 can also access SaaS resources throughsmartphone or tablet applications, including, e.g., Salesforce SalesCloud, or Google Drive app. Clients 102 can also access SaaS resourcesthrough the client operating system, including, e.g., Windows filesystem for DROPBOX.

In some embodiments, access to IaaS, PaaS, or SaaS resources can beauthenticated. For example, a server or authentication server canauthenticate a user via security certificates, HTTPS, or API keys. APIkeys can include various encryption standards such as, e.g., AdvancedEncryption Standard (AES). Data resources can be sent over TransportLayer Security (TLS) or Secure Sockets Layer (SSL).

The client 102 and server 106 can be deployed as and/or executed on anytype and form of computing device, e.g. a computer, network device orappliance capable of communicating on any type and form of network andperforming the operations described herein. FIGS. 1C and 1D depict blockdiagrams of a computing device 100 useful for practicing an embodimentof the client 102 or a server 106. As shown in FIGS. 1C and 1D, eachcomputing device 100 includes a central processing unit 121, and a mainmemory unit 122. As shown in FIG. 1C, a computing device 100 can includea storage device 128, an installation device 116, a network interface118, an I/O controller 123, display devices 124 a-124 n, a keyboard 126and a pointing device 127, e.g. a mouse. The storage device 128 caninclude, without limitation, an operating system, software, and asoftware of a multi-purse transaction system (MPTS) 120. As shown inFIG. 1D, each computing device 100 can also include additional optionalelements, e.g. a memory port 103, a bridge 170, one or more input/outputdevices 130 a-130 n (generally referred to using reference numeral 130),and a cache memory 140 in communication with the central processing unit121.

The central processing unit 121 is any logic circuitry that responds toand processes instructions fetched from the main memory unit 122. Inmany embodiments, the central processing unit 121 is provided by amicroprocessor unit, e.g.: those manufactured by Intel Corporation ofMountain View, California; those manufactured by Motorola Corporation ofSchaumburg, Illinois; the ARM processor and TEGRA system on a chip (SoC)manufactured by Nvidia of Santa Clara, California; the POWER7 processor,those manufactured by International Business Machines of White Plains,New York; or those manufactured by Advanced Micro Devices of Sunnyvale,California. The computing device 100 can be based on any of theseprocessors, or any other processor capable of operating as describedherein. The central processing unit 121 can utilize instruction levelparallelism, thread level parallelism, different levels of cache, andmulti-core processors. A multi-core processor can include two or moreprocessing units on a single computing component. Examples of multi-coreprocessors include the AMD PHENOM IIX2, INTEL CORE i5 and INTEL CORE i7.

Main memory unit 122 can include one or more memory chips capable ofstoring data and allowing any storage location to be directly accessedby the microprocessor 121. Main memory unit 122 can be volatile andfaster than storage 128 memory. Main memory units 122 can be Dynamicrandom access memory (DRAM) or any variants, including static randomaccess memory (SRAM), Burst SRAM or SynchBurst SRAM (BSRAM), Fast PageMode DRAM (FPM DRAM), Enhanced DRAM (EDRAM), Extended Data Output RAM(EDO RAM), Extended Data Output DRAM (EDO DRAM), Burst Extended DataOutput DRAM (BEDO DRAM), Single Data Rate Synchronous DRAM (SDR SDRAM),Double Data Rate SDRAM (DDR SDRAM), Direct Rambus DRAM (DRDRAM), orExtreme Data Rate DRAM (XDR DRAM). In some embodiments, the main memory122 or the storage 128 can be non-volatile; e.g., non-volatile readaccess memory (NVRAM), flash memory non-volatile static RAM (nvSRAM),Ferroelectric RAM (FeRAM), Magnetoresistive RAM (MRAM), Phase-changememory (PRAM), conductive-bridging RAM (CBRAM),Silicon-Oxide-Nitride-Oxide-Silicon (SONOS), Resistive RAM (RRAM),Racetrack, Nano-RAM (NRAM), or Millipede memory. The main memory 122 canbe based on any of the above described memory chips, or any otheravailable memory chips capable of operating as described herein. In theembodiment shown in FIG. 1C, the processor 121 communicates with mainmemory 122 via a system bus 150 (described in more detail below). FIG.1D depicts an embodiment of a computing device 100 in which theprocessor communicates directly with main memory 122 via a memory port103. For example, in FIG. 1D the main memory 122 can be DRDRAM.

FIG. 1D depicts an embodiment in which the main processor 121communicates directly with cache memory 140 via a secondary bus,sometimes referred to as a backside bus. In other embodiments, the mainprocessor 121 communicates with cache memory 140 using the system bus150. Cache memory 140 typically has a faster response time than mainmemory 122 and is typically provided by SRAM, BSRAM, or EDRAM. In theembodiment shown in FIG. 1D, the processor 121 communicates with variousI/O devices 130 via a local system bus 150. Various buses can be used toconnect the central processing unit 121 to any of the I/O devices 130,including a PCI bus, a PCI-X bus, or a PCI-Express bus, or a NuBus. Forembodiments in which the I/O device is a video display 124, theprocessor 121 can use an Advanced Graphics Port (AGP) to communicatewith the display 124 or the I/O controller 123 for the display 124. FIG.1D depicts an embodiment of a computer 100 in which the main processor121 communicates directly with I/O device 130 b or other processors 121′via HYPERTRANSPORT, RAPIDIO, or INFINIBAND communications technology.FIG. 1D also depicts an embodiment in which local busses and directcommunication are mixed: the processor 121 communicates with I/O device130 a using a local interconnect bus while communicating with I/O device130 b directly.

A wide variety of I/O devices 130 a-130 n can be present in thecomputing device 100. Input devices can include keyboards, mice,trackpads, trackballs, touchpads, touch mice, multi-touch touchpads andtouch mice, microphones, multi-array microphones, drawing tablets,cameras, single-lens reflex camera (SLR), digital SLR (DSLR), CMOSsensors, accelerometers, infrared optical sensors, pressure sensors,magnetometer sensors, angular rate sensors, depth sensors, proximitysensors, ambient light sensors, gyroscopic sensors, or other sensors.Output devices can include video displays, graphical displays, speakers,headphones, inkjet printers, laser printers, and 3D printers.

Devices 130 a-130 n can include a combination of multiple input oroutput devices, including, e.g., Microsoft KINECT, Nintendo Wiimote forthe WII, Nintendo WII U GAMEPAD, or Apple IPHONE. Some devices 130 a-130n allow gesture recognition inputs through combining some of the inputsand outputs. Some devices 130 a-130 n provides for facial recognitionwhich can be utilized as an input for different purposes includingauthentication and other commands. Some devices 130 a-130 n provides forvoice recognition and inputs, including, e.g., Microsoft KINECT, SIRIfor IPHONE by Apple, Google Now or Google Voice Search.

Additional devices 130 a-130 n have both input and output capabilities,including, e.g., haptic feedback devices, touchscreen displays, ormulti-touch displays. Touchscreen, multi-touch displays, touchpads,touch mice, or other touch sensing devices can use differenttechnologies to sense touch, including, e.g., capacitive, surfacecapacitive, projected capacitive touch (PCT), in-cell capacitive,resistive, infrared, waveguide, dispersive signal touch (DST), in-celloptical, surface acoustic wave (SAW), bending wave touch (BWT), orforce-based sensing technologies. Some multi-touch devices can allow twoor more contact points with the surface, allowing advanced functionalityincluding, e.g., pinch, spread, rotate, scroll, or other gestures. Sometouchscreen devices, including, e.g., Microsoft PIXELSENSE orMulti-Touch Collaboration Wall, can have larger surfaces, such as on atable-top or on a wall, and can also interact with other electronicdevices. Some I/O devices 130 a-130 n, display devices 124 a-124 n orgroup of devices can be augment reality devices. The I/O devices can becontrolled by an I/O controller 123 as shown in FIG. 1C. The I/Ocontroller can control one or more I/O devices, such as, e.g., akeyboard 126 and a pointing device 127, e.g., a mouse or optical pen.Furthermore, an I/O device can also provide storage and/or aninstallation medium 116 for the computing device 100. In still otherembodiments, the computing device 100 can provide USB connections (notshown) to receive handheld USB storage devices. In further embodiments,an I/O device 130 can be a bridge between the system bus 150 and anexternal communication bus, e.g. a USB bus, a SCSI bus, a FireWire bus,an Ethernet bus, a Gigabit Ethernet bus, a Fibre Channel bus, or aThunderbolt bus.

In some embodiments, display devices 124 a-124 n can be connected to I/Ocontroller 123. Display devices can include, e.g., liquid crystaldisplays (LCD), thin film transistor LCD (TFT-LCD), blue phase LCD,electronic papers (e-ink) displays, flexile displays, light emittingdiode displays (LED), digital light processing (DLP) displays, liquidcrystal on silicon (LCOS) displays, organic light-emitting diode (OLED)displays, active-matrix organic light-emitting diode (AMOLED) displays,liquid crystal laser displays, time-multiplexed optical shutter (TMOS)displays, or 3D displays. Examples of 3D displays can use, e.g.stereoscopy, polarization filters, active shutters, or autostereoscopy.Display devices 124 a-124 n can also be a head-mounted display (HMD). Insome embodiments, display devices 124 a-124 n or the corresponding I/Ocontrollers 123 can be controlled through or have hardware support forOPENGL or DIRECTX API or other graphics libraries.

In some embodiments, the computing device 100 can include or connect tomultiple display devices 124 a-124 n, which each can be of the same ordifferent type and/or form. As such, any of the I/O devices 130 a-130 nand/or the I/O controller 123 can include any type and/or form ofsuitable hardware, software, or combination of hardware and software tosupport, enable or provide for the connection and use of multipledisplay devices 124 a-124 n by the computing device 100. For example,the computing device 100 can include any type and/or form of videoadapter, video card, driver, and/or library to interface, communicate,connect or otherwise use the display devices 124 a-124 n. In oneembodiment, a video adapter can include multiple connectors to interfaceto multiple display devices 124 a-124 n. In other embodiments, thecomputing device 100 can include multiple video adapters, with eachvideo adapter connected to one or more of the display devices 124 a-124n. In some embodiments, any portion of the operating system of thecomputing device 100 can be configured for using multiple displays 124a-124 n. In other embodiments, one or more of the display devices 124a-124 n can be provided by one or more other computing devices 100 a or100 b connected to the computing device 100, via the network 104. Insome embodiments software can be designed and constructed to use anothercomputer's display device as a second display device 124 a for thecomputing device 100. For example, in one embodiment, an Apple iPad canconnect to a computing device 100 and use the display of the device 100as an additional display screen that can be used as an extended desktop.One ordinarily skilled in the art will recognize and appreciate thevarious ways and embodiments that a computing device 100 can beconfigured to have multiple display devices 124 a-124 n.

Referring again to FIG. 1C, the computing device 100 can comprise astorage device 128 (e.g. one or more hard disk drives or redundantarrays of independent disks) for storing an operating system or otherrelated software, and for storing application software programs such asany program related to the software 120 for the multi-purse transactionsystem. Examples of storage device 128 include, e.g., hard disk drive(HDD); optical drive including CD drive, DVD drive, or BLU-RAY drive;solid-state drive (SSD); USB flash drive; or any other device suitablefor storing data. Some storage devices can include multiple volatile andnon-volatile memories, including, e.g., solid state hybrid drives thatcombine hard disks with solid state cache. Some storage device 128 canbe non-volatile, mutable, or read-only. Some storage device 128 can beinternal and connect to the computing device 100 via a bus 150. Somestorage device 128 can be external and connect to the computing device100 via a I/O device 130 that provides an external bus. Some storagedevice 128 can connect to the computing device 100 via the networkinterface 118 over a network 104, including, e.g., the Remote Disk forMACBOOK AIR by Apple. Some client devices 100 may not require anon-volatile storage device 128 and can be thin clients or zero clients102. Some storage device 128 can also be used as an installation device116, and can be suitable for installing software and programs.Additionally, the operating system and the software can be run from abootable medium, for example, a bootable CD, e.g. KNOPPIX, a bootable CDfor GNU/Linux that is available as a GNU/Linux distribution fromknoppix.net.

Client device 100 can also install software or application from anapplication distribution platform. Examples of application distributionplatforms include the App Store for iOS provided by Apple, Inc., the MacApp Store provided by Apple, Inc., GOOGLE PLAY for Android OS providedby Google Inc., Chrome Webstore for CHROME OS provided by Google Inc.,and Amazon Appstore for Android OS and KINDLE FIRE provided byAmazon.com, Inc. An application distribution platform can facilitateinstallation of software on a client device 102. An applicationdistribution platform can include a repository of applications on aserver 106 or a cloud 108, which the clients 102 a-102 n can access overa network 104. An application distribution platform can includeapplication developed and provided by various developers. A user of aclient device 102 can select, purchase and/or download an applicationvia the application distribution platform.

Furthermore, the computing device 100 can include a network interface118 to interface to the network 104 through a variety of connectionsincluding, but not limited to, standard telephone lines LAN or WAN links(e.g., 802.11, T1, T3, Gigabit Ethernet, Infiniband), broadbandconnections (e.g., ISDN, Frame Relay, ATM, Gigabit Ethernet,Ethernet-over-SONET, ADSL, VDSL, BPON, GPON, fiber optical includingFiOS), wireless connections, or some combination of any or all of theabove. Connections can be established using a variety of communicationprotocols (e.g., TCP/IP, Ethernet, ARCNET, SONET, SDH, Fiber DistributedData Interface (FDDI), IEEE 802.11a/b/g/n/ac CDMA, GSM, WiMax and directasynchronous connections). In one embodiment, the computing device 100communicates with other computing devices 100′ via any type and/or formof gateway or tunneling protocol e.g. Secure Socket Layer (SSL) orTransport Layer Security (TLS), or the Citrix Gateway Protocolmanufactured by Citrix Systems, Inc. of Ft. Lauderdale, Florida. Thenetwork interface 118 can comprise a built-in network adapter, networkinterface card, PCMCIA network card, EXPRESSCARD network card, card busnetwork adapter, wireless network adapter, USB network adapter, modem orany other device suitable for interfacing the computing device 100 toany type of network capable of communication and performing theoperations described herein.

A computing device 100 of the sort depicted in FIGS. 1B and 1C canoperate under the control of an operating system, which controlsscheduling of tasks and access to system resources. The computing device100 can be running any operating system such as any of the versions ofthe MICROSOFT WINDOWS operating systems, the different releases of theUnix and Linux operating systems, any version of the MAC OS forMacintosh computers, any embedded operating system, any real-timeoperating system, any open source operating system, any proprietaryoperating system, any operating systems for mobile computing devices, orany other operating system capable of running on the computing deviceand performing the operations described herein. Typical operatingsystems include, but are not limited to: WINDOWS 2000, WINDOWS Server2012, WINDOWS CE, WINDOWS Phone, WINDOWS XP, WINDOWS VISTA, and WINDOWS7, WINDOWS RT, and WINDOWS 8 all of which are manufactured by MicrosoftCorporation of Redmond, Washington; MAC OS and iOS, manufactured byApple, Inc. of Cupertino, California; and Linux, a freely-availableoperating system, e.g. Linux Mint distribution (“distro”) or Ubuntu,distributed by Canonical Ltd. of London, United Kingdom; or Unix orother Unix-like derivative operating systems; and Android, designed byGoogle, of Mountain View, California, among others. Some operatingsystems, including, e.g., the CHROME OS by Google, can be used on zeroclients or thin clients, including, e.g., CHROMEBOOKS.

The computer system 100 can be any workstation, telephone, desktopcomputer, laptop or notebook computer, netbook, ULTRABOOK, tablet,server, handheld computer, mobile telephone, smartphone or otherportable telecommunications device, media playing device, a gamingsystem, mobile computing device, or any other type and/or form ofcomputing, telecommunications or media device that is capable ofcommunication. The computer system 100 has sufficient processor powerand memory capacity to perform the operations described herein. In someembodiments, the computing device 100 can have different processors,operating systems, and input devices consistent with the device. TheSamsung GALAXY smartphones, e.g., operate under the control of Androidoperating system developed by Google, Inc. GALAXY smartphones receiveinput via a touch interface.

In some embodiments, the computing device 100 is a gaming system. Forexample, the computer system 100 can comprise a PLAYSTATION 3, orPERSONAL PLAYSTATION PORTABLE (PSP), or a PLAYSTATION VITA devicemanufactured by the Sony Corporation of Tokyo, Japan, a NINTENDO DS,NINTENDO 3DS, NINTENDO WII, or a NINTENDO WII U device manufactured byNintendo Co., Ltd., of Kyoto, Japan, an XBOX 360 device manufactured bythe Microsoft Corporation of Redmond, Washington.

In some embodiments, the computing device 100 is a digital audio playersuch as the Apple IPOD, IPOD Touch, and IPOD NANO lines of devices,manufactured by Apple Computer of Cupertino, California Some digitalaudio players can have other functionality, including, e.g., a gamingsystem or any functionality made available by an application from adigital application distribution platform. For example, the IPOD Touchcan access the Apple App Store. In some embodiments, the computingdevice 100 is a portable media player or digital audio player supportingfile formats including, but not limited to, MP3, WAV, M4A/AAC, WMAProtected AAC, AIFF, Audible audiobook, Apple Lossless audio fileformats and .mov, .m4v, and .mp4 MPEG-4 (H.264/MPEG-4 AVC) video fileformats.

In some embodiments, the computing device 100 is a tablet e.g. the IPADline of devices by Apple; GALAXY TAB family of devices by Samsung; orKINDLE FIRE, by Amazon.com, Inc. of Seattle, Washington In otherembodiments, the computing device 100 is an eBook reader, e.g. theKINDLE family of devices by Amazon.com, or NOOK family of devices byBarnes & Noble, Inc. of New York City, New York.

In some embodiments, the communications device 102 includes acombination of devices, e.g. a smartphone combined with a digital audioplayer or portable media player. For example, one of these embodimentsis a smartphone, e.g. the IPHONE family of smartphones manufactured byApple, Inc.; a Samsung GALAXY family of smartphones manufactured bySamsung, Inc.; or a Motorola DROID family of smartphones. In yet anotherembodiment, the communications device 102 is a laptop or desktopcomputer equipped with a web browser and a microphone and speakersystem, e.g. a telephony headset. In these embodiments, thecommunications devices 102 are web-enabled and can receive and initiatephone calls. In some embodiments, a laptop or desktop computer is alsoequipped with a webcam or other video capture device that enables videochat and video call.

In some embodiments, the status of one or more machines 102, 106 in thenetwork 104 are monitored, generally as part of network management. Inone of these embodiments, the status of a machine can include anidentification of load information (e.g., the number of processes on themachine, CPU and memory utilization), of port information (e.g., thenumber of available communication ports and the port addresses), or ofsession status (e.g., the duration and type of processes, and whether aprocess is active or idle). In another of these embodiments, thisinformation can be identified by a plurality of metrics, and theplurality of metrics can be applied at least in part towards decisionsin load distribution, network traffic management, and network failurerecovery as well as any aspects of operations of the present solutiondescribed herein. Aspects of the operating environments and componentsdescribed above will become apparent in the context of the systems andmethods disclosed herein.

B. Multi-Purse Transaction System

Systems and methods of the present solution are directed to conductingelectronic transactions via a computer network. Systems and methods ofthe present solution can use a multi-purse transaction system thatmaintains an electronic account having multiple purses. An electronicaccount can be maintained by a server and be included in a database inmemory or a storage device. The electronic account can include substructures or fields. The electronic account can include multiple pursesthat are configured with one or more rules, parameters, restrictions, orpolicies. For example, the electronic account can include a first pursethat is configured as a benefits purse. A purse configured for benefitscan refer to a purse that is configured for transactions made using atax benefit account such as a flexible spending account (“FSA”),Dependent Care Account (“DCA”), Transport Account (e.g., for parking ormonthly passes). In some embodiments, the FSA, DCA, and TransportAccount can be further separated into sub-purses within the benefitspurse of the electronic account. A flexible spending account, orflexible spending arrangement, can refer to a tax-advantaged financialaccount that can be set up through a cafeteria plan of an employer andused to set aside a portion of earnings to pay for qualified expenses asestablished in the cafeteria plan. Types of FSA can include medicalexpense FSA, health FSA, health savings account (HSA), healthreimbursement account (HRA), health reimbursement plan (HRP), etc.Qualified expenses can include, for example, medical expenses, dependentcare, dental expenses, vision expenses, parking, monthly passes, etc. AnFSA can be tax-advantaged because funds deducted from an employee'saccount and transferred to the FSA is not subject to payroll taxes,resulting in payroll tax savings.

A user can make the transaction at an entity such as a merchant,pharmacy, retail store, medical supply store, or other entity thatprovides goods or services that are deemed to be qualified expenses inaccordance with the tax benefit account or FSA. The transaction canoccur via a point-of-sale terminal or device (e.g., checkout device,electronic point of sale device or other device that includes hardwareand software to facilitate a transaction) configured to receivefinancial transaction information from the user (e.g., via a debit card,pin number, mobile payment device, near field communication-enableddevice, mobile telecommunications device) and communicate with one ormore servers or databases to authenticate the financial transactioninformation, identify a corresponding FSA of the user, and initiate orfacilitate the transfer of funds from the FSA to the entity. Thetransaction can include or be associated with information such as an FSAaccount identifier, time stamp, entity identifier, and transactionamount. This information can be provided in real-time to a transactionrepository.

When participants submit claims for reimbursement from their FSA, HRA orother benefit account, the present solution provides a real time creditto their multi-purse debit card when the claim is approved forreimbursement. The present solution provides a notification viaelectronic mail or electronic messaging explaining that the reimbursedamount is now available for unrestricted spending at any merchant. Thepresent solution uses one or more policy or logic engines to authorizetransactions based on a merchant category code (“MCC”) to determine fromwhich of the accounts on the electronic multi-purse card, commonlycalled purses, are eligible to pay for the transaction.

For example, if the participant has $100 in their FSA which is setup forMedical, Rx, Vision and Dental purchases, and the participant swipestheir card at a vision provider for $75, the system makes adetermination based on a policy to select an FSA from which to detectfunds. If the card is swiped at a restaurant and the participant has aReimbursement Purse on the card, the system can deduct funds from areimbursement purse. If the participant has a transaction that exceedsthe FSA for a qualified expense, the system can use the FSA funds plusan amount from the reimbursement purse. Participants can text a codesuch as “BAL” to the present solution to receive a current balance inone or more accounts/purses, including the reimbursement purse, or callto obtain balances for all accounts through an interactive voiceresponse, as well as view the balance through a mobile application oronline portal.

Referring now to FIG. 2 , a block diagram depicting an embodiment of asystem 200 comprising a multi-purse transaction system (MPTS) is shown.In brief overview, the system 200 includes a multi-purse transactionsystem 120 (“MPTS”) that can receive and/or transmit data via a network104 with clients 102 a-n and POS terminals 202 a-n. The system 200 caninclude or interact with one or more clients 102 a-n (or client device102), and one or more point-of-sale (POS) terminals 202 a-n (or POSterminal 202). The MPTS 120 can include a communications interface 210that is configured with one or more communications ports, applicationprogramming interfaces, network protocols (e.g., TCP/IP), authenticationprotocols, or security protocols (e.g., SSL). The MPTS 120 can include apolicy engine 212 that selects a purse of an electronic accountincluding multiple purses to use to conduct a transaction. The MPTS 120can include a transaction engine 214 that obtains funds from one or moreaccounts or purses and transfers the funds to one or more accounts orpurses or merchants. The MPTS 120 can include one or more databases ordata structure that store information to facilitate the systems andmethods of the present solution, such as database 216 and database 218.The database 216 (or electronic account) can include an electronicaccount maintained or configured on the MPTS 120 that includes one ormore purses, such as a benefits purse and a cash purse. The database 218can include one or more policies in a policy repository, user profiles,or merchant information.

The system 120, communications interface 120, policy engine 212, andtransaction engine 214 can each include one or more processing units orother logic devices such as programmable logic array engines, modules,or circuitry designed and constructed to facilitate managing security ona network infrastructure. The MPTS 120 can include the components 100shown in FIG. 1C or FIG. 1D, or be configured to operate as a service incloud 108. The MPTS can include or interact with one or more servers 106a-n and clients 102 a-n.

In some embodiments, the MPTS 120 can employ a multitier architecturesuch as a client-server architecture in which presentation, applicationprocessing, and data management functions are logically or physicallyseparated. The presentation tier, or front-end, can include thecommunications interface 210 that serves static content or dynamiccontent to be rendered by the client 102 (e.g., by a web browserexecuting on client 102). The presentation tier or web server 210 caninteract or communicate with the application tier to obtain data toprovide to the client 102 or POS terminals 202 a-n. The application tiercan include the policy engine 212 and transaction engine 214 thatcontrols the system's functionality and performs additional processingor analysis on data. The application tier can interact with the datatier to obtain the transaction data. The data tier can include datapersistence mechanisms (database servers, file shares, etc.) and thedata access layer that encapsulates the persistence mechanisms andexposes the data. The data tier can include databases 216 and 218. Thedata tier can include an application programming interface (API) to theapplication tier. The databases 216 or 218 can include stored procedures(e.g., SQL statements) that perform tasks with respect the stored data.

In further detail, and in some embodiments, the MPTS 120 includes acommunications interface 210. The communications interface 210 canexecute on one or more processors of a server. The communicationsinterface 210 can include one or more communications ports and beconfigured with one or more network protocols. Communications ports caninclude, e.g., network ports, Ethernet ports, WAN ports, I/O ports, orsoftware ports. The communication port can be configured with a networkprotocol such as Transport Layer Protocols such as TCP/IP or UDP thatare configured to receive and process data packets received via acomputer network. The port can include or be associated with an IPaddress of a host and a protocol type of the communication.

In some embodiments, the communications interface 210 can receive datapackets. The data packets can be generated by a first device at a firstmerchant to conduct a first electronic transaction at the firstmerchant. The first device can refer to a POS terminal such as POSterminal 202 a. A point of sale terminal 202 (“POS”) is the place wherea retail transaction is completed. The POS terminal 202 is the point atwhich a customer of the entity or merchant makes a payment to themerchant in exchange for goods or services. At the point of sale themerchant can calculate the amount owed by the customer and provideoptions for the customer to make payment. The merchant can also issue areceipt for the transaction.

The POS terminal 202 can include hardware and software. Merchants canutilize weighing scales, scanners, electronic and manual cash registers,EFTPOS terminals, touch screens and any other wide variety of hardwareand software available for use with POS terminal 202. For example, apharmacy can use software to customize the item or service sold when acustomer has a special medication request.

The POS terminal 202 can include advanced features to cater to differentfunctionality, such as inventory management, CRM, financials,warehousing, flexible spending account transactions, etc., all builtinto the POS software. The point of sale terminal 202 can be configuredto conduct a transactions using a debit card, multipurse card,Bluetooth, near field communications, smartphone, smartwatch, mobiletelecommunications computing device, wearable communications, RFID, etc.

The communications interface 210 can receive data packets generated bythe POS Terminal 202 a responsive to conducting an electronictransaction. The data packets can include header information and payloadinformation. Multiple data packets can be strung together in a sequence.The header information can refer to TCP/IP headers that include fieldssuch as source port, destination port, sequence number, acknowledgmentnumber, window size, etc. The payload information of the data packet caninclude information related to the transaction, merchant, or customer.The system 120 can receive the data packet with header information andpayload information and process the packets to obtain information forfurther processing. The payload can include data identifying a firstmerchant category of the first merchant, an electronic account, and amonetary amount of the electronic transaction.

The data packets can carry data identifying a merchant or merchantcategory of the merchant. In some embodiments, the data carried by thedata packets include a merchant category code or identifier (e.g.,dental, medical, etc.). In some embodiments, the data identified amerchant, and the system 120 determined a merchant category based on theidentification of the merchant by, for example, using a merchant tomerchant category mapping or lookup table stored in database 218.

The data packets (e.g., payload of the data packets) can furtheridentify an electronic account maintained and configured on the server.The electronic account can be maintained and configured in a database216. The electronic account can correspond to a user and have a uniqueidentifier. The unique identifier can include numbers, letters,characters, symbols, etc. The electronic account can be associated withthe customer making the transaction at the merchant. The POS terminal202 a can receive or determine the electronic account identifier via acard swipe or other communication technique employed at the POS terminal202 a, which the POS 202 a can then convey to the system 120.

The communications interface 210 can further receive data packets (e.g.,payload information) identifying a first monetary amount of the firstelectronic transaction. The monetary amount can be for the purchase ofgoods or services made at the merchant. The monetary amount of thetransaction can refer to the amount of funds in consideration for goodsor services obtained from the entity or merchant. The merchant or entitycan refer to the entity at which a point-of-sale terminal or device usedto make the transaction is located or with which the terminal isassociated. The monetary amount can be in any currency (e.g., UnitedStates dollars) or units. The monetary amount can be further tied to acategory, such as medical services.

In some embodiments, the POS terminal 202 can generate multiple datapackets for a single transaction. The multiple data packets can eachinclude a header and a payload. The header can indicate that themultiple data packets are to be grouped together for routing,transmission or processing purposes.

In some embodiments, the system 120 includes a policy engine 212. Thepolicy engine 212 can execute on one or more processors of a server. Thepolicy engine 212 can receive, retrieve, or otherwise obtain or accesssome or all of the data carried by the data packets. The policy engine212 can receive, retrieve, or otherwise obtain or access policies, suchas policies stored in database 218. The policy engine 212 can apply thepolicy to the data to select a purse of the electronic account.

The policy engine 212 can use or apply a policy that includes one ormore techniques, algorithms, heuristics, or procedures. The policy caninclude decision points and utilize parameters or criteria. The policycan be based on criteria or rules that are established by anadministrator of the MPTS 120 or another entity. The policy canfacilitate determining which purse of the multipurse electronic accountto use to transfer funds.

In some embodiments, the policy can be based on a merchant category. Thepolicy can be based on a merchant category code (“MCC”). The MCC canrefer to a code (e.g., a four-digit number) that can be assigned to abusiness by an entity, such as a credit card company or the MPTS. Thiscode can be used to classify the merchant by a business type, or type ofgoods or services provided.

For example, the policy can be: if merchant category corresponds to (orequals or maps to or is) medical, then use benefits purse. In anotherexample, the policy can be: if merchant category corresponds to dental,then use benefits purse. In another example, the policy can be: ifmerchant category maps to qualified benefits category, then use benefitspurse. In some embodiments, the electronic account can include abenefits purse that is preconfigured with merchant categories that mapto qualified or approved categories, such as categories for funds exemptfrom payroll tax can be used to conduct a transaction.

In some embodiments, the policy can include multiple criteria. Forexample, the policy can include: if merchant category corresponds to (orequals or maps to or is) medical or dental or vision or parking, thenuse benefits purse. In some embodiments, the policy can be a negativepolicy. For example, the policy can include: if merchant category doesnot equal medical or dental or vision, then use cash purse. In someembodiments, the policy can include an action to take when the policy isnot satisfied. For example, if merchant category corresponds to medicalor dental or vision or parking, then use benefits purse; otherwise, usecash purse. In some embodiments, a single policy can include multiplepolicies. In some embodiments, the system 120 can use process multiplepolicies before identifying a policy that is satisfied.

In some embodiments, the policy engine 212 can select a sub-purse usingthe policy. The sub-purse can refer to a purse within a benefits purse.For example, the benefits purse can include multiple purses, such as anFSA purse, HRA purse, HAS purse, DCA purse, or Transport Purse. Thus,the policy engine 212 can use a policy that can select the benefitspurse and a benefits sub-purse based on a merchant identifier ormerchant category. For example, the policy can be: if merchant categorycorresponds to parking, then select Purse{Benefits].SubPurse{Transport}.

In some embodiments, the policy engine 212 can use a policy thatincludes monetary amount thresholds. For example, a merchant categorycan correspond to an approved benefits purse. However, the approvedbenefits purse can include a threshold that limits a monetary amount ofa transaction. For example, the benefits purse can be configured with aparking sub-purse with a monetary amount threshold. The monetary amountthreshold can be for a time period, such as a month, quarter, year,week, or other time interval. For example, the transport or parkingsub-purse can be approved for $200 per month for transactions made atmerchants that correspond to merchant category transport or parking.Thus, the policy can include criteria such as merchant category,transaction amount, and time interval. For example: if merchant categorycorresponds to transport and if transaction amount less than or equal toapproved transaction amount for time interval, then use transportsub-purse.

In some embodiments, the policy engine 212 can obtain funds for a singletransaction at a merchant from multiple purses of the electronicaccount. For example, a benefits purse can be configured with a monetaryamount limit or threshold for a merchant category. The policy engine canthen determine, using the policy, to select the cash purse for theremaining monetary amount. For example, for a transaction of a firsttransaction amount made at a medical provider, the policy can include:if merchant category corresponds to medical, then select benefits pursefor funds up to medical amount threshold; if transaction amount isgreater than medical amount threshold, then select cash purse forremaining amount, where remaining amount is transaction amount minusmedical amount threshold.

In some cases, where the amount thresholds are based on a time interval,the system 120 can determine the amount using historical transactioninformation stored in a database 216 or 218. For example, the electronicaccount 216 can include transaction information with time stamps for oneor more purses. Similarly, profiles stored in database 218 can include auser's profile which can include transaction information.

Thus, and in some embodiments, the first policy can refer to one or morepolicies that are used to determine or select one or more purses fromwhich funds are to be obtained or withdrawn to complete a transactionconducted at a merchant.

In some embodiments, the policy engine 212 can apply a second policydirected to additional factors after using a first policy. The policyengine 212 can select the second policy responsive to or based on thefirst policy. The second policy can be associated with a monetaryamount, transaction amount, or reimbursement amount. The policy engine212 can use the second policy to determine a reimbursement amount. Thepolicy engine 212 can use a reimbursement policy. The reimbursementpolicy can be applied to the data that identifies the transactionamount, merchant category, and electronic account. The reimbursementpolicy can be selected based on an insurance policy tied to orassociated with the electronic account. The electronic account caninclude a unique identifier that maps to or corresponds to a type ofinsurance policy or reimbursement policy. The reimbursement or insurancepolicy (e.g., second policy) can be established by an administrator ofthe system 120, an employer of the user/customer conducting thetransaction, or another entity. Using this reimbursement policy, thepolicy engine 212 can determine a reimbursement amount. For example, ifthe transaction amount for the medical service was $100, the policyengine 212 can determine that 80% of the transaction is covered byinsurance. The system 120 can initially deduct $100 from the benefitspurse of the electronic account in accordance with the first policy.Thereafter, applying the second policy, the system 120 can determine tocredit or reimburse the electronic account $80.

Responsive to determining the reimbursement amount, the policy engine212 can further select a second purse of the electronic account for thereimbursement. The second purse can be different from the first purse.For example, the second purse can be a cash purse without the samerestrictions as the benefits purse. The cash purse or reimbursementpurse can be configured for use for any type of transaction, including,e.g., food or entertainment.

In some embodiments, the second policy refers to a policy the policyengine 212 can use to select a purse for the reimbursement amount thatis different from the first purse selected using the first policy. Forexample, the first purse selected using the first policy can be abenefits purse that can have restrictions. The restrictions on thebenefits purse can refer to restrictions on what types of goods orservices funds in the benefits can be used. However, the electronicaccount can include an additional purse that may not be configured withsuch restrictions. The additional purse can be referred to as areimbursement purse or cash purse. The cash purse can be stored on theelectronic account in database 216.

The second policy used by the policy engine 212 and obtained fromdatabase 218 to determine a reimbursement amount can include rules,parameters, criteria or thresholds. For example, the reimbursementpolicy can include: if merchant category corresponds to medical, thenreimburse 80% of transaction amount. In another example, the policy caninclude: if merchant category corresponds to medical, then reimburse 80%of transaction amount, but do not reimburse more than reimbursementlimit. The reimbursement limit can be on a per transaction basis, or atime interval basis. For example, the reimbursement limit can refer tothe maximum reimbursement amount for a time interval, such as a month,quarter, year or other time interval. The reimbursement limit can be aglobal limit across all benefits purses, or can be specific for eachbenefits subpurse (e.g., a first limit for HRA, a second limit for DCA,a third limit for FSA, etc.).

In some embodiments, the policy engine 212 can receive an indicationfrom a claims processor 220 external to the system 120 via network 104.In some embodiments, the system 120 or policy engine 212 is configuredwith the claims processor 220 or configured to interface with the claimsprocessor 220 via communications interface 210. The claims processor 220can process an insurance claim to determine a reimbursement amount. Theclaims processor 220 can be configured to use one or more policies orrules to process the insurance claim and determine a reimbursementamount. The policies can be based on a type of insurance coverageassociated with a user of the electronic account. The claims processor220 can automatically receive the insurance claim responsive to a userconducting a transaction using the multipurse card connected with theelectronic account. The claims processor 220 can obtain, via database216 or 218, policies, profiles and merchant information to adjudicatethe claim. The claims processor 220 can adjudicate the claim, determinea reimbursement amount, and provide an indication to the system 120regarding the reimbursement amount. The indication can identify theelectronic account, user identifier, time, original transaction amount,reimbursement policy, or reimbursement amount.

The system 120, upon receiving the indication of the reimbursementamount from the claims processor 220, can select a second policy todetermine to which purse of the multipurse electronic account totransfer the reimbursement amount. The policy engine 212 can retrievethe second policy from the database 218. The second policy include, forexample, the following: if transaction corresponds to reimbursement,then select cash purse of the electronic account. The cash purse may nothave the same restrictions as the benefits purse.

The system 120 can include a transaction engine 214. The transactionengine 214 can receive information or instructions from the policyengine 212 regarding a transaction, and conduct the transaction. Thetransaction engine 214 can obtain merchant information from database 218and electronic account information from 216 to perform the transaction.The transaction can include electronically transferring funds from afirst account to a second account. The first account can be anelectronic account, and the second account can be an account of amerchant (such as a financial account). In some cases, the transactionengine 214 can facilitate a transfer of funds between an electronicaccount of a claims processor 220 and the electronic account 216. Thetransaction engine 214 can receive account identifiers, transactionamounts, credentials, authentication information, etc. The transactionengine 214 can conduct the transaction via communications interface 210,thereby using the network protocols, security protocols and othercomponents or interfaces provided by the communications interface 210.

In some embodiments, upon completing the transaction via the transactionengine 214, the system 120 can provide, via the communications interface210, a real-time notification of the reimbursement amount to accountholder of the electronic account including the cash purse that receivedthe reimbursement amount. The communications interface 210 can beconfigured to provide the notification via an electronic mail protocol,Simple Messaging Service protocol, notification or prompt on a mobiletelecommunications devices (e.g., a smartphone, tablet, smartwatch,wearable telecommunications device, laptop computer, desktop computer,etc.). The notification can be in real-time, which can refer toproviding the notification soon after completion of the transaction(e.g., within 1 minute, within 5 minutes, within 30 seconds). In someembodiments, the notifications can include status information regardingthe reimbursement transaction (e.g., processing reimbursement,reimbursement approved, reimbursement denied, reimbursement submittedfor transfer, transferring reimbursement, or reimbursement complete).

In some embodiments, the system 120 (e.g., via communication interface210), receives a request for account information from a client device102 associated with an electronic account maintained or configured onthe system 120. The request for information can include informationabout a balance of the electronic account, available purses, balance ofan individual purse, status of a reimbursement, policies associated withpurses, or transaction history. The request can further includeauthentication information or credentials associated with the request.The authentication information can include network security credentials,such as security certificates or tokens. The authentication informationcan further include a username, password, two-tier authenticationinformation (e.g., date of birth, cell phone number, verification codesent via text message to cell phone number in profile associated withelectronic account). The request can be from a client device such as asmartphone. The request can be sent using a text messaging protocol suchas SMS. The system 120 can authenticate a request sent via SMS based onthe cell phone number of the device sending the SMS request, andmatching the cell phone number with corresponding number stored inprofile in database 218 for the electronic account.

Responsive to authenticating or otherwise approving the request, thesystem 120 can access a data record in database 216 for the electronicaccount to generate a report with the requested information, or generatea standard report, or generate another preconfigured report. The reportcan identify the account holder information, available purses, benefitspurses, reimbursement purse, subpurses, and available amounts for eachpurse. The report can further identify a transaction history for theelectronic account or each subpurse thereof. The report can furtheridentify or indicate if one or more purses have reached a maximum limit.The report can further include a forecast based on current/previoustransaction history that indicates whether the user can likely depleteavailable resources or exceed maximum limits based on current spendingfor a time interval.

Referring now to FIG. 3 , a flow diagram depicting an embodiment of amethod of conducting an electronic transaction is shown. The method canbe performed by system 200, MPTS 120, or one or more component thereof.In brief overview, at step 305, a server of a multipurse transactionsystem receives data packets to conduct a first electronic transaction.At step 310, the server selects a first purse allocated to an electronicaccount maintained by the server. At step 315, the server obtains afirst monetary amount of the first electronic transaction from the firstpurse. At step 320, the server applies a second policy to the data todetermine a reimbursement amount. At step 325, the server electronicallyprovides the reimbursement amount to a second purse of the electronicaccount.

Still referring to FIG. 3 , and in further detail, a server of amultipurse transaction system receives data packets to conduct a firstelectronic transaction at step 305. The data packets can be received viaa computer network using a networking protocol. The data packets can begenerated by a device at a merchant, such as a Point-of-Sale Terminal.The data packets can include header information and payload information.The header information can include, e.g., TCP header information thatcan facilitate the routing and transmission of the data packet. Thepayload information can include data related to, describing, defining,associated with or otherwise about the transaction occurring between thePOS terminal, merchant, or customer.

The server can parse, process, or otherwise identify, from the headerinformation or payload information from the one or more data packets,information about the transaction. The system can identify the firstmerchant (e.g., a name of a merchant, location of the merchant, uniqueidentifier of the first merchant) or merchant category of the firstmerchant. In the event the data packets do not include a merchantcategory, the server can determine a merchant category based on amerchant identifier. In some embodiments, where the server fails todetermine a merchant category, the server can default to using a cashpurse that is approved for any time of transaction (e.g., where themerchant category in the data packets does not correspond to a policy inthe policy repository). The data packets can also carry data (e.g., viapayload information) identifying an electronic account maintained andconfigured on the server, and a monetary amount of the electronictransaction. The server can receive data packets for multipletransactions, where each transaction is associated with a merchant ormerchant category and transaction amount. The data packets can furtherinclude (e.g., within the payload information) an electronic accountassociated with a multipurse card swiped at a POS of a merchantconducting the transaction. The multipurse card can be a plastic card(e.g., debit card or debit card with a magnetic strip or RFID), or be anelectronic card stored on a telecommunications device which transmits anelectronic account identifier corresponding to the electronic card via awireless technology (e.g., Bluetooth, or NFC). The POS can generate orobtain information that allows the MPTS to conduct the transaction,encapsulate or process the information using a protocol to generate datapackets, and transmit the data packets in a secure manner over a networkto the MPTS for further processing.

At step 310, the server selects a first purse allocated to an electronicaccount maintained by the server. The electronic account can includeseveral purses that are of different types or configured for differenttypes of transactions, and the server can select the first purse using apolicy. The server can retrieve the policy from a policy repository. Thepolicy can include one or more rules, policies, parameters, criteria,comparisons, or thresholds. This first policy can refer to a policy usedto select a purse for withdrawing funds to facilitate completing atransaction conducted a merchant. The policy can be used to select apurse having funds that can be allocated towards a purchase made at themerchant.

In some embodiments, the first policy can take into considerationfactors such as merchant category and transaction amount. The firstpolicy can select a purse based on the merchant category. The selectedpurse can be preconfigured or approved for purchases made at a merchantcorresponding to a merchant category (e.g., prescription purchase madeat a pharmacy can be approved to use funds from a benefits purse, suchas a prescription purse). This purse can be configured as a purse withfunds exempt from payroll tax deductions to be used to conduct approvedtransactions. For example, the server can determine that the first purseof the electronic purse is configured for prescription purchases, andselect the first purse responsive to determining that the merchant is aprescription provider based on the first merchant category.

At step 315, the server obtains a first monetary amount of the firstelectronic transaction from the first purse of the electronic account.In some embodiments, the server can interface with a financialinstitution to conduct the transfer of funds. For example, the servercan include an interface configured for conducting financialtransactions over a network.

In some embodiments, the server can use the policy to determine theamount to obtain. For example, the amount to obtain from the first canbe different from the transaction amount. The amount to obtain from thefirst can be less than the transaction amount. The amount to obtain fromthe first purse can be based on the policy. The policy can indicate thatonly a certain amount of the total transaction amount is approved to bededucted from the first purse. For example, the policy for a benefitspurse such as a transport purse can limit the amount of funds that canbe deducted during a time interval (e.g., $200 per month). Accordingly,the server can determine, by applying the first policy, to deduct aportion of the transaction amount from the first purse, and deduct aremaining portion from a different purse of the electronic account, suchas a cash purse that may not include the same restriction. In someembodiments, the server can determine that there are not sufficientavailable funds in the first purse to complete the transaction (e.g.,the transaction amount is greater than the available funds in the firstpurse that is configured as the benefits purse or an approved subpursethereof). The server can then determine to deduct a remaining amount orthe entire transaction amount from a cash purse or be configured with acredit card purse that can allow for a credit card transaction.

At step 320, the server applies a second policy to the data to determinea reimbursement amount. The second policy can refer to a policy thatdetermines an amount of the transaction amount that is to be reimbursedto the electronic account. This second policy can be based on aninsurance policy, claim policy, plan information, or benefitsinformation. This second policy can include adjudication an insuranceclaim. In some embodiments, the MPTS can perform one or more componentof the adjudication process or otherwise facilitate the adjudicationprocess. In some embodiments, this claim processing can be done by theMPTS. In some embodiments, the claims processing can be performed inreal-time (e.g., within 1 minute, 30 seconds, 5 minutes, 30 minutes ofthe claim being submitted). In some embodiments, the claims processingcan be done by a third-party entity external to the MPTS. In someembodiments, the MPTS can receive an indication of the reimbursementamount, an account identifier with for the source of the funds to bereimbursement (e.g., a financial account of an insurance provider), andan account identifier or electronic account identifier or other useridentifier corresponding to a destination for the funds to bereimbursed.

The second policy can include one or more policies that facilitatedetermining a reimbursement amount or a purse to which the reimbursementamount to be allocated. For example, the reimbursement policy caninclude: if prescription purchase at qualified merchant category, thenreimbursement amount is 70% of the prescription amount. In someembodiments, the reimbursement amount can be an absolute value (e.g.,$10, $50). In some embodiments, the reimbursement amount can include afunction or formulate that takes into account the type of prescriptionor merchant category, a reimbursement rate, a type of insurancecoverage, a geographic location, a cost of living factor, etc.

In some embodiments, the second policy can include a policy or factorthat determines to which account to reimburse the funds. The secondpolicy can select an account with fewer restrictions as compared to abenefits account. The second account can be configured with, in, on, orbe part of the electronic account that includes a plurality of accountsmaintained or configured on the server. The second account can be a cashpurse or reimbursement purse of the electronic account. The secondaccount can have no restrictions on where, when or for what the fundsavailable in the second account can be used. In some embodiments, fundsfrom the second account can be withdrawn as cash. In some embodiments,funds from the second account may not be withdrawn as cash, but can beused at any merchant that can conduct a transaction with the secondaccount.

At step 325, the server electronically provides the reimbursement amountto a second purse of the electronic account. This second purse (orreimbursement purse or cash purse or restriction-free purse) can bedifferent from the first purse, but maintained on or correspond to thesame electronic account having the first purse or benefits purse. Insome embodiments, the server provides a real-time notification of thereimbursement amount responsive to transferring the reimbursement amountto the first purse of the electronic account. The real-time notificationcan refer to providing the notification within a time interval oftransferring the reimbursement amount to the second purse, or when thereimbursement amount is available for use or withdrawal via the secondaccount. The time interval can refer to as soon as possible, 15 seconds,30 seconds, 5 minutes, or some other time interval that notifies a userof available funds resulting from a reimbursement made to a purse of theelectronic account soon after the funds are available.

In some embodiments, the server can receive one more data packetsgenerated by a second device at a second merchant to conduct a secondelectronic transaction at the second merchant. The second device canrefer to a different point of sale terminal, and the second merchant canbe a merchant with a merchant category that does not correspond to amerchant category that is approved to receive funds for purchases from abenefits account. The second one or more data packets can include secondheader information and second payload information. The second payloadinformation can include data associated with, defining, about oridentifying aspects of the second transaction. The server can processthe second one or more data packets to identify data from the payloadinformation indicative of the second transaction. This payloadinformation can include information such as a merchant identifier,merchant code, transaction amount, location, or electronic accountinformation. In some embodiments, merchant category corresponds to anitem being purchased in the transaction (e.g., soda purchased at apharmacy). Thus, the merchant category of the transaction may not beapproved to receive funds from a benefits account, although the merchantcan provide other items that can be approved by the benefits accountpolicy (e.g., prescription medications at a pharmacy vs. cigarettes soldat a pharmacy).

Along with these second data packets, the server can receive anidentification of the electronic account, and a monetary amount of thesecond electronic transaction. The server can retrieve a second policyfrom a policy repository stored in memory using an identifier of theelectronic account. The server can use the policy engine to apply thefirst policy to determine which purse of the electronic account toselect for withdrawing funds to pay for the transaction. In someembodiments, the server determines, using a mapping of merchant categoryto purse configuration or purse policy, that the merchant category isnot approved to receive funds from a benefits purse (e.g., the categorymay not correspond to any of the benefits subpurses, including medical,vision, dental, transport), and, instead, selects the cash purse for thetransaction. The server can then instruct a transaction engine to obtainfunds for this transaction from a cash purse that may not haverestrictions based on merchant category or can be otherwise approved forproviding funds for the transaction with the second merchant. Forexample, the server can select the second purse responsive todetermining that the first purse is not configured for the secondmerchant category of the second merchant.

In some embodiments, merchant category can refer to a merchant categorycode (“MCC”). Table 1 is an example mapping of merchant categories topurses in accordance with an embodiment:

TABLE 1 Example mapping of merchant categories to purses in accordancewith an embodiment. MCC Merchant Category Purse 8099 Medical ServicesBenefits Purse 8062 Hospitals Benefits Purse 8042 Optometrists BenefitsPurse 7832 Motion Picture Theaters Cash Purse 7922 Theatrical TicketAgencies Cash Purse

For example, the server can analyze the amount of available funds in oneor more purses of the electronic account in order to select one or morepurses to conduct a transaction. For example, multiple purses can beapproved or qualify for a transaction based on a merchant code (e.g.,both a benefits purse and a cash purse). In some embodiments, a firstpurse can have a higher priority than a second purse, which can causethe server to select the first purse for funds prior to selecting thesecond purse.

If multiple accounts are approved based on a merchant category, theserver can determine an available amount in each purse. For example, theserver can access a data record in memory for the electronic account.The data record can indicate a first available amount and a firstconfiguration for the first purse (e.g., as a benefits purse with $100),and a second available amount and a second configuration for the secondpurse (e.g., a cash purse with $500). The server can determine, based onthe first available amount and the first configuration, to use the firstpurse for the first electronic transaction. For example, the firstelectronic transaction can be $100 for prescriptions medications.Further, the server can determine based on the first available amountand the first configuration, not to use the second purse for the firstelectronic transaction. For example, the first purse can have a higherpriority because it has greater restrictions than the second purse, andthe transaction parameters satisfies the policy and restrictions of thefirst purse.

Thereafter, the server can receive an indication of a secondtransaction. The server can receive a second one or more data packetswith second header information and second payload information. Thesecond payload information can include data about the secondtransaction. The server can parse or otherwise process the second one ormore data packets to identify the second payload information and dataabout the second transaction. Using information about the secondtransaction, such as a merchant identifier, merchant code, or amount ofthe second transaction, the server can determine, based on the firstconfiguration of the first purse, not to use the first purse for thesecond electronic transaction. For example, the second transaction canbe for $30 for movie tickets which may not be approved for a benefitspurse based on a MCC. Further, the server can determine, based on thesecond available amount and the second configuration, to use the secondpurse for the second electronic transaction. For example, the secondpurse can be a cash purse that is approved for any type of MCC, and thecash purse has sufficient funds for the transaction.

C. Multi-Purse Transaction and Notification System

The systems and methods of the present solution are directed to thetechnical problems and challenges of implementing the functionality ofconducting a multi-purse transaction of an electronic transaction basedtechnology and platform. Existing electronic transaction basedtechnologies and platforms do not effectively and efficiently make useof the computing and network resources deployed for multi-pursetransaction based technologies and platforms to include suchfunctionality. Without implementing such functionality, existingelectronic transaction based technologies and platforms have theproblems of excessive server-client requests and responses, processingdelays, increase bandwidth usage, or erroneous transactions.

The systems and methods of the present solution are directed to theimprovement of the performance and operation of the electronictransaction based technology and platform and computing and networkingresource used by such electronic transaction based technology andplatform. In some aspects, the present solution improves and enhancesthe implemented functionality of the electronic transaction basedtechnology and platform implemented on, integrated with and inherentlytied to the processor, memory, network and computing resources of one ormore computing devices. In some aspects, the present solution moreeffectively performs the functionality of the electronic transactionbased technology and platform thereby making and causing more effectiveuse of the computing and networking resources to achieve the improvedfunctionality of the present solution. The same computing and networkresources used by such electronic transaction based technology andplatform will provide increased and improved functionality withimplementation of the present solution.

In some aspects, the present solution more efficiently uses thecomputing and networking resources to implement the improvedfunctionality of the electronic transaction based technology andplatform. For example, systems and methods of the present solution canuse a multi-purse transaction system that maintains an electronicaccount having multiple purses, such as an electronic benefits accountand an electronic reimbursement account. Systems and methods of thepresent solution can adjudicate a single claim against the electronicbenefits account (e.g., determine that the single claim is approved forreimbursing an electronic account by an amount of expendituresassociated with the electronic transaction) and provide notificationsrelating to such claims. An electronic account can be maintained by aserver and include a database in memory or a storage device. Theelectronic account can include sub structures or fields. The electronicaccount can include multiple purses that are configured with one or morerules, parameters, restrictions, or policies. For example, theelectronic account can include a first purse that is configured forbenefits as an electronic benefits account purse. A purse configured forbenefits can refer to a purse that is configured for transactions madeusing a tax benefit account such as a flexible spending account (“FSA”),Dependent Care Account (“DCA”), Transport Account (e.g., for parking ormonthly passes). In some embodiments, the FSA, DCA, and TransportAccount can be further separated into sub-purses within the electronicbenefits account purse of the electronic account. A flexible spendingaccount, or flexible spending arrangement, can refer to a tax-advantagedfinancial account that can be set up through a cafeteria plan of anemployer and used to set aside a portion of earnings to pay forqualified expenses as established in the cafeteria plan. Types of FSAcan include medical expense FSA, health FSA, health savings account(HSA), health reimbursement account (HRA), health reimbursement plan(HRP), etc. Qualified expenses can include, for example, medicalexpenses, dependent care, dental expenses, vision expenses, parking,monthly passes, etc. An FSA can be tax-advantaged because funds deductedfrom an employee's account and transferred to the FSA is not subject topayroll taxes, resulting in payroll tax savings.

A user can make the transaction at an entity such as a merchant,pharmacy, retail store, medical supply store, or other entity thatprovides goods or services that are deemed to be qualified expenses inaccordance with the tax benefit account or FSA. The transaction canoccur via a point-of-sale terminal or device (e.g., checkout device,electronic point of sale device or other device that includes hardwareand software to facilitate a transaction) configured to receivefinancial transaction information from the user (e.g., via a debit card,pin number, mobile payment device, near field communication-enableddevice, mobile telecommunications device) and communicate with one ormore servers or databases to authenticate the financial transactioninformation, identify a corresponding FSA of the user, and initiate orfacilitate the transfer of funds from the FSA to the entity. Thetransaction can be associated with information such as an FSA accountidentifier, time stamp, entity identifier, and transaction amount. Thisinformation can be provided in real-time to a transaction repository.

When participants submit claims for reimbursement from their FSA, HRA orother benefit account, the present solution provides a real time creditto their electronic reimbursement account when the claim is approved forreimbursement. The present solution provides real time adjudication ofthe single claim. By adjudicating the single claim, the present solutionimproves over batch processed claims that cannot be processed untilseveral hours, days, weeks, or months after the electronic transactionoccurs. The present solution provides a real time notification viaelectronic mail or electronic messaging of the real time credit to theelectronic reimbursement account, and can explain in real time that thereimbursed amount is now available for unrestricted spending at anymerchant. The present solution uses one or more policy or logic enginesto authorize transactions, such as by authorizing transactions based ona merchant category code (“MCC”), a goods and services code, a healthcare provider code, or other policy codes, to determine that the singleclaim against the electronic benefits account is approved for an amountof expenditures qualifying under the electronic benefits account.

For example, if the participant has $100 in their FSA which is setup forMedical, Rx, Vision and Dental purchases, and the participant swipestheir card at a vision provider for $75, the system makes adetermination based on a policy to select an FSA from which to deductfunds. If the card is swiped at a restaurant and the participant has anelectronic reimbursement account on the card, the system can deductfunds from a reimbursement purse. If the participant has a transactionthat exceeds the FSA for a qualified expense, the system can use the FSAfunds plus an amount from the reimbursement purse. Participants can texta code such as “BAL” to the present solution to receive a currentbalance in one or more electronic accounts/purses, including theelectronic reimbursement account, or call to obtain balances for allaccounts through an interactive voice response, as well as view thebalance through a mobile application or online portal. Participants cantext a code such as “CLAIM” to the present solution to receive a statusof the adjudication of the single claim.

Referring now to FIG. 4 , a block diagram depicting an embodiment of asystem 400 comprising a multi-purse transaction system (MPTS) is shown.In brief overview, the system 400 includes a multi-purse transactionsystem 408 (“MPTS”). The MPTS 408 can include the MPTS 120 depicted inFIG. 2 , or one or more components or modules depicted in FIG. 2 , andcan perform the functions of the MPTS 120. The MPTS 408 can receiveand/or transmit data via a network 104 with clients 102 a-n and POSterminals 202 a-n. The system 400 can include or interact with one ormore clients 102 a-n (or client device 102), and one or morepoint-of-sale (POS) terminals 202 a-n (or POS terminal 202).

The MPTS 408 can include a communications interface 410. Thecommunications interface 410 can include the communications interface210 depicted in FIG. 2 , or one or more components or modules depictedin FIG. 2 , and can perform the functions of the communicationsinterface 210. The communications interface 410 is configured with oneor more communications ports, application programming interfaces,network protocols (e.g., TCP/IP), authentication protocols, or securityprotocols (e.g., SSL). The communications interface 410 can receive arequest to adjudicate a single claim against an electronic benefitsaccount.

The MPTS 408 can include a policy engine 412. The policy engine 412 caninclude the policy engine 212 depicted in FIG. 2 , or one or componentsor modules depicted in FIG. 2 , and can perform the functions of thepolicy engine 212. The policy engine 412 determines, responsive to thecommunications interface 410 receiving the request to adjudicate thesingle claim, that the single claim against the electronic benefitsaccount is approved for an amount of expenditures qualifying under theelectronic benefits account.

In some aspects, the policy engine 412 comprises an innovative,non-conventional or non-routine implementation. In some aspects, thepolicy engine 412 is implemented to address the technical problems andchallenges of prior systems not deploying the present solution. In someaspects, the policy engine 412 is implemented to make or cause moreeffective and efficient use of computing and networking resources. Forexample, the policy engine 412 can cause more effective and efficientuse of computing and network resources by reducing the number ofprocessing cycles, memory or network bandwidth used to adjudicate thesingle claim against the electronic benefits account. The policy engine412 can provide an improved or faster result by integrating orinterfacing with one or more of the communication interface 410,electronic account 416, database 420, transaction engine 414,notification engine 416 or claims processor 220 to perform theadjudication of the single claim.

The MPTS 408 can include a transaction engine 414. The transactionengine 414 can include the transaction engine 212 depicted in FIG. 2 ,or one or more components or modules depicted in FIG. 2 , and canperform the functions of the transaction engine 214. The transactionengine 414 obtains electronic data representing funds from one or moreelectronic accounts or purses and transfers the funds to one or moreaccounts or purses or merchants.

In some aspects, the transaction engine 414 comprises an innovative,non-conventional or non-routine implementation. In some aspects, thetransaction engine 414 is implemented to address the technical problemsand challenges of prior systems not deploying the present solution. Insome aspects, the transaction engine 414 is implemented to make or causemore effective and efficient use of computing and networking resources.For example, the transaction engine 414 can cause more effective andefficient use of computing and network resources by reducing the numberof processing cycles, memory or network bandwidth used to obtainelectronic data regarding funds from one or more electronic accounts orpurses to conduct a transfer. The transaction engine 414 can provide animproved system by integrating or interfacing with the communicationinterface 410, electronic account 416, database 420, policy engine 412,notification engine 416 or claims processor 220 to perform the transfer.

The MPTS 408 can include one or more databases or data structures thatstore information to facilitate the systems and methods of the presentsolution, such as database 418 and database 420. The database 418 caninclude the database 216, or one or more components or modules depictedin FIG. 2 , and can perform the functions of the database 216. Thedatabase 418 (or electronic account) can include an electronic accountmaintained on or configured on the MPTS 408 that includes one or morepurses, such as a benefits purse and a cash purse. The database 418 caninclude a profile database of the electronic benefits account. Theprofile database can include an entry corresponding to a deviceconfigured to receive notifications for the electronic benefits account.The entry can include a unique identifier for the device and anotification mode including at least one of a Short Messaging Service(SMS) protocol or an electronic mail protocol. The database 420 caninclude one or more policies in a policy repository, user profiles, ormerchant information. The user profiles can include biographicalinformation associated with users, identifiers for clients 102 or otherdevices associated with users, security credentials associated withusers, transaction histories, etc. In some embodiments, the user profilecan include contact information such as an electronic mail protocol, amobile telephone number, an SMS protocol, a landline telephone number,or a postal address associated with users.

The MPTS 408 can include a notification engine 416. The notificationengine 416 can be configured to generate notifications and transmit thenotifications to devices of electronic benefits accounts. In someaspects, the notification engine 416 comprises an innovative,non-conventional or non-routine implementation. In some aspects, thenotification engine 416 is implemented to address the technical problemsand challenges of prior systems not deploying the present solution. Insome aspects, the notification engine 416 is implemented to make orcause more effective and efficient use of computing and networkingresources. For example, the notification engine 416 can cause moreeffective and efficient use of computing and network resources byreducing the number of processing cycles, memory or network bandwidthused to generate notification and transmit the notifications to devicesof electronic benefits accounts. The notification engine 416 can providean improved or faster notification by integrating or interfacing withthe communication interface 410, electronic account 416, database 420,policy engine 412, policy engine 412 or claims processor 220 to performthe notification.

The MPTS 408, communications interface 410, policy engine 412,transaction engine 414, and notification engine 416 can each include oneor more processing units or other logic devices such as programmablelogic array engines, modules, or circuitry designed and constructed tofacilitate managing security on a network infrastructure. The MPTS 408can include the components 100 shown in FIG. 1C or FIG. 1D, or beconfigured to operate as a service in cloud 108. The MPTS 408 caninclude or interact with one or more servers 106 a-n and clients 102a-n.

In some embodiments, the MPTS 408 can employ a multitier architecturesuch as a client-server architecture in which presentation, applicationprocessing, and data management functions are logically or physicallyseparated. The presentation tier, or front-end, can include thecommunications interface 410 that serves static content or dynamiccontent to be rendered by the client 102 (e.g., by a web browserexecuting on client 102). The presentation tier or web server 210 caninteract or communicate with the application tier to obtain data toprovide to the client 102 or POS terminals 202 a-n. The application tiercan include the policy engine 412, transaction engine 414, andnotification engine 416 that controls the system's functionality andperforms additional processing or analysis on data. The application tiercan interact with the data tier to obtain the transaction data. The datatier can include data persistence mechanisms (database servers, fileshares, etc.) and the data access layer that encapsulates thepersistence mechanisms and exposes the data. The data tier can includedatabases 418 and 408. The data tier can include an applicationprogramming interface (API) to the application tier. The databases 418or 408 can include stored procedures (e.g., SQL statements) that performtasks with respect the stored data.

In further detail, and in some embodiments, the MPTS 408 includes acommunications interface 410. The communications interface 410 canexecute on one or more processors of a server. The communicationsinterface 410 can include one or more communications ports and beconfigured with one or more network protocols. Communications ports caninclude, e.g., network ports, Ethernet ports, WAN ports, I/O ports, orsoftware ports. The communication port can be configured with a networkprotocol such as Transport Layer Protocols such as TCP/IP or UDP thatare configured to receive and process data packets received via acomputer network. The port can include or be associated with an IPaddress of a host and a protocol type of the communication.

In some embodiments, the communication interface 410 can receive datapackets. The data packets can be generated by a device at a merchant toconduct an electronic transaction at the merchant. The device can referto a point of sale terminal (“POS terminal”) such as POS terminal 202 a.In some embodiments, the POS terminal 202 is the device at which aretail transaction is initiated. The POS terminal 202 is the point atwhich a customer of the entity or merchant makes a payment to themerchant in exchange for goods or services. At the point of sale themerchant can calculate the amount owed by the customer and provideoptions for the customer to make payment. The merchant can also issue areceipt for the transaction.

The POS terminal 202 can include hardware and software. Merchants canutilize weighing scales, scanners, electronic and manual cash registers,EFTPOS terminals, touch screens and any other wide variety of hardwareand software available for use with POS terminal 202. For example, apharmacy can use software to customize the item or service sold when acustomer has a special medication request.

The POS terminal 202 can include advanced features to cater to differentfunctionality, such as inventory management, CRM, financials,warehousing, flexible spending account transactions, etc., all builtinto the POS software. The POS terminal 202 can be configured to conducta transactions using a debit card, multipurse card, Bluetooth, nearfield communications, smartphone, smartwatch, mobile telecommunicationscomputing device, wearable communications, RFID, etc.

The communications interface 410 can receive data packets generated bythe POS terminal 202 a responsive to an electronic transaction resultingin transmission of a request to adjudicate a single claim against anelectronic benefits account. In some embodiments, the request toadjudicate a single claim against the electronic benefits account istransmitted responsive to a user swiping a payment card at the POSterminal. The payment card can include identifying information that canbe used to identify an account identifier of the electronic benefitaccount against which to adjudicate the claim. The data packets caninclude header information and payload information. Multiple datapackets can be strung together in a sequence. The header information canrefer to TCP/IP headers that include fields such as source port,destination port, sequence number, acknowledge number, window size, etc.The payload information of the data packet can include informationrelated to the electronic transaction, the request to adjudicate asingle claim, the merchant, or the customer. The MPTS 408 can receivethe data packet with header information and payload information andprocess the packets to obtain information for further processing. Thepayload can include data identifying the POS terminal 202 a at which theelectronic transaction occurred, the merchant providing the POS terminal202 a, a merchant category of the merchant, financial informationassociated with the user performing the electronic transaction (e.g.,via a card swipe or other communication technique used to perform theelectronic transaction), an amount of expenditures of the electronictransaction, and other information facilitating adjudication of thesingle claim. The data packets (e.g., via the payload) can include therequest to adjudicate the single claim. The request can specify theelectronic benefits account for adjudication. The request can specifyinformation for identifying a policy for performing the adjudication.The payload can include data identifying a merchant category of themerchant, an electronic benefits account, and a monetary amount of theelectronic transaction.

The data packets can carry data identifying a merchant or merchantcategory of the merchant. In some embodiments, the data carried by thedata packets include a merchant category code or identifier (e.g.,dental, medical, etc.). In some embodiments, the data identifies amerchant, and the MPTS 408 determines a merchant category based on theidentification of the merchant by, for example, using a merchant tomerchant category mapping or lookup table stored in database 420. Insome embodiments, the data packets carrying the request to adjudicatethe single claim against the electronic benefits account include a datastructure having a first field indicating a merchant identifier, asecond field indicating a total amount of expenditures, and a thirdfield indicating the electronics benefit account. In some embodiments,the data packets are generated by a merchant device (e.g., a clientdevice 102 of a merchant) to conduct an electronic transaction at themerchant, and the data packets carry data identifying a merchantcategory of the merchant, the electronic benefits account maintained andconfigured on the MPTS 408, and a total monetary amount of theelectronic transaction.

The data packets (e.g., payload of the data packets) can furtheridentify an electronic account maintained and configured on the server.The electronic account can be maintained and configured in a database418. The electronic account can correspond to a user and have a uniqueidentifier. The unique identifier can include numbers, letters,characters, symbols, etc. The electronic account can be associated withthe customer making the transaction at the merchant. The POS terminal202 a can receive or determine the electronic account identifier via acard swipe or other communication technique employed at the POS terminal202 a, which the POS 202 a can then convey to the MPTS 408.

The communications interface 410 can further receive data packets (e.g.,payload information) identifying a monetary amount of the electronictransaction, such as a total amount of expenditures. The monetary amountcan be for the purchase of goods or services made at the merchant. Themonetary amount of the transaction can refer to the amount of funds inconsideration for goods or services obtained from the entity ormerchant. The merchant or entity can refer to the entity at which apoint-of-sale terminal or device used to make the transaction is locatedor with which the terminal is associated. The monetary amount can be inany currency (e.g., United States dollars) or units. The monetary amountcan be further tied to a category, such as medical services.

In some embodiments, the POS terminal 202 can generate multiple datapackets for a single transaction. The multiple data packets can eachinclude a header and a payload. The header can indicate that themultiple data packets are to be grouped together for routing,transmission or processing purposes.

The MPTS 408 can be configured to authenticate communications andtransactions. In some embodiments, the communications interface 410receives communications such as the request to adjudicate the singleclaim. The request can include security credential such as a securitycertificate or security token. The security credential can be associatedwith a user or a merchant. The MPTS 408 can be configured to extract thesecurity credential from the request, and authenticate the request bycomparing the security credential against a known or verified securitycredential. For example, the user profiles and/or merchant informationstored in database 420 can include known or verified securitycredentials for comparison with the security credential of the request.In some embodiments, the MPTS 408 receives the request to adjudicate thesingle claim via the communications interface 410, extracts a securitycredential from the request, analyzes the extracted security credentialto identify a user, queries the database 420 for a verified securitycredential stored with a user profile corresponding to the identifieduser, compares the extracted security credential to the verifiedsecurity credential, and authenticates the request based on theextracted security credential matching the verified security credential.In some embodiments, the MPTS 408 analyzes the extracted securitycredential to identify a merchant, queries the database 420 for averified security credential stored with merchant informationcorresponding to the identified merchant, compares the extractedsecurity credential to the verified security credential, andauthenticates the request based on the extracted security credentialmatching the verified security credential.

In some embodiments, the MPTS 408 includes a policy engine 412. Thepolicy engine 412 can execute on one or more processors of a server,such as a server of the MPTS 408. The policy engine 412 can receive,retrieve, or otherwise obtain or access some or all of the data carriedby the data packets. The policy engine 412 can receive, retrieve, orotherwise obtain or access policies, such as policies maintained indatabase 420. The policy engine 412 can determine that the single claimagainst the electronic benefits account is approved for an amount ofexpenditures qualifying under the electronic benefits account,responsive to the communication interface 210 receiving the request toadjudicate the single claim.

The MPTS 408 can initiate a claim adjudication process responsive toreceiving the data packets, such as by causing the policy engine 412 toexecute policies maintained in the database 420. The MPTS 408 can causethe policy engine 412 to identify a policy maintained in the database420 to apply to the single claim to adjudicate the single claim based oninformation extracted from the received data packets. The MPTS 408 cancause the policy engine 412 to determine that a remote policy isrequired based on information extracted from the received data packets,and the MPTS 408 can request the remote policy by transmitting one ormore data packets carrying a policy request to a remote server, such asa server of an insurance administrator or an employer. The policyrequest can cause the remote server to transmit the requested remotepolicy to the MPTS 408. For example, the policy engine 412 can determinethat the received data packets indicate a new insurance administrator oremployer for which a policy is not yet maintained in the database 420.

The policy engine 412 can identify a reimbursement policy of theelectronic benefits account specifying an ordered list of accountdestinations for benefits account reimbursements via a configuration ofthe electronic benefits account maintained by the server, such as aserver of the MPTS 408. The ordered list of account destinations caninclude or refer to a set of electronic account identifiers orelectronic account types that are in a sequence of priority. Forexample, each electronic account identifier or electronic account typecan be associated with, correspond to, or configured with a priority.The priority can include a numeric value, score, text, symbol, or otherindicator of a rank, preference, selection technique, selectionprotocol, or sequence. In some embodiments, the ordered list of accountdestinations includes at least one of: an electronic reimbursementaccount maintained by the MPTS 408, such as a cash purse maintained inthe database 418; an electronic reimbursement account maintained in aserver by an entity remote from the MPTS 408, such as a server of afinancial institution, of an insurance administrator, or of an employer;a payroll account, such as a payroll account having direct depositinformation for electronically transferring credits to the payrollaccount; or another account that can be credited by sending (e.g.,mailing to a postal address) a check to the account. The electronicreimbursement account can include a tax benefit account, which may ormay not include an HSA, an FSA, a checking account, a savings account,or other electronic accounts that can receive funds electronically. Theordered list can prioritize the electronic reimbursement accountmaintained by the MPTS 408 as a first-highest priority accountdestination; an electronic reimbursement account maintained remote fromthe MPTS 408 as a second-highest priority account destination; a payrollaccount having direct deposit information as a third-highest priorityaccount destination; and another account requiring a check to be mailedas a fourth-highest priority account destination. Any other combinationof account priorities are contemplated. In some embodiments, the MPTS408 specifies a default ordered list. In some embodiments, a userassociated with the request to adjudicate the single claim can specifythe ordered list. In some embodiments, an insurance administrator or anemployer can specify the ordered list. The MPTS 408 can be configured toreceive the ordered list from client devices 102 of the user, theinsurance administrator, or the employer.

The policy engine 412 can determine an electronic reimbursement accountas a destination for a benefits account reimbursement via application ofthe reimbursement policy to the single claim. The electronicreimbursement account can be configured to allow transactions fornon-qualifying benefits. For example, the electronic reimbursementaccount can be configured to be credited based on transactions thatwould otherwise not qualify under a policy applied during adjudication.The policy engine 412 can update the electronic reimbursement accountmaintained by the server with a value corresponding to a credit for theapproved amount for the single claim.

The policy engine 412 can use or apply a policy that includes one ormore techniques, algorithms, heuristics, rules or procedures. The policycan include decision points and utilize parameters or criteria. Thepolicy can be based on criteria or rules that are established by anadministrator of the MPTS 408 or another entity. The policy canfacilitate determining whether the single claim against the electronicbenefits account is approved for an amount of expenditures qualifyingunder the electronic benefits account.

The policy can be retrieved from a variety of entities, such as clientdevices 102 or servers associated with an insurance administrator, anemployer, a financial institution (e.g., a bank administering orotherwise maintaining an electronic reimbursement account or a payrollaccount configured for direct deposit), or the claims processor 222. Theinsurance administrator can establish or otherwise maintain theelectronic benefits account. The employer can at least partially pay foror otherwise subsidize an insurance plan associated with the policy. Insome embodiments, the policy defines a maximum amount of expendituresfor all goods and services. For example, the policy can set maximumexpenditures for a billing cycle, such as a monthly billing cycle, anannual billing cycle, or a billing cycle of another length of time. Themaximum amount of expenditures can be prorated for billing cycles lessthan a year in length, based on a standardized annual amount ofexpenditures, such as when a user activates the electronic benefitsaccount at a time other than a typical enrollment time for the annualbilling cycle.

In some embodiments, the policy defines purchase type categories.Purchase type categories can be exclusive or overlap for various goodsand services. For example, healthcare related expenditures can fallwithin a first category, and cafeteria expenditures can fall within asecond category. Healthcare related expenditures can include servicesprovided by a healthcare provider, goods purchased at a pharmacy, goodspurchased based on a prescription.

In some embodiments, the policy can be to select the highest priorityaccount destination for the reimbursement. The policy can be to selectthe highest priority account destination available for receiving fundselectronically for reimbursement. The policy can be to select thehighest priority account destination associated with the electronicbenefits account used to adjudicate the single claim. For example, aninsurance administrator or employer can provide both an electronicbenefits account and an electronic reimbursement account to a particularuser, or an electronics benefit account and an electronic reimbursementaccount can be otherwise associated with or linked to one another, andthe policy can select the highest priority account destinationassociated with or linked to the electronics benefit account.

In some embodiments, the policy can be based on a merchant category. Thepolicy can be based on a merchant category code (“MCC”). The MCC canrefer to a code (e.g., a four-digit number) that can be assigned to abusiness by an entity, such as a credit card company or the MPTS 408.This code can be used to classify the merchant by a business type, ortype of goods or services provided.

For example, the policy can be: if merchant category corresponds to (orequals or maps to or is) medical, then use benefits purse. In anotherexample, the policy can be: if merchant category corresponds to dental,then use benefits purse. In another example, the policy can be: ifmerchant category maps to qualified benefits category, then use benefitspurse. In some embodiments, the electronic account can include abenefits purse that is preconfigured with merchant categories that mapto qualified or approved categories, such as categories for funds exemptfrom payroll tax can be used to conduct a transaction.

In some embodiments, the policy defines geographical requirements forexpenditures. For example, expenditures can be approved only if theytake place within a particular country, state, county, city, or othergeographical region. Expenditures can be approved only if they takeplace within a certain distance of a home location of the user.

In some embodiments, the policy defines a variety of approval levels forexpenditures. For example, a first approval level for expenditures canautomatically approve expenditures without further review. A secondapproval level for expenditures can approve expenditures followingreview by an administrator of the benefits account. A third approvallevel for expenditures can approve expenditures following confirmationreceived from the user. For example, after the MPTS 408 receives therequest to adjudicate the single claim via the communications interface410, the MPTS 408 can transmit a request for confirmation to the clientdevice 102, and approve the expenditure responsive to receiving theconfirmation.

In some embodiments, the MPTS 408 can process multiple policies beforeidentifying a policy that is satisfied. For example, the policy caninclude geographic guidelines and provider guidelines, such thatexpenditures are approved for goods and services purchased within ageographical region from certain providers or merchants. The policy canprioritize guidelines. For example, the policy can include bothgeographic guidelines and merchant category guidelines, with merchantcategory guidelines having a higher priority such that expenditures atapproved merchants are always approved independent of geographiclocation.

In some embodiments, the policy can include multiple criteria. Forexample, the policy can include: if merchant category corresponds to (orequals or maps to or is) medical or dental or vision or parking, thenapprove the expenditure.

In some embodiments, the policy can include an action to take when thepolicy is not satisfied. For example, when the policy is not satisfied,the policy can include generating a notification by the notificationengine 416 and transmitting the notification to the client device 102 avia the communications interface 410, the notification indicating thatthe policy is not satisfied. The action can include transmitting arequest for more information and preventing the transaction engine 414or the policy engine 412 from performing further actions until therequest for more information is satisfied.

In some embodiments, the policy engine 412 can use a policy thatincludes monetary amount thresholds. For example, a merchant categorycan correspond to an approved benefits purse. However, the approvedbenefits purse can include a threshold that limits a monetary amount ofa transaction. For example, the benefits purse can be configured with aparking sub-purse with a monetary amount threshold. The monetary amountthreshold can be for a time period, such as a month, quarter, year,week, or other time interval. For example, the transport or parkingsub-purse can be approved for $200 per month for transactions made atmerchants that correspond to merchant category transport or parking.Thus, the policy can include criteria such as merchant category,transaction amount, and time interval. For example: if merchant categorycorresponds to transport and if transaction amount less than or equal toapproved transaction amount for time interval, then use transportsub-purse.

In some embodiments, the policy engine 412 can apply a second policydirected to additional factors after using a first policy. The policyengine 412 can select the second policy responsive to or based on thefirst policy. The second policy can be associated with a monetaryamount, transaction amount, or reimbursement amount. The policy engine412 can use the second policy to determine a reimbursement amount. Thepolicy engine 412 can use a reimbursement policy. The reimbursementpolicy can be applied to the data that identifies the transactionamount, merchant category, and electronic account. The reimbursementpolicy can be selected based on an insurance policy tied to orassociated with the electronic account. The electronic account caninclude a unique identifier that maps to or corresponds to a type ofinsurance policy or reimbursement policy. The reimbursement or insurancepolicy (e.g., second policy) can be established by an administrator ofthe MPTS 408, an employer of the user/customer conducting the electronictransaction, or another entity. Using this reimbursement policy, thepolicy engine 412 can determine a reimbursement amount for theelectronic transaction. For example, if electronic the transactionamount for the medical service was $100, the policy engine 412 candetermine that 80% of the transaction is covered by insurance. The MPTS408 can initially deduct $100 from the benefits purse of the electronicaccount in accordance with the first policy. Thereafter, applying thesecond policy using the policy engine 412 to adjudicate the single claimfor the electronic transaction, the MPTS 120 can determine to credit orreimburse the electronic account $80.

In some embodiments, the policy engine 412 can receive an indicationfrom a claims processor 220 external to the MPTS 408 via the network104. In some embodiments, the MPTS 408 or the policy engine 412 isconfigured with the claims processor 220 or configured to interface withthe claims processor 220 via communications interface 410. The claimsprocessor 220 can process an insurance claim to determine areimbursement amount. The claims processor 220 can be configured to useone or more policies or rules to process the insurance claim anddetermine a reimbursement amount. The policies can be based on a type ofinsurance coverage associated with a user of the electronic account. Theclaims processor 220 can automatically receive the insurance claimresponsive to a user conducting a transaction using the multipurse cardconnected with the electronic account. The claims processor 220 canobtain, via database 418 or 420, policies, profiles and merchantinformation to adjudicate the claim. The claims processor 220 canadjudicate the claim, determine a reimbursement amount, and provide anindication to the MPTS 408 regarding the reimbursement amount. Theindication can identify the electronic account, user identifier, time,original transaction amount, reimbursement policy, or reimbursementamount.

The MPTS 408 can include a transaction engine 414. The transactionengine 414 can receive information or instructions from the policyengine 412 regarding a transaction, and conduct the transaction. Thetransaction engine 414 can obtain merchant information from database 420and electronic account information from database 418 to perform thetransaction. The transaction can include electronically transferringfunds from a first account to a second account. The first account can bean electronic account, and the second account can be an account of amerchant (such as a financial account). In some cases, the transactionengine 414 can facilitate a transfer of funds between an electronicaccount of a claims processor 220 and the electronic account 418. Thetransaction engine 414 can receive account identifiers, transactionamounts, credentials, authentication information, etc. The transactionengine 414 can conduct the transaction via communications interface 410,thereby using the network protocols, security protocols and othercomponents or interfaces provided by the communications interface 410.

For example, the transaction engine 414 can be configured to receive arequest from the policy engine 412 to execute a transaction, such as toexecute a reimbursement transaction in which the electronicreimbursement account is updated with the value corresponding to thecredit for the approved amount for the single claim. The request caninclude an identifier for the electronic reimbursement account, such asthe user profile associated with the electronic reimbursement account.The transaction engine 414 can perform a lookup in the database 220 toretrieve the user profile. The transaction engine 414 can extract anidentifier for an electronic source account from which the funds are tobe transferred, such as electronic financial account. The transactionengine 414 can transmit a fund request to a server maintaining theelectronic financial account, such as a server of a financialinstitution. The fund request can include an identifier of theelectronic financial account, such as a routing number and an accountnumber in the case of funds to be transferred from an electronicchecking or savings account, or a credit card number in the case offunds to be transferred from an electronic credit card account. The fundrequest can cause the electronic financial account to release an amountof funds from the electronic financial account for transfer. The fundrequest can cause the server maintaining the electronic financialaccount to release an amount of funds corresponding to the credit forthe approved amount for the single claim, and transmit a confirmation tothe transaction engine 414 of the release of the amount of funds.

The transaction engine 414 can perform a lookup in the database 218 inwhich the electronic reimbursement account is maintained, and update theamount of funds in the electronic reimbursement account responsive toreceiving the confirmation. In some embodiments, the transaction engine414 can receive the confirmation, extract the amount of funds from theconfirmation, and compare the amount of funds to an expected credit forthe approved amount for the single claim.

Responsive to the amount of funds from the confirmation matching theexpected credit for the approved amount for the single claim, thetransaction engine 414 can update the amount of funds in the electronicreimbursement account, and the transaction engine 414 can generate aconfirmation message indicating the successful transfer of funds to betransmitted to the client device 102 via the communications interface412. Responsive to the amount of funds from the confirmation notmatching the expected credit, the transaction engine 414 can transmit anadditional fund request to the server maintaining the electronicfinancial account via the communications interface 412. The additionalfund request can include an error message generated by the transactionengine 414 based on the amount of funds from the confirmation notmatching the expected credit. The transaction engine 414 can alsogenerate an error message to be transmitted to the client device 102 viathe communications interface 412.

The MPTS 408 can include a notification engine 416. The notificationengine 416 can be executed on one or more processors of a server. Thenotification engine 416 can generate a notification, responsive to therequest adjudicated by the server and the update by the policy engine412 of the electronic reimbursement account with the value correspondingto the credit for the approved amount for the single claim, anotification identifying the update to the electronic reimbursementaccount corresponding to the credit. The notification engine 416 cantransmit one or more packets carrying data indicating the notificationof the credit to a device of the electronic benefits account, such as aclient 102.

In some embodiments, the notification engine 416 can be configured toprovide the notification in real-time via the communications interface410. The communications interface 410 can be configured to provide thenotification via an electronic mail protocol, SMS protocol, notificationor prompt on a mobile telecommunications devices (e.g., a smartphone,tablet, smartwatch, wearable telecommunications device, laptop computer,desktop computer, etc.). A user profile maintained in the database 420can include contact information corresponding to the client 102, and thenotification engine 416 can be configured to transmit the first one ormore packets to the client 102 using the contact information via thecommunications interface 410. In some embodiments, the user profile caninclude a priority order associated with multiple contact information, apreferred contact information, and/or an indication of multiple contactinformation for receiving notifications. For example, the user profilecan indicate an electronic mail protocol as a preferred contactinformation, and the notification engine 416 can be configured toidentify the electronic mail protocol as the preferred contactinformation, and transmit the one or more data packets to the client 102using the electronic mail protocol via the communications interface 410.

In some embodiments, a profile database of the electronic benefitsaccount, such as a profile database maintained in database 418, includesan entry corresponding to a device configured to receive notificationsfor the electronic benefits account. The entry includes a uniqueidentifier for the device and a notification mode including at least oneof an SMS protocol or an electronic mail protocol. The MPTS 408 can beconfigured to perform a lookup in the profile database to identify thedevice configured to receive notifications for the electronic benefitsaccount. The MPTS 408 can be configured to retrieve, from the profiledatabase, the unique identifier for the device and the notificationmode, the notification mode including at least one of an SMS protocol oran electronic mail protocol. The MPTS 408 can be configured to configurethe first one or more packets carrying the data indicating thenotification based on the notification mode. For example, if thenotification mode includes an SMS protocol, then the MPTS 408 can beconfigured to configure the first one or more packets into packetshaving a file size less than or equal to a maximum file size for an SMSprotocol transmission.

The notification can be delivered in real-time. A real-time notificationcan refer to providing the notification soon after completion of anaction by the MPTS 408 (e.g., within 30 seconds, within 1 minute, within5 minutes). The action resulting in a real-time notification can be anadjudication of a single claim against the electronic benefits account;an application of a reimbursement policy to the single claim; an updateof the electronic benefits account with a value corresponding to acredit for the approved amount for the single claim, among others. Forexample, responsive to the MPTS 408 adjudicating the request and thepolicy engine 412 updating a purse (e.g., a benefits purse) of theelectronic account of database 418, the notification engine 416 cangenerate a notification identifying the update to the benefits purse ofdatabase 418 and cause the notification to be transmitted to the client102 a via the communications interface 410.

The notification can be transmitted within a pre-determined timeinterval of receiving the request to adjudicate the single claim. Thepredetermined time interval can be a time period after an action, e.g.10 minutes, 5 minutes, 1 minute, 30 seconds. The action can includereceiving the request to adjudicate the single claim, receiving one ormore packets generated by a merchant device to conduct an electronictransaction at the merchant, and/or generating the notification of theinitiation of the single claim adjudication process. The pre-determinedtime interval can be set in a configuration file or profile maintainedby the MPTS 408 in the database 418 or the database 420, theconfiguration file or profile corresponding to the electronic benefitsaccount. The pre-determined time interval can be set by an entity remotefrom the MPTS 408. For example, the MPTS 408 can transmit a timeinterval request to a remote server of an insurance administrator or anemployer. The time interval request can cause the remote server totransmit the configuration file or profile setting the pre-determinedtime interval to the MPTS 408. The notification engine 416 can processthe configuration file or profile to extract the pre-determined timeinterval in order to transmit the notification within the pre-determinedtime interval.

In some embodiments, responsive to the action occurring that initiatesthe pre-determined time interval, the notification engine 416 cangenerate a placeholder notification to be transmitted to the clientdevice 102 independent of the status of adjudication of the singleclaim. For example, the placeholder notification can indicate that theclaim adjudication process has been initiated. The placeholdernotification can indicate that further information is required tocomplete the claim adjudication process. The notification engine 416 cantransmit the placeholder notification prior to expiry of thepre-determined time interval via the communications interface 410 toprovide real-time communication of the adjudication process.

In some embodiments, the pre-determined time interval can be based onthe type of electronic reimbursement account or an expected timerequired to update the electronic reimbursement account with thereimbursement. For example, if the electronic reimbursement account canbe updated by wire transfer, than the pre-determined time interval canbe approximately ten seconds, thirty seconds, one minute, etc. If theelectronic reimbursement account can be updated by direct deposit, thenthe pre-determined time interval can be a time associated withelectronic communication between the MPTS 408 and an electronic payrollaccount, such as ten minutes. The pre-determined time interval can bebased on a time required to transfer funds from an electronic bankaccount associated with an insurance administrator or with an employerto the electronic reimbursement account. The pre-determined timeinterval can be based on a time required for an indication of theadjudication of the single claim to be received at a remote server inorder to cause the funds to be transferred to the electronicreimbursement account.

In some embodiments, the notification can include status informationregarding the single claim adjudication (e.g., single claim approved,single claim denied, single claim submitted for transfer, single claimadjudication complete, single claim adjudication incomplete, singleclaim adjudication pending, or single claim adjudication pending furtherreview). In some embodiments, the notification can include statusinformation regarding the application of the reimbursement policy to thesingle claim (e.g., processing reimbursement, reimbursement approved,reimbursement denied, reimbursement submitted for transfer, transferringreimbursement, or reimbursement complete). In some embodiments, thenotification can include status information regarding the update of theelectronic benefits account with the value corresponding to the creditfor the approved amount for the single claim (e.g., update complete,processing update, update incomplete, credit complete, processingcredit, or credit incomplete). In some embodiments, the notificationengine 416 is configured to generate notification of the initiation ofthe single claim adjudication process, and transmit the notification viathe communications interface 410 to the client device 102 a.

In some embodiments, the notification engine 416 is configured togenerate electronic reports regarding the electronic transaction and theupdate of the electronic reimbursement account. The notification engine416 can retrieve an electronic report template configured for theelectronic benefits account responsive to transmitting the instructionsincluding the value (e.g., a value corresponding to the approved amountfor the single claim) to update the electronic reimbursement account.The notification engine 416 can generate the notification using theelectronic report template. The notification can include a balance ofthe electronic reimbursement account subsequent to updating theelectronic reimbursement account with the credit. The notificationengine 416 can transmit the one or more data packets carrying thenotification generated using the electronic report template to theclient device 102 a via the communications interface 410. For example,the communications interface 210 can transmit the one or more datapackets via at least one of an SMS protocol or an electronic mailprotocol.

In some embodiments, the notification engine 216 is configured toretrieve an electronic report template configured for the electronicbenefits account and configured for transmission via a particulartransmission protocol. For example, the notification engine 416 canretrieve an SMS-compatible electronic report template configured to becompatible with SMS protocol, such as an electronic report templatehaving a particular character limit and an organization configured touse plain text. The SMS-compatible electronic report template can beconfigured to prioritize particular notification information, such as astatus of the request to adjudicate the single claim, and/or the totalamount of expenditures approved. The notification engine 416 canretrieve an electronic mail-compatible electronic report templateconfigured to be compatible with electronic mail protocol, such as anelectronic report template using rich text or HTML. In some embodiments,the notification engine 416 can retrieve multiple electronic reporttemplates compatible with multiple transmission protocols, generatemultiple notifications using the multiple transmission protocols, andtransmit the multiple notifications via the multiple transmissionprotocols via the communications interface 410.

In some embodiments, the notification engine 416 is configured totransmit an instruction to the client device 102 a to trigger anapplication on the client device 102 a to launch a user interface (e.g.,a prompt, a graphical user interface, etc.) or application programinterface configured to display the information provided via theelectronic report. The notification engine 416 can be configured togenerate the notification to include the instruction and the electronicreport. The notification engine 416 can be configured to transmit anapplication configuration request to the client device 102 a that causesthe client device 102 a to transmit details regarding the userinterface, and the notification engine 416 can configure the electronicreport based on the received details. The notification engine 416 can beconfigured to transmit an application program interface to the clientdevice 102 a in a format configured for use by the client device 102 a,causing the client device 102 a to install the application programinterface in order to display the electronic report received in thenotification. The notification engine 416 can configure the one or moredata packets carrying the notification to cause the client device 102 ato launch the user interface or application program interface in orderto display the electronic report included in the notification.

In some embodiments, the MPTS 408 (e.g., via communication interface410), receives a request for account information from a client device102 associated with an electronic account maintained or configured onthe MPTS 408. The request for information can include information abouta balance of the electronic account, available purses, balance of anindividual purse, status of an adjudication associated with the account,status of a reimbursement, status of an update notification, policiesassociated with purses, policies associated with adjudication, ortransaction history. The request can further include authenticationinformation or credentials associated with the request. Theauthentication information can include network security credentials,such as security certificates or tokens. The authentication informationcan further include a username, password, two-tier authenticationinformation (e.g., date of birth, cell phone number, verification codesent via text message to cell phone number in profile associated withelectronic account). The authentication can include credentialsdepending on a security level associated with the account informationrequested. For example, a first security level requiring a first item ofauthentication information can be associated with information such as abalance of the electronic account, and a second security level requiringboth a first item of authentication information and a second item ofauthentication information can be associated with personalidentification information of associated with the account, such as adate of birth or social security number associated with the account. Therequest can be from a client device such as a smartphone. The requestcan be sent using a text messaging protocol such as SMS. The MPTS 408can authenticate a request sent via SMS based on the cell phone numberof the device sending the SMS request, and matching the cell phonenumber with a corresponding number maintained in a profile in database418 for the electronic account.

Responsive to authenticating or otherwise approving the request, theMPTS 408 can access a data record in database 418 for the electronicaccount to generate a report with the requested information, or generatea standard report, or generate another preconfigured report. The reportcan identify the account holder information, available purses, benefitspurses, reimbursement purse, subpurses, and available amounts for eachpurse. The report can further identify a transaction history for theelectronic account or each subpurse thereof. The report can furtheridentify or indicate if one or more purses have reached a maximum limit.The report can further include a forecast based on current/previoustransaction history that indicates whether the user can likely depleteavailable resources or exceed maximum limits based on current spendingfor a time interval. The report can further include informationassociated with adjudication of a single claim, such as an adjudicationstatus, a credit associated with the adjudication, and/or areimbursement account updated based on the credit associated with theadjudication.

In some embodiments, the MPTS 408 is configured to determine a balanceof the electronic reimbursement account maintained in the database 418.The MPTS 408 can determine the balance prior to transmitting thenotification of the credit to the electronic reimbursement account viathe communications interface 410. The MPTS 408 can determine that thebalance includes the value used to update the electronic reimbursementaccount, and then transmit the one or more data packets carrying dataindicating the notification of the credit responsive to determining thatthe balance includes the value.

In some embodiments, the MPTS 408 is configured to parse data packetscarrying the request to adjudicate the single claim in order to processthe request. For example, the one or more data packets carrying therequest to adjudicate the single claim can include the request datastructure including the first field indicating a merchant ID, the secondfield indicating the total amount of expenditures, and the third fieldindicating the electronic benefits account (e.g., an electronic benefitsaccount maintained in the database 418 of the MPTS 408). The MPTS 408can be configured to parse the one or more packets to identify theelectronic benefits account indicated by the third field. The MPTS 408can be configured to perform a lookup in a benefits account policydatabase maintained by the MPTS 408 in the database 418 to retrieve theelectronic benefits account policy corresponding to the single claimagainst the electronic benefits account. The MPTS 408 can be configuredto apply the electronic benefits account policy using the merchant IDand the total amount of expenditures to adjudicate the single claim.Responsive to the application of the electronic benefits account policy,the MPTS 408 can be configured to generate the indication that thesingle claim against the electronic benefits account policy is approvedfor the amount of expenditures qualifying under the electronic benefitsaccount.

The MPTS 408 can be further configured to determine that the amount ofexpenditures qualifying under the electronic benefits account isdifferent from the total amount of expenditures. For example, the MPTS408 can be configured to use the determination to identify multipleelectronic reimbursement accounts, to provide a qualifying amount to areimbursement account, or to notify a user associated with theelectronic benefits account that the amount of expenditures qualifyingunder the electronic benefits account is different from the total amountof expenditures. The amount of expenditures qualifying under theelectronic benefits account can be less than the total amount ofexpenditures. For example, the policy engine 412 can determine that amaximum amount of expenditures in a particular time period or billingcycle will be exceeded if the total amount of expenditures isreimbursed, and instead an amount less than the total amount ofexpenditures is to be reimbursed. The policy engine 412 can determinebased on a product category or merchant category of the goods orservices associated with the electronic transaction that the goods orservices qualify for less than a full reimbursement, such as apercentage reimbursement (e.g., 10%, 25%, 50%, 75%, 80%, 90%, etc.). Forexample, the policy engine 412 can receive the request to adjudicate thesingle claim and process the request to extract the product category ormerchant category. The policy engine 412 can perform a lookup in thereimbursement policy maintained in the database 420 to determine whetherthe extracted product category or merchant category corresponds to orqualifies for a particular amount of reimbursement, such as percentagereimbursement.

The amount of expenditures qualifying under the electronic benefitsaccount can be different from the total amount of expenditures based onthe policy engine 412 determining that the reimbursement policy is notcongruent with the goods or services associated with the electronictransaction, such as if a reimbursement policy associated with theelectronic benefits account does not correspond to the goods orservices. For example, the reimbursement policy can only apply to goodspurchased at a pharmacy based on a prescription, and the electronictransaction can be based on a non-prescription purchase at a pharmacy.The policy engine 412 can process the reimbursement policy to retrieve alist of qualifying goods or services. The policy engine 412 can processthe reimbursement policy to retrieve a list of non-qualifying goods orservices. The request to adjudicate the single claim can include anidentifier of the merchant category and an identifier of the goods orservices purchased in the electronic transaction. The policy engine 412can process the identifiers and perform a lookup in the reimbursementpolicy maintained in the database 420 to determine whether the goods orservices purchased in the electronic transaction correspond toqualifying goods or services by comparing the identifiers to merchantcategories and goods or services that are located in the list ofqualifying goods or services or in the list of non-qualifying goods orservices.

In some aspects, the system of the present solutions implements acombination of the communication interface 410, policy engine 412,electronic account 416, database 420, transaction engine 414,notification engine 416 or claims processor 220 in an innovative,non-conventional or non-routine manner. In some aspects, the system ofthe present solutions integrates the communication interface 410, policyengine 412, electronic account 416, database 420, transaction engine414, notification engine 416 or claims processor 220 in an innovative,non-conventional or non-routine manner to implement the improvedfunctionality, performance and operation of the present solution. Insome aspects, the system of the present solutions integrates thecommunication interface 410, policy engine 412, electronic account 416,database 420, transaction engine 414, notification engine 416 or claimsprocessor 220 in an innovative, non-conventional and/or non-routinemanner to more efficiently and effectively use computing and networkingresources. The communication interface 410, policy engine 412,electronic account 416, database 420, transaction engine 414,notification engine 416 or claims processor 220 are integrated in aninnovative, nonconventional manner to mitigate, reduce, prevent, orresolve the technical problems of adjudicating a single claim inreal-time and notifying a user of the result. The communicationinterface 410, policy engine 412, electronic account 416, database 420,transaction engine 414, notification engine 416 or claims processor 220integrated in the innovative, non-conventional manner address at leastthese technical problems by determining, responsive to the communicationinterface receiving the request to adjudicate the single claim, that thesingle claim against the electronic benefits account is approved for anamount of expenditures qualifying under the electronic benefits account;identifying, via a configuration of the electronic benefits accountmaintained by the server, a reimbursement policy of the electronicbenefits account specifying an ordered list of account destinations forbenefits account reimbursements; determining, via application of thereimbursement policy to the single claim, an electronic reimbursementaccount as a destination for a benefits account reimbursement, theelectronic reimbursement account configured to allow transactions fornon-qualifying benefits account expenditures; updating the electronicreimbursement account maintained by the server with a valuecorresponding to a credit for the approved amount for the single claim;generating, responsive to the request adjudicated by the server and theupdate by the policy engine of the electronic reimbursement account withthe value corresponding to the credit for the approved amount for thesingle claim, a notification identifying the update to the electronicreimbursement account corresponding to the credit; and transmitting, viathe computer network to a device of the electronic benefits account, afirst one or more packets carrying data indicating the notification ofthe credit.

Referring now to FIG. 5 , a flow diagram depicting an embodiment of anelectronic computer network 500 using the MPTS 408 is shown. The MPTS408 can include any of the components or modules depicted in FIG. 4 ,such as the MPTS 120, and can perform the functions of the MPTS 120 andthe components or modules depicted in FIG. 4 . The electronic computernetwork 500 illustrates how an electronic transaction is received by theMPTS 408 and used by the MPTS 408 to cause transmission of anotification to the client device 102 a. The electronic transactionoccurs at the POS terminal 202 a, such as when the participant swipestheir card at the POS terminal 202 a. The electronic computer network500 is shown to include the MPTS 408 in electronic communication withspecific electronic entities including the client device 102 a, the POSterminal 202 a, a merchant server 506, an insurance administrator server508, and an employer server 510.

While FIG. 5 depicts the insurance administrator server 508 and theemployer server 510 as being remote from the MPTS 408, in someembodiments, the MPTS 408 can include the insurance administrator server508 and/or the employer server 510. The MPTS 408 can maintain theinsurance administrator server 508 and/or the employer server 510. TheMPTS 408 can include local modules of the insurance administrator server508 and/or the employer server 510 that are maintained by the MPTS 408and then synchronized or mirrored to the insurance administrator server508 and/or the employer server 510.

In some embodiments, the MPTS 408 includes interfaces configured toreceive and process electronic data transmissions from the electronicentities. Each interface can be configured to authenticate the datatransmissions, such as by using security credentials. Each of theelectronic entities can also include an interface configured to receiveelectronic data transmissions from the MPTS 408, and the electronicentity interfaces can be configured to authenticate the datatransmissions from the MPTS 408, such as by using security credentials.The MPTS 408 can be configured to transmit interface software to theelectronic entities to cause the electronic entities to be compatiblewith the MPTS 408.

In some embodiments, responsive to the electronic transaction at the POSterminal 202 a, a request to adjudicate the single claim 520 is receivedat the MPTS 408 via the merchant server 506 as one or more data packets524. The MPTS 408 can include a merchant server-facing interfaceconfigured to receive the request 520 from the merchant server 506 asthe one or more data packets 524, and extract data from the one or moredata packets 524 into a format for the MPTS 408 to process. For example,the one or more data packets 524 can carry data identifying a merchantcategory of the merchant, the electronic benefits account maintained andconfigured on the MPTS 408, and a total monetary amount of theelectronic transaction; the MPTS 408 can parse the one or data packets524 to extract the carried data. The one or more data packets 524 caninclude a request data structure having a first field indicating amerchant ID, a second field indicating a total amount of expenditures,and a third field indicating the electronic benefits account. The MPTS408 can parse the one or more data packets to identify the electronicsbenefit account indicated via the third field; perform, with theidentification of the electronic benefits account, a lookup in thebenefits account policy database 420 maintained by the MPTS 408;retrieve, responsive to the lookup, the electronic benefits accountpolicy corresponding to the single claim against the electronic benefitsaccount; and generate, responsive to application of the electronicbenefits account policy using the merchant ID and the total amount ofexpenditures, the indication that the single claim against theelectronic benefits account is approved for the amount of expendituresqualifying under the electronic benefits account.

In some embodiments, a request to adjudicate the single claim 522 isreceived at the MPTS 408 directly from the POS terminal 202 a. The MPTS408 can include a POS terminal-facing interface configured to receivethe request 522 from the POS terminal 202 a as one or more data packets,and extract data from the one or more data packets into a format for theMPTS 408 to process.

In some embodiments, responsive to receiving the one or more datapackets 524 of the request 520 or the one or more data packets of therequest 522, the MPTS 408 executes the policy engine 412 using a policymaintained in the database 420 to determine that the single claimagainst the electronic benefits account (e.g., an electronic benefitsaccount maintained in the database 418) is approved for an amount ofexpenditures qualifying under the electronic benefits account. The MPTS408 can process the one or more data packets 524 (or the one or moredata packets of the request 522) to extract information such asidentification information associated with a user of the electronicbenefits account, transaction information such as identificationinformation associated with the merchant of the merchant server 506, anamount of expenditures associated with the electronic transaction thatoccurred at the POS terminal 202 a, a category of the goods or servicesassociated with the expenditures, and other information for adjudicatingthe single claim. The MPTS 408 can process the extracted information toacquire identification information corresponding to an appropriatepolicy maintained in the database 420, perform a lookup in the database420 to access the appropriate policy, and execute the policy engine 412using the appropriate policy to determine that the single claim againstthe electronic benefits account is approved for an amount ofexpenditures qualifying under the electronic benefits account.

In some embodiments, responsive to receiving the one or more datapackets 524 of the request 520 or the one or more data packets of therequest 522, the MPTS 120 transmits an adjudication request 526 foradjudicating the single claim to an insurance administrator server 508.The adjudication request 526 can be provided as one or more data packetsincluding payload information such as the information extracted from theone or more data packets. The MPTS 408 can include an insuranceadministrator server-facing interface configured to receive a response528 to the adjudication request 526 from the insurance administratorserver 508. The response 528 can include information specific to aninsurance administrator managing the insurance administrator server 508,such as adjudication policies, identification information for electronicbenefits accounts administered by the insurance administrator, orreporting requirements of the insurance administrator for reportingexpenditure approvals.

The adjudication request 526 can be configured to cause the insuranceadministrator server 508 to transmit the response 528 to theadjudication request 526. The adjudication request 526 can include arequest for the insurance administrator server 508 to adjudicate thesingle claim, and the response 528 can indicate whether the expendituresof the single claim have been approved, or provide another indication ofan adjudication status of the single claim.

The adjudication request 526 can be a request configured to cause theinsurance administrator server 508 to transmit a policy with theresponse 528 so that the MPTS 408 can adjudicate the single claim usingthe policy engine 412 based on the transmitted policy. The response 528can be received as one or more data packets, and the MPTS 408 canextract the policy from the response 528 and update the policiesmaintained in database 420 of the MPTS 408 based on the extractedpolicy. The MPTS 408 can compare the extracted policy from the response528 to the policies maintained in the database 420, verify a versionstatus of the extracted policy against a similar policy maintained inthe database 420 (e.g., a similar policy having a matching versionhistory), and update the policy maintained in the database 420responsive to determining that the policy engine maintained in thedatabase 420 is out of date.

In some embodiments, responsive to receiving the one or more datapackets 524 of the request 520 or the one or more data packets of therequest 522, the MPTS 408 transmits an adjudication request 530 foradjudicating the single claim to an employer server 510. Theadjudication request 530 can be provided as one or more data packetsincluding payload information such as the information extracted from theone or more data packets. The MPTS 408 can include an employerserver-facing interface configured to receive a response 532 to theadjudication request 530 from the employer server 508. The response 532can include information specific to an employer funding managing theemployer server 510, such as adjudication policies, identificationinformation for electronic benefits accounts funded or otherwiseadministered by the employer, tax information, or reporting requirementsof the employer for reporting expenditure approvals.

The adjudication request 526 can be configured to cause the insuranceadministrator server 508 to transmit the response 528 to theadjudication request 526. The adjudication request 526 can include arequest for the insurance administrator server 508 to adjudicate thesingle claim, and the response 528 can indicate whether the expendituresof the single claim have been approved, or provide another indication ofan adjudication status of the single claim.

The adjudication request 530 can be a request configured to cause theemployer server 510 to transmit a policy with the response 532 so thatthe MPTS 408 can adjudicate the single claim using the policy engine 412based on the transmitted policy. The response 532 can be received as oneor more data packets, and the MPTS 408 can extract the policy from theresponse 532 and update the policies maintained in database 420 of theMPTS 408 based on the extracted policy. The MPTS 408 can compare theextracted policy from the response 532 to the policies maintained in thedatabase 420, verify a version status of the extracted policy against asimilar policy maintained in the database 420 (e.g., a similar policyhaving a matching version history), and update the policy maintained inthe database 420 responsive to determining that the policy enginemaintained in the database 420 is out of date.

In some embodiments, responsive to receiving a response 528 or 532indicating that the single claim against the electronic benefits accountis approved, or responsive to the policy engine 412 determining that thesingle claim against the electronic benefits account is approved, thepolicy engine 412 is executed to identify, via a configuration of theelectronics benefit account maintained by the MPTS 408, thereimbursement policy of the electronic benefits account specifying anordered list of account destinations for benefits accountreimbursements. The policy engine 412 can be executed to determine, viaapplication of the reimbursement policy to the single claim, anelectronic benefits account maintained in database 418 as a destinationfor a benefits account reimbursement, the electronic reimbursementaccount configured to allow transactions for non-qualifying benefitsaccount expenditures. The policy engine 412 can be executed to updatethe electronic reimbursement account maintained by the MPTS 408 with avalue corresponding to a credit for the approved amount of the singleclaim.

In some embodiments, the MPTS 408 is configured to generate anotification identifying the update to the electronic reimbursementaccount maintained by the MPTS 408 corresponding to the credit, andtransmit, via the electronic computer network 500, one or morenotification data packets 534 carrying data indicating the notificationof the credit to the client device 102 a. The MPTS 408 can be configuredto transmit the one or more notification data packets 534 to the clientdevice 102 a via the communications interface 510.

In some embodiments, the MPTS 408 is configured to perform a lookup inthe database 420 for a contact protocol for the user associated with theelectronic reimbursement account, identify the appropriate contactprotocol for the user, and transmit the one or more notification datapackets 534 to the client device 102 a using the appropriate contactprotocol for the user. The MPTS 408 can perform the lookup by queryingthe user profiles maintained in the database 420 for the contactprotocol based on a user identity extracted from the request foradjudication of the single claim 522 or the one or more data packets524. The MPTS 408 can identify an electronic mail protocol as anappropriate contact protocol for the user, and transmit the one or morenotification data packets 534 to the client device 102 a using anelectronic mail address of the electronic mail protocol associated withthe client device 102 a. The MPTS 408 can be configured to transmit theone or more notification data packets 534 to the client device 102 a inreal time. The MPTS 520 can be configured to transmit the one or morenotification data packets 534 to the client device 102 a within apredetermined time interval of receiving data transmissions such as therequest 522, the one or more data packets 524, the response 528, or theresponse 532.

Referring now to FIG. 6 , a flow diagram depicting an embodiment of amethod 600 of conducting electronic transactions via a computer networkis shown. The method can be performed by one or more component or moduleof system 400, the MPTS 408, or one or more component or module depictedin FIGS. 1A-1D. In brief overview, at step 605, a server of a multipursetransaction system receives a request to adjudicate a single claimagainst an electronic benefits account. At step 610, the serverdetermines that the single claim against the electronic benefits accountis approved for an amount of expenditures qualifying under theelectronic benefits account. At step 615, the server identifies areimbursement policy of the electronic benefits account specifying anordered list of account destinations for benefits accountreimbursements. At step 620, the server determines an electronicreimbursement account as a destination for a benefits accountreimbursement to allow transactions for non-qualifying benefits accountexpenditures. At step 625, the server transmits instructions to updatethe electronic reimbursement account with a value corresponding to acredit for the approved amount for the single claim. At step 630, theserver generates a notification identifying the update to the electronicreimbursement account. At step 635, the server transmits a first one ormore packets carrying data indicating the notification of the credit toa device of the electronic benefits account.

Still referring to FIG. 6 , and in further detail, a server of amultipurse transaction system receives a request to adjudicate a singleclaim against an electronic benefits account at step 605. In someaspects, step 605 comprises an innovative, non-conventional ornon-routine way to operate or perform the functionality of the presentsolution. In some aspects, step 605 is implemented to address thetechnical problems and challenges of prior systems not deploying thepresent solution. In some aspects, step 605 is implemented to make orcause more effective and efficient use of computing and networkingresources.

The server can include one or more processors. The server can include acommunications interface for receiving the request. One or more datapackets carrying data indicating the request can be received. Therequest can be received via a computer network using a networkingprotocol. The request can be generated by a device at a merchant, suchas a POS Terminal. The data packets can include header information andpayload information. The header information can include, e.g., TCPheader information that can facilitate the routing and transmission ofthe data packet. The payload information can include data related to,describing, defining, associated with or otherwise about the request toadjudicate the single claim, including information regarding theelectronic transaction occurring between the POS terminal, merchant, orcustomer. The one or more data packets can include data identifying amerchant category of the merchant, an electronic benefits accountmaintained and configured on the server, and a total monetary amount ofthe electronic transaction. The one or more data packets can include arequest data structure having a request data structure having a firstfield including a merchant ID, a second field indicating a total amountof expenditures, and a third field indicating the electronic benefitsaccount. The data packets can further include an electronic accountassociated with a multipurse card swiped at a POS terminal of a merchantconducting the transaction. The multipurse card can be a plastic card(e.g., debit card or debit card with a magnetic stripe or RFID), or bean electronic card stored on a telecommunications device which transmitsan electronic account identifier corresponding to the electronic cardvia a wireless technology (e.g., Bluetooth, or NFC). The POS terminalcan generate or obtain information that allows the server to conduct thetransaction, encapsulate or process the information using a protocol togenerate data packets, and transmit the data packets in a secure mannerover a network to the server for further processing. The server caninitiate a claim adjudication process responsive to receiving the one ormore data packets.

At step 610, the server determines that the single claim against theelectronic benefits account is approved for an amount of expendituresqualifying under the electronic benefits account. In some aspects, step610 comprises an innovative, non-conventional or non-routine way tooperate or perform the functionality of the present solution. In someaspects, step 610 is implemented to address the technical problems andchallenges of prior systems not deploying the present solution. In someaspects, step 610 is implemented to make or cause more effective andefficient use of computing and networking resources. The server canexecute a policy engine maintained by the server to perform thedetermination. The server can perform the determination responsive tothe communication receiving the request to adjudicate the single claim.In some embodiments, the server identifies a merchant category of themerchant from which the request received, and executes the policy engineusing a policy applying to the identified merchant category to performthe determination. In some embodiments, the server parses the one ormore data packets to identify the electronic benefits account, andperforms a lookup in a benefits account policy database maintained bythe server using the identification of the electronic benefits accountto retrieve a benefits account policy corresponding to the single claimagainst the electronic benefits account.

The server can parse, process, or otherwise identify, from the headerinformation or payload information of the one or more data packets,information about the request to adjudicate the single claim, includinginformation regarding the electronic transaction occurring between thePOS terminal, merchant, or customer. The server can identify themerchant category, the merchant ID, the electronic benefits account,and/or the total amount of expenditures.

At step 615, the server identifies a reimbursement policy of theelectronic benefits account specifying an ordered list of accountdestinations for benefits account reimbursements. In some aspects, step615 comprises an innovative, non-conventional or non-routine way tooperate or perform the functionality of the present solution. In someaspects, step 615 is implemented to address the technical problems andchallenges of prior systems not deploying the present solution. In someaspects, step 615 is implemented to make or cause more effective andefficient use of computing and networking resources.

The policy engine of the server can perform the identification via aconfiguration of the electronic benefits account maintained by theserver. The policy engine can parse information regarding the electronictransaction or the request to adjudicate the single claim from the oneor more data packets, such an identity of the user of the electronicbenefits account, to identify the reimbursement policy. The policyengine can parse the configuration of the electronic benefits account toidentify the reimbursement policy associated with the electronicbenefits account. For example, the electronic benefits accountconfiguration can include a data structure including a link orassociation field for associating the electronic benefits account to oneor more electronic reimbursement accounts. For example, an insuranceadministrator or employer can provide both the electronic benefitsaccount and an associated electronic reimbursement account. The orderedlist can include one or more account destinations ordered by priority,such as an ordered list specifying that an electronic benefits purse hashighest priority for reimbursement, an electronic cash purse hassecond-highest priority for reimbursement, and a paper check mailed to apostal address has third-highest priority for reimbursement.

At step 620, the server applies the reimbursement policy to the singleclaim to determine an electronic reimbursement account as a destinationfor a benefits account reimbursement. In some aspects, step 620comprises an innovative, non-conventional or non-routine way to operateor perform the functionality of the present solution. In some aspects,step 620 is implemented to address the technical problems and challengesof prior systems not deploying the present solution. In some aspects,step 620 is implemented to make or cause more effective and efficientuse of computing and networking resources. The electronic reimbursementaccount is configured to allow transactions for non-qualifying benefitsaccount expenditures. The policy engine of the server can perform theapplication and can perform the determination. The policy engine canprocess the reimbursement policy identified at step 615 to extract anidentifier of the electronic reimbursement account that is thedestination for the benefits account reimbursement. The policy enginecan process the ordered list to identify the highest-priority accountdestination for reimbursement. The policy engine can process the orderedlist to identify the high-priority account destination for reimbursementassociated with the electronic benefits account.

At step 625, the server transmits instructions to update the electronicreimbursement account with a value corresponding to a credit for theapproved amount for the single claim. In some aspects, step 625comprises an innovative, non-conventional or non-routine way to operateor perform the functionality of the present solution. In some aspects,step 625 is implemented to address the technical problems and challengesof prior systems not deploying the present solution. In some aspects,step 625 is implemented to make or cause more effective and efficientuse of computing and networking resources. The server can maintain theelectronic reimbursement account in a database and cause the maintainedelectronic reimbursement account to be updated. The electronicreimbursement account can be maintained by a remote server such as afinancial institution server, an insurance administrator server, or anemployer server, and the transmitted instructions can cause the remoteserver to update the electronic reimbursement account with the valuecorresponding to the credit for the approved amount.

In some embodiments, the server generates electronic reports regardingthe electronic transaction and the update of the electronicreimbursement account. The server can retrieve an electronic reporttemplate configured for the electronic benefits account responsive totransmitting the instructions including the value to update theelectronic reimbursement account. The server can generate thenotification using the electronic report template. The notification caninclude a balance of the electronic reimbursement account subsequent toupdating the electronic reimbursement account with the credit. Theserver can transmit the one or more data packets carrying thenotification generated using the electronic report template to theclient device. For example, the server can transmit the one or more datapackets via at least one of an SMS protocol or an electronic mailprotocol. The notification can cause the client device to launch orexecute an interface (e.g., a graphical user interface or prompt) todisplay an electronic report based on the electronic report template.

In some embodiments, the server retrieves an electronic report templateconfigured for the electronic benefits account and configured fortransmission via a particular transmission protocol. For example, theserver can retrieve an SMS-compatible electronic report templateconfigured to be compatible with SMS protocol, such as an electronicreport template having a particular character limit and an organizationconfigured to use plain text. The SMS-compatible electronic reporttemplate can be configured to prioritize particular notificationinformation, such as a status of the request to adjudicate the singleclaim, and/or the total amount of expenditures approved. The server canretrieve an electronic mail-compatible electronic report templateconfigured to be compatible with electronic mail protocol, such as anelectronic report template using rich text or HTML. In some embodiments,the server can retrieve multiple electronic report templates compatiblewith multiple transmission protocols, generate multiple notificationsusing the multiple transmission protocols, and transmit the multiplenotifications via the multiple transmission protocols.

In some embodiments, the server performs a lookup in a profile databaseof the electronic benefits account. The lookup identifies the clientdevice configured to receive the notifications for the electronicbenefits account. For example, the profile database can include apreferred client device defined by a user of the electronic benefitsaccount. The server retrieves from the profile database a uniqueidentifier for the device and a notification mode. The notification modeincludes at least one of an SMS protocol or an electronic mail protocol.The server configures the one or more packets carrying the dataindicating the notification based on the notification mode.

At step 630, the server generates a notification identifying the updateto the electronic reimbursement account. In some aspects, step 630comprises an innovative, non-conventional or non-routine way to operateor perform the functionality of the present solution. In some aspects,step 630 is implemented to address the technical problems and challengesof prior systems not deploying the present solution. In some aspects,step 630 is implemented to make or cause more effective and efficientuse of computing and networking resources. The notification can includean indication of the electronics benefit account, and indication of theelectronic reimbursement account, the value of the credit, an updatestatus indicating whether the update was successful, a report of theadjudication of the single claim, a balance of the electronicreimbursement account, an indication of the electronic transaction, themerchant ID, the POS terminal at which the electronic transactionoccurred, and/or the amount of expenditures approved by adjudication ofthe single claim. In some embodiments, responsive to initiating theclaim adjudication process, the sever generates a notification of theinitiation.

In some embodiments, responsive to the application of the electronicbenefits account policy using the merchant ID and the total amount ofexpenditures, the server generates the indication that the single claimagainst the electronic benefits account is approved for the amount ofexpenditures qualifying under the electronic benefits account. Forexample, based on the electronic benefits account policy, the server candetermine that the merchant falls within an approved network of theelectronic benefits account. The server can perform a lookup in adatabase that can include a list of approved merchants and can include alist of non-approved merchants. The server can compare the merchant IDto the list of approved merchants. Responsive to the merchant IDcorresponding to an entry in the list of approved merchants, the servercan determine that the merchant is in the approved list. In someembodiments, the server can compare the merchant ID to both the list ofapproved merchants and the list of non-approved merchants; if themerchant ID does not correspond to an entry in either list, then theserver can generate an indication that further information is necessaryto adjudicate the single claim. The server can determine that the totalamount of expenditures is less than a difference between a currentbalance of the electronic benefits account and a maximum balance of theelectronic benefits account, such that approving the total amount ofexpenditures will not exceed the maximum balance. For example, theserver can process the electronics benefit account to identify thecurrent balance and maximum balance, and compare the sum of the currentbalance and the total amount of expenditures to the maximum balance todetermine that approving the total amount of expenditures will notexceed the maximum balance.

In some embodiments, the server determines that the amount ofexpenditures qualifying under the electronic benefits account isdifferent from the total amount of expenditures. The server candetermine that the amount of expenditures qualifying is different fromthe total amount of expenditures based on the case that approving thetotal amount of expenditures would exceed a maximum balance of theelectronic benefits account. The server can process the electronicbenefits account to identify the current balance and maximum balance,and compare the sum of the current balance and the total amount ofexpenditures to the maximum balance to determine that approving thetotal amount of expenditures would exceed the maximum balance. Theserver can determine that an amount of expenditures qualifying under theelectronic benefits account is the amount that would reach the maximumbalance without exceeding the maximum balance. The server can beconfigured to update multiple electronic reimbursement accounts based onexpenditures qualifying under the electronic benefits account and alsousing the electronic reimbursement configured to allow transactions fornon-qualifying benefits expenditures. The server can determine that thatthe maximum amount of expenditures in a particular time period orbilling cycle will be exceeded if the total amount of expenditures isreimbursed, and instead the server causes an amount less than the totalamount of expenditures to be reimbursed. The server can determine basedon a product category or merchant category of the goods or servicesassociated with the electronic transaction that the goods or servicesqualify for less than a full reimbursement, such as a percentagereimbursement. For example, the server can process the request toadjudicate the single claim to extract the product category or merchantcategory, and perform a lookup in the database maintaining thereimbursement policy to identify a list of qualifying goods or servicesand/or a list of qualifying merchants, in which the lists are associatedwith a less than full reimbursement such as a percentage reimbursement.The server can compare the product category or merchant category to thelist of qualifying goods or services or the list of qualifying merchantsto determine whether to apply a less than full reimbursement for therequest to adjudicate the single claim.

The amount of expenditures qualifying under the electronic benefitsaccount can be different from the total amount of expenditures based onthe server determining that the reimbursement policy is not congruentwith the goods or services associated with the electronic transaction,such as if a reimbursement policy associated with the electronicbenefits account does not correspond to the goods or services. Forexample, the reimbursement policy can only apply to goods purchased at apharmacy based on a prescription, and the electronic transaction can bebased on a non-prescription purchase at a pharmacy. The server canprocess the reimbursement policy to retrieve a list of qualifying goodsor services. The server can process the reimbursement policy to retrievea list of non-qualifying goods or services. The request to adjudicatethe single claim can include an identifier of the merchant category andan identifier of the goods or services purchased in the electronictransaction. The server can process the identifiers and perform a lookupin the reimbursement policy to determine whether the goods or servicespurchased in the electronic transaction correspond to qualifying goodsor services by comparing the identifiers to merchant categories andgoods or services that are located in the list of qualifying goods orservices or in the list of non-qualifying goods or services.

At step 635, the server transmits one or more packets carrying dataindicating the notification of the credit to a device of the electronicbenefits account. In some aspects, step 635 comprises an innovative,non-conventional or non-routine way to operate or perform thefunctionality of the present solution. In some aspects, step 635 isimplemented to address the technical problems and challenges of priorsystems not deploying the present solution. In some aspects, step 635 isimplemented to make or cause more effective and efficient use ofcomputing and networking resources. The server can transmit the one ormore packets in real time. The server can transmit the one or morepackets within a predetermined time interval of a preceding action, suchas receiving the request to adjudicate the single claim, receiving oneor more packets generated by a merchant device to conduct an electronictransaction at the merchant, and/or generating the notification ofinitiation of the single claim adjudication process.

In some embodiments, prior to transmitting the one or more packetscarrying the data indicating the notification of the credit, the serverdetermines a balance of the electronic reimbursement account. Forexample, the server can process an identifier of the electronicreimbursement account, and perform a lookup in the database maintainingthe electronic reimbursement account using the identifier to retrievethe balance of the electronic reimbursement account. The balanceincludes the value used to update the electronic reimbursement account.The server transmits the one or more data packets responsive todetermining that the balance includes the value. Accordingly, the serveris able to provide confirmation in the notification that the electronicreimbursement account has been updated with the credit.

In some embodiments, merchant category can refer to a merchant categorycode (“MCC”). Table 1 is an example mapping of merchant categories topurses in accordance with an embodiment:

TABLE 1 Example mapping of merchant categories to purses in accordancewith an embodiment. MCC Merchant Category Purse 8099 Medical ServicesBenefits Purse 8062 Hospitals Benefits Purse 8042 Optometrists BenefitsPurse 7832 Motion Picture Theaters Cash Purse 7922 Theatrical TicketAgencies Cash Purse

In some aspects, the methods of the present solutions implements acombination of steps in an innovative, non-conventional or non-routinemanner. In some aspects, the method of the present solution combines thesteps of FIG. 6 in an innovative, non-conventional and/or non-routinecombination to implement the improved functionality, performance andoperation of the present solution. In some aspects, the method 600 ofthe present solution combines the steps of FIG. 6 in in an innovative,non-conventional or non-routine manner to more efficiently andeffectively use computing and networking resources. In some aspects, themethod 600 of the present solution provides innovative, non-conventionalor non-routine ordered combination of steps.

D. Electronic Transaction Enforcement Portal System

The systems and methods of the present solution are directed to thetechnical problems and challenges of implementing the functionality ofresource allocation in electronic transaction portal based technologyand platforms. Existing resource allocation based technologies andplatforms do not effectively and efficiently make use of the computingand network resources deployed for electronic transaction portals.Without implementing such functionality, existing electronic transactionportal based technologies and platforms have the problems of excessiveserver-client requests and responses, processing delays, increasebandwidth usage, or erroneous resource allocations.

The systems and methods of the present solution are directed to theimprovement of the performance and operation of the electronictransaction portal based technology and platform and computing andnetworking resource used by such electronic transaction portals. In someaspects, the present solution improves and enhances the implementedfunctionality of the electronic transaction portal based technology andplatform implemented on, integrated with and inherently tied to theprocessor, memory, network and computing resources of one or morecomputing devices. In some aspects, the present solution moreeffectively performs the functionality of the electronic transactionportal technology and platform thereby making and causing more effectiveuse of the computing and networking resources to achieve the improvedfunctionality of the present solution. The same computing and networkresources used by such electronic transaction portal technology andplatform will provide increased and improved functionality withimplementation of the present solution.

In some aspects, the present solution more efficiently uses thecomputing and networking resources to implement the improvedfunctionality of the electronic transaction based technology andplatform. For example, systems and methods of the present solution aredirected to managing or conducting electronic transactions using anelectronic transaction portal. Systems and methods of the presentsolution can manage the electronic transaction portal to prevent singleelectronic benefits account transactions from exceeding threshold limitsfor contributions. Systems and methods of the present solution can use amulti-purse transaction system that maintains an electronic accounthaving multiple purses. An electronic account can be maintained by aserver and include a database in memory or a storage device. Theelectronic account can include sub structures or fields. The electronicaccount can include multiple purses that are configured with one or morerules, parameters, restrictions, or policies. For example, theelectronic account can include a first purse that is configured as abenefits a purse. A purse configured for benefits can refer to a pursethat is configured for transactions made using a tax benefit accountsuch as a flexible spending account (“FSA”), Dependent Care Account(“DCA”), Transport Account (e.g., for parking or monthly passes). Insome embodiments, the FSA, DCA, and Transport Account can be furtherseparated into sub-purses within the benefits purse of the electronicaccount. A flexible spending account, or flexible spending arrangement,can refer to a tax-advantaged financial account that can be set upthrough a cafeteria plan of an employer and used to set aside a portionof earnings to pay for qualified expenses as established in thecafeteria plan. Types of FSA can include medical expense FSA, healthFSA, health savings account (HSA), health reimbursement account (HRA),health reimbursement plan (HRP), etc. Qualified expenses can include,for example, medical expenses, dependent care, dental expenses, visionexpenses, parking, monthly passes, etc. An FSA can be tax-advantagedbecause funds deducted from an employee's account and transferred to theFSA is not subject to payroll taxes, resulting in payroll tax savings.

A client device can initiate an electronic transaction, responsive toreceiving user input via a user interface, to transfer funds to anelectronic benefits account, or an entity such as server of an employer,an insurance administrator, or a financial institution can manually,periodically, and/or automatically make the electronic transaction. Thetransaction can be associated with information such as an FSA accountidentifier, time stamp, entity identifier, and transaction amount. Thisinformation can be provided in real-time to a transaction repository.The electronic transaction portal can receive electronic transactionrequests from a plurality of electronic client devices corresponding toa heterogeneous plurality of electronic funding sources. The electronicfunding sources can include an automatic clearinghouse (“ACH”),individual checking, bill pay, and savings accounts, credit cardaccounts, employer payroll (e.g., for funding Roth IRA, cafeteria, FSA,etc.), and other electronic funding sources. The heterogeneouselectronic funding sources can be provided custom electronic benefitsaccount transaction application programming interfaces to facilitateenforcement of a single transaction request from one of the electronicfunding sources. The electronic transaction portal can transfer funds,such as when the electronic transaction request is generated based ontransaction types such as point of sale transactions, manualtransactions, and deposit transactions. The electronic transactionportal can maintain daily net general ledger files using enforcementrules, and transmit instructions to an electronic entity (e.g., aserver) of the relevant financial institution that causes the financialinstitution server to transfer funds internally.

When multiple heterogeneous electronic funding sources initiateelectronic funding transactions, the electronic funding transactionsmight all post to the electronic benefits account, even if theelectronic funding transactions exceed a threshold limit for theelectronic benefits account, requiring a participant associated with theelectronic benefits account to withdraw excess contributions or laterengage in complex tax management procedures. The present solution isconfigured to apply enforcement rules executed by a transactionenforcement portal system, on a single transaction basis, in order toprevent the contribution threshold limit from being exceeded even whenmultiple transactions are received from a plurality of heterogeneouselectronic funding sources. The present solution provides thetransaction enforcement portal system that receives indications ofelectronic transaction requests and executes enforcement rules based onthe electronic transaction requests in order to deny transactionrequests that would otherwise cause the threshold limit to be exceeded.

For example, if a participant initiates a single electronic transactionrequest to transfer funds to a flexible spending account (e.g., an HSA)from an electronic checking account, the present solution can receivethe electronic transaction request, and parse the request to identify atransaction amount and the flexible spending account. The presentsolution can determine whether authorizing the transaction would cause athreshold limit (e.g., an IRS-established threshold limit) forcontributions to the flexible spending account to be exceeded, beforethe transaction is posted to the flexible spending account. The presentsolution can prevent threshold limits to be exceeded in real-time,overcoming difficulties caused when the participant is not aware thatthe threshold limit is exceeded until the transaction is posted, oftenseveral days after the transaction is requested, at which point complexreimbursement procedures may be required to avoid tax penalties.

Referring now to FIG. 7 , a block diagram depicting an embodiment of asystem 700 comprising a Transaction Enforcement Portal System (TEPS) isshown. In brief overview, the system 700 includes a transactionenforcement portal system 708 (“TEPS”) that can receive and/or transmitdata via a network 104 with clients 102 a-n and POS terminals 202 a-n.The system 700 can include or interact with one or more clients 102 a-n(or client device 102), and one or more point-of-sale (POS) terminals202 a-n (or POS terminal 202). The TEPS 708 can include a communicationsinterface 710 that is configured with one or more communications ports,application programming interfaces, network protocols (e.g., TCP/IP),authentication protocols, or security protocols (e.g., SSL). The TEPS708 can include an enforcement engine 712 that is configured to preventan electronic transaction from exceeding an IRS threshold limit for anelectronic benefits account. The TEPS 708 can include one or moredatabases or data structures that store information to facilitate thesystems and methods of the present solution, such as database 714 anddatabase 716. The database 714 (or electronic benefits account) caninclude an electronic account maintained or configured on the TEPS 708that includes one or more purses, such as a benefits purse and a cashpurse. The database 714 can include a transaction queue indicatingreal-time electronic transactions of the electronic benefits account,and a code map mapping electronic transactions to a point in time, suchas a year. The database 716 can include one or more enforcement rules,profiles, or alerts.

The TEPS 708, communications interface 710, and enforcement engine 712can each include one or more processing units or other logic devicessuch as programmable logic array engines, modules, or circuitry designedand constructed to facilitate managing security on a networkinfrastructure. The TEPS 708 can include the components 100 shown inFIG. 1C or FIG. 1D, or be configured to operate as a service in cloud108. The TEPS 708 can include or interact with one or more servers 106a-n and clients 102 a-n, and can interact with one or more heterogeneouselectronic funding sources 702 a-n via the clients 102 a-n. Examples ofheterogeneous electronic funding sources 702 a-n can include an ACH, anelectronic checking account, an electronic bill pay account, anelectronic savings account, an electronic credit card account, or anelectronic employer payroll account. In some implementations, twoelectronic funding sources can be heterogeneous to one another if theyare maintained by two separate entities. In some implementations, twoelectronic funding sources can be heterogeneous to one another if theyare administered or managed by two separate business entities. In someimplementations, two electronic funding sources can be heterogeneous toone another if they use different data communication channels,transaction types, or payment processing techniques. For example, a wiretransfer from a first financial institution and a wire transfer from asecond financial institution may be heterogeneous to each other. Inanother example, a wire transfer from a first financial institution anda deposit from initiated by a mobile application of a user may beheterogeneous to one another.

In some embodiments, the TEPS 708 can employ a multitier architecturesuch as a client-server architecture in which presentation, applicationprocessing, and data management functions are logically or physicallyseparated. The presentation tier, or front-end, can include thecommunications interface 710 that serves static content or dynamiccontent to be rendered by the client 102 (e.g., by a web browserexecuting on client 102). The presentation tier or web server 710 caninteract or communicate with the application tier to obtain data toprovide to the client 102 or POS terminals 202 a-n. The application tiercan include the transaction engine 712 that controls the system'sfunctionality and performs additional processing or analysis on data.The application tier can interact with the data tier to obtain thetransaction data. The data tier can include data persistence mechanisms(database servers, file shares, etc.) and the data access layer thatencapsulates the persistence mechanisms and exposes the data. The datatier can include databases 714 and 716. The data tier can include anapplication programming interface (API) to the application tier. Thedatabases 714 and 716 can include stored procedures (e.g., SQLstatements) that perform tasks with respect the stored data.

In further detail, and in some embodiments, the TEPS 708 includes acommunications interface 710. In some aspects, the communicationsinterface 710 comprises an innovative, non-conventional or non-routineimplementation. In some aspects, the communications interface 710 isimplemented to address the technical problems and challenges of priorsystems not deploying the present solution. In some aspects, thecommunications interface 710 is implemented to make or cause moreeffective and efficient use of computing and networking resources. Forexample, the communications interface 710 can cause more effective andefficient use of computing and network resources by reducing the numberof processing cycles, memory or network bandwidth used to receiverequests to adjudicate a single claim. The communications interface 710can provide an improved adjudication of a single claim by integrating orinterfacing with an enforcement engine 712, database 714, database 716,claims processor 220, or POS terminals 202 a-n, or clients 102 a-n toreceive requests to adjudicate a single claim.

The communications interface 710 can execute on one or more processorsof a server. The communications interface 710 can include one or morecommunications ports and be configured with one or more networkprotocols. Communications ports can include, e.g., network ports,Ethernet ports, WAN ports, I/O ports, or software ports. Thecommunication port can be configured with a network protocol such asTransport Layer Protocols such as TCP/IP or UDP that are configured toreceive and process data packets received via a computer network. Theport can include or be associated with an IP address of a host and aprotocol type of the communication.

The communications interface 710 can receive data packets. The datapackets can be generated by a client device 102 a. The communicationsinterface 710 can receive data packets generated by the client device102 a responsive to an electronic transaction request. The data packetscan include header information and payload information. Multiple datapackets can be strung together in a sequence. The header information canrefer to TCP/IP headers that include fields such as source port,destination port, sequence number, acknowledgment number, window size,etc. The payload information of the data packet can include informationrelated to the transaction, merchant, or customer. The TEPS 708 canreceive the data packet with header information and payload informationand process the packets to obtain information for further processing.The payload can include data identifying a transaction destination, atransaction code, a transaction amount, and an identifier identifyingthe electronic funding source.

The transaction request can be configured as one or more data packetscarrying data including a transaction destination, a transaction code, atransaction amount, and an identifier identifying the electronic fundingsource. The transaction destination can include an indication of anelectronic benefits account to serve as the destination for transactedfunds. The transaction code can include an indication of a date, such asan indication of a year. The transaction amount can include an amount offunds to be transferred as requested, according to user input receivedat the client device 102 a, from the electronic funding source to anelectronic benefits account. The identifier can include a code or labelcorresponding to the electronic funding source.

The data packets (e.g., payload of the data packets) can furtheridentify an electronic benefits account maintained and configured on theserver. The electronic benefits account can be maintained and configuredin a database 714. The electronic benefits account can correspond to auser and have a unique identifier. The unique identifier can includenumbers, letters, characters, symbols, etc. The electronic account canbe associated with the user making the transaction request at the clientdevice 102 a.

In some embodiments, the transaction request is configured withauthentication or security credentials such as a security certificate orsecurity token. The security credential can be associated with a user,client 102 a, or electronic funding source 702 a. The TEPS 708 can beconfigured to extract the security credential from the transactionrequest, and authenticate the transaction request by comparing thesecurity credential against a known or verified security credential. Forexample, the profiles (e.g., user profiles, electronic funding sourceprofiles, electronic benefits account profiles) stored in the database716 can include known or verified security credentials for comparisonwith the security credential of the transaction request. In someembodiments, the TEPS 708 receives the transaction request via thecommunications interface 710, extracts a security credential from thetransaction request, analyzes the extracted security credential toidentify an entity such as a user, electronic funding source 702 a,and/or client 102 a, queries the database 716 for a verified securitycredential stored with a profile corresponding to the identified entity,and authenticates the request based on the extracted security credentialmatching the verified security credential.

The communications interface 710 can provide, to the plurality of clientdevices 102 a-n corresponding to the plurality of heterogeneouselectronic funding sources 702 a-n, an electronic benefits accountapplication programming interface (“API”) configured to receivetransaction requests from the plurality of heterogeneous electronicfunding sources 702 a-n via the client devices 102 a-n. The client 102 acan establish an electronic connection to the TEPS 708 responsive toreceiving input via a user interface of the client 102 a. The TEPS 708can receive, via the electronic connection, data packets including anindication of an operating system of the client device 102 a and anindication of existing applications installed on the client device 102a. The TEPS 708 can parse the data packets to use the indication of theoperation system and/or the indication of existing applicationsinstalled on the client device 102, perform a lookup in a database(e.g., database 716) to identify an appropriate electronic benefitsaccount API for the client device 102 a, and transmit the appropriateelectronic benefits account API to the client device 102 a via thecommunications interface 710 in response to determining that the clientdevice 102 a requires the electronic benefits account API in order forthe TEPS 708 to receive an electronic transaction request from theelectronic funding source 702 a. The electronic benefits account API canbe configured to match a specific electronic funding source 702 a. Forexample, the TEPS 708 can be configured to query the client device 102for an indication of the specific electronic funding source 702 a,receive the indication of the specific electronic funding source 702 aresponsive to the query, compare the indication to a list of electronicfunding sources stored in a database (e.g., in electronic funding sourceprofiles in database 716), and retrieve an appropriate electronicbenefits account API responsive to the comparison for providing to theclient device 102 a.

The communications interface 710 can receive, via the electronicbenefits account transaction API, from a first client device 102 a ofthe plurality of client devices 102 a-n corresponding to the pluralityof heterogeneous electronic funding sources 702 a-n, a first one or moredata packets including the electronic transaction request to initiatethe single electronic benefits account transaction to fund an electronicbenefits account. The electronic transaction request can be generatedresponsive to the first client device 102 a receiving user input via auser interface, the user input configured to indicate a request thatfunds be transferred from a first electronic funding source 702 a to theelectronic benefits account to be funded. The one or more data packetscan include the request identifying a transaction destination, atransaction code, a transaction amount, and an identifier identifyingthe first electronic funding source 702 a.

In some embodiments, the TEPS 708 includes an enforcement engine 712.The enforcement engine 712 can execute on one or more processors of aserver. In some aspects, the enforcement engine 712 is implemented toaddress the technical problems and challenges of prior systems notdeploying the present solution. In some aspects, the enforcement engine712 is implemented to make or cause more effective and efficient use ofcomputing and networking resources. For example, the enforcement engine712 can cause more effective and efficient use of computing and networkresources by reducing the number of processing cycles, memory or networkbandwidth used to determine and map transaction codes. The enforcementengine 712 can provide an improved determination and mapping oftransaction codes by integrating or interfacing with the communicationinterface 710, database 714, database 716, claims processor 220, POSterminals 202 a-n, or clients 102 a-n to determine and map transactioncodes. The enforcement engine 712 can receive, retrieve, or otherwiseobtain or access some or all of the data carried by the data packets.The enforcement engine 712 can receive, retrieve, or otherwise obtain oraccess electronic transaction queues, code maps, enforcement rules, andprofiles stored in databases 714, 716.

In some embodiments, the enforcement engine 712 determines that thetransaction code of the transaction request maps to one of a currentyear or a previous year. The enforcement engine 712 can receive thefirst one or more data packets including the request to initiate thesingle electronic benefits account transaction. The enforcement engine712 can parse the first one or more data packets to extract thetransaction code.

The enforcement engine 712 can perform a lookup in the code map storedin the database 714 to retrieve a list or other data structure mappingtransaction codes to a time reference, such as a year, a current year, aprevious year, etc. For example, the database 714 can include a hashtable or a hash map that includes an array of data records mappingtransaction codes to time references. The enforcement engine 712 can beconfigured with a hash function that can compute an index into the arrayof data records from which a value can be determined. For example, theenforcement engine 712 can input into the hash function the transactioncodes and determine, via the hash function, an index value. Theenforcement engine 712 can use the index value to retrieve, from thehash table or hash map, a data record that includes a time reference.Thus, the enforcement engine 712 can perform a lookup into a hash tableusing a hash function in order to map the transaction code to a timereference.

In some embodiments, the code map includes a list of transaction codesassociated with a current year, a list of transaction codes associatedwith a previous year, and a list of transaction codes associated withother years. In some embodiments, the transaction code itself is a timereference such as a date or year, and the code map includes a value fora current year, and a value for a previous year. The enforcement engine712 can then compare the transaction code to the retrieved code map todetermine whether the transaction code corresponds to one of a currentyear or a previous year.

In some embodiments, the enforcement engine 712 can identify using aprofile of the electronic benefits account stored in the database 716that the first electronic funding source 702 a enforces electronicbenefits account limits. For example, the enforcement engine 712 canparse the electronic transaction request to extract the identifier ofthe first electronic funding source 702 a, perform a lookup in thedatabase 716 to identify a profile corresponding to the first electronicfunding source 702 a, and retrieve from the profile an indication ofwhether the first electronic funding source 702 a enforces electronicbenefits account limits. The enforcement engine 712 can determine,responsive to identifying that the first electronic funding source 702 aenforces electronic benefits account limits, that the transaction codemaps to one of the current year or the previous year.

In some embodiments, the enforcement engine 712 can determine anenforcement rule based on the single electronic benefits accounttransaction request. For example, the enforcement engine 712 can parsethe electronic transaction request to extract the transactiondestination and/or identifier of the first electronic funding source 702a. The enforcement engine 712 can perform a lookup in the database 714or the database 716 to identify the electronic benefits accountassociated with the transaction destination, and perform a lookup in thedatabase 716 to identify an enforcement rule associated with theelectronic benefits account. The enforcement engine can perform a lookupin the database 714 or the database 716 (e.g., in a profile database)using the identifier of the first electronic funding source 702 a toretrieve an indicator of an enforcement rule, and perform a lookup inthe database 716 to identify the enforcement rule associated with thefirst electronic funding source 702 a.

The enforcement engine 712 can identify the threshold limit based on theenforcement rule. The enforcement rules maintained in the database 716can include a map associating electronic benefits accounts withthreshold limits. The enforcement engine 212 can use or apply anenforcement rule that includes one or more techniques, algorithms,heuristics, or procedures. The enforcement rule can include decisionpoints and utilize parameters or criteria. The enforcement rule can bebased on criteria or rules that are established by an administrator ofthe TEPS 708, the heterogeneous electronic funding sources 702 a-n,electronic employer payroll accounts, insurance entities, or anotherentity. The enforcement rule can facilitate determining a thresholdlimit to be applied to the electronic transactions.

For example, the map can associate electronic benefits accounts that aresubject to IRS threshold limits with IRS threshold limits. Theenforcement rule can include the rule: if transaction code maps tocurrent year, then apply current year threshold limit; else iftransaction code maps to previous year, then apply previous yearthreshold limit; else do not apply limit. The enforcement rule caninclude the rule: if an age value stored in a user profile for the userassociated with the electronics benefits account is less thanfifty-five, then the IRS threshold limit includes a family thresholdlimit value; else (if the age value is greater than or equal tofifty-five) the IRS threshold limit includes a family threshold limitvalue and a catchup value (e.g., a catchup value allowing for rolloverof unused contribution capacity from previous years). The enforcementrule can include the rule: if a participant household type stored in auser profile for the user associated with the electronic benefitsaccount corresponds to “single,” then the apply the IRS threshold limitfor “single” households; if the participant household type correspondsto “family,” then apply the IRS threshold limit for “family” households.

In some embodiments, the enforcement rule can include multiple criteria.For example, the enforcement rule can include: if electronic fundingsource corresponds to (or equals or maps to or is) employer payrollaccount or individual checking account or insurance account, then applyIRS threshold limit. In some embodiments, the enforcement rule can be anegative enforcement rule. For example, the enforcement rule caninclude: if electronic funding source does correspond to employerpayroll account or individual checking account or insurance account,then do not apply IRS threshold limit. In some embodiments, theenforcement rule can include an action to take when the enforcement ruleis not satisfied. For example, if the electronic funding sourcecorresponds to employer payroll account or individual checking accountor insurance account, then apply IRS threshold limit; if not, then posttransaction. In some embodiments, a single enforcement can includemultiple enforcement rules. In some embodiments, the enforcement engine712 can use process multiple enforcement rules before identifying anenforcement rule that is satisfied.

In some embodiments, the enforcement engine 712 can be configured toapply the electronic transaction to one of the current year or theprevious year depending on the total contribution amount for each year.For example, the enforcement rule can include determining a virtualtransaction balance for each of the current year and the previous year,comparing the virtual transaction balance for each of the current yearand the previous year, and selecting one of the current year or theprevious year for receiving the transaction amount. The enforcement rulecan include: if the virtual transaction balance for both the currentyear and the previous year is less than a threshold limit, then applythe transaction amount to the current year; else if the virtualtransaction amount for one of the current year or the previous year isless than a threshold limit, then apply the transaction amount to theone of the current year or the previous year; else do not apply thetransaction amount. In some embodiments, the enforcement rule caninclude applying a partial amount of the transaction amount that willnot exceed the threshold limit, such as a partial amount that will causethe virtual transaction balance to equal the threshold limit, or apartial amount that will cause the virtual transaction balance to equala fraction of the threshold limit (e.g., 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%,99%, etc. of the threshold limit).

In some embodiments, the enforcement engine 712 can parse or perform alookup in the electronic transaction queue stored in the database 714 toretrieve and identify an in-process transaction amount and a reportablecontribution amount. The in-process transaction amount can include aplurality of transactions request amounts for funding the singleelectronic benefits account that have been received (e.g., received bythe TEPS 708) but not yet posted. For example, the in-processtransaction amount can include a sum of multiple transaction requests,such as when a client device 102 a receives user input indicating arequest for funds to be transferred from an individual checking accountin a first electronic transaction request, and an employer payrollserver generates a second transaction request. The in-processtransaction amount can include pending transactions that are futuredated and not yet sent for processing, and can include processingtransactions that have been sent for processing but have not yet posted.The reportable contribution amount can include transactions that haveposted to the total amount of the electronic benefits account and thuswill count against a threshold limit of the electronic benefits account(e.g., posted transactions that have updated an accumulator that groupsor otherwise organizes transactions).

In some embodiments, the enforcement engine 712 generates a value bycombining the transaction amount, the in-process transaction amount, andthe reportable contribution amount identified from the electronictransaction queue of the electronic benefits account maintained in thedatabase 714. The value can indicate a virtual transaction balance, suchas a balance of the electronic benefits account that would occur if allof the transactions of the transaction amount, the in-processtransaction amount, and the reportable contribution amount were postedto the electronic benefits account. The enforcement engine 712 cangenerate the value by summing the transaction amount, the in-processtransaction amount, and the reportable contribution amount. Theenforcement engine 712 can store the value indicating the virtualtransaction balance in a database, such as database 714 maintaining theelectronic benefits account, or database 716 maintaining a profileassociated with the electronic benefits account. For example, theenforcement engine 712 can generate the value, perform a lookup in thedatabase 716 to identify a profile associated with the electronicbenefits account, and store the virtual transaction balance in theprofile.

In some embodiments, the enforcement engine 712 can compare the valuewith a threshold limit for the one of the current year or the previousyear mapped to the transaction code to determine that the value exceedsthe threshold limit. For example, the enforcement engine 712 can performa lookup in the database 716 to identify an enforcement rule thatincludes threshold limits for the one of the current year or theprevious year, retrieve the threshold limit for the one of the currentyear or the previous year mapped to the transaction code, and comparethe value to the threshold limit. The enforcement engine 712 candetermine that the value exceeds the threshold limit based on the valuebeing greater than the threshold limit.

In some embodiments, the enforcement engine 712 can select the thresholdlimit based on a predetermined threshold limit configured for the firstelectronic funding source 702 a. For example, the enforcement engine 712can parse the electronic transaction request to extract the identifierof the first electronic funding source 702 a, perform a lookup in aprofile database maintained in the database 716 to retrieve a profile ofthe first electronic funding source 702 a, and perform a lookup in theprofile to identify the predetermined threshold limit.

Enforcement rules and threshold limits can be received from entitiesincluding a claims processor 220, a server of a remote entity such asthe electronic funding sources 702 a-n, and/or a server of an employer,insurance administrator, or financial institution. In some cases, theclient 102 can provide the enforcement rule or threshold limit. In somecases, the TEPS 708 can access a central data repository maintained by athird-party server such as an IRS server that stores threshold limits.For example, an employer contributing to the electronic benefits accountcan establish an enforcement rule and maintain it on a server. Theenforcement engine 712 can receive an indication of the electronicbenefits account, perform a lookup in the enforcement rules maintainedin the database 716, and responsive to determining that the database 716does not include an appropriate enforcement rule for the electronicbenefits account, the enforcement engine 712 can transmit a request foran enforcement rule to the server of the employer, causing the server ofthe employer to transmit the appropriate enforcement rule to the TEPS708.

In some embodiments, the enforcement engine 712 can receive the requestto initiate the single electronic benefits account transaction from aremote device. The remote device can initiate the request. The remotedevice that initiates the request can be remote to the first clientdevice 102 a and configured with authentication credentials to accessthe first client device 102 a. For example, the remote device can be aportable electronic device, and the first client device 102 a can be aserver configured to communicate with the portable electronic device andthe TEPS 708. The remote device can include an electronic benefitsaccount transaction API configured to receive a single transactionrequest from an electronic funding source 702 a. A user of the remotedevice can interact with a user interface of the remote device toinitiate the single transaction request. The remote device can initiatethe single transaction request responsive to receiving user inputindicating a request to initiate the single transaction request via auser interface. The remote device can transmit the single transactionrequest as one or more data packets carrying the single transactionrequest and the authentication credentials. The first client device 102a can receive the one or more data packets, extract the authenticationcredentials, and compare the authentication credentials to correspondingauthentication credentials stored on the first client device 102 a(e.g., authentication credentials stored with an electronic benefitsaccount transaction API) in order to determine whether to authenticatethe single transaction request. Responsive to determining toauthenticate the single transaction request, the first client device 102a can transmit the single transaction request to the TEPS 708. In someembodiments, the stored authentication credentials are maintained by theTEPS 708, and the electronic benefits account transaction API of thefirst client device 102 a is configured to receive the singletransaction request from the remote device, extract the authenticationcredentials and transmit only the authentication credentials to the TEPS708; the TEPS 708 can receive the authentication credentials, comparethe authentication credentials to the stored authentication credentials(e.g., by performing a lookup in the database 714 or the database 716maintaining authentication credentials), and responsive to determiningthat the extracted authentication credentials match the storedauthentication credentials, generate an acknowledgement to transmit tothe client device 102 a causing the client device 102 a to transmit thesingle transaction request to the TEPS 708.

In some embodiments, the enforcement engine 712 can apply a secondenforcement rule directed to additional factors after using a firstenforcement rule. The enforcement engine 712 can select the secondenforcement rule responsive to or based on the first enforcement rule.The first enforcement rule can include a map of a transaction code toone of the current year or the previous year, and the second enforcementrule can be a threshold limit for the one of the current year or theprevious year.

In some embodiments, the enforcement engine 712 can receive anindication from a claims processor 220 external to the TEPS 708 vianetwork 104. In some embodiments, the TEPS 708 or the enforcement engine712 is configured with the claims processor 220 or configured tointerface with the claims processor 220 via communications interface710. The claims processor 220 can process an electronic transactionrequest to determine whether applying an electronic transaction to theelectronic benefits account would exceed a threshold limit for theelectronic benefits account. The claims processor 220 can be configuredto use one or more enforcement rules to process the electronictransaction request. The enforcement rules can be based on a type ofinsurance coverage associated with a user of the electronic benefitsaccount. The claims processor 220 can automatically receive theelectronic transaction request responsive to the client device 102 agenerating the electronic transaction request responsive to user input,or responsive to a server of an employer or insurance administratorgenerating the electronic transaction request.

The TEPS 708 can receive information or instructions from theenforcement engine 712 regarding an electronic transaction, and conductthe electronic transaction. The TEPS 708 can obtain electronic fundingsource information and/or electronic benefits account information fromthe databases 714, 716 to perform the transaction. The transaction caninclude electronically transferring funds from the electronic fundingsource 702 a to the electronic benefits account. The transaction caninclude memo-posting or hard-posting the electronic transaction. Forexample, the TEPS 708 can receive instructions to post the electronictransaction, and responsive to receiving the instructions, the TEPS 708performs a lookup in a profile of the electronic benefits accountmaintained in the database 716 to identify a financial institutionassociated with the electronic benefits account in order to transmitinstructions to the financial institution to post the transaction,including the value. In some cases, the TEPS 708 can facilitate atransfer of funds between an electronic account of a claims processor220 and the electronic benefits account maintained in the database 714.The TEPS 708 can receive account identifiers, transaction amounts,credentials, authentication information, etc. The TEPS 708 can conductthe transaction via communications interface 710, thereby using thenetwork protocols, security protocols and other components or interfacesprovided by the communications interface 710.

In some embodiments, the TEPS 708 (e.g., via communication interface710), receives a request for account information from a client device102 a. The request for information can include information about abalance of the electronic benefits account (e.g., an in-processtransaction amount, a reportable contribution amount, a virtualtransaction balance), enforcement rules, or transaction histories. Therequest can further include authentication information or credentialsassociated with the request. The authentication information can includenetwork security credentials, such as security certificates or tokens.The authentication information can further include a username, password,two-tier authentication information (e.g., date of birth, cell phonenumber, verification code sent via text message to cell phone number inprofile associated with electronic account). The request can be from aclient device such as a smartphone. The request can be sent using a textmessaging protocol such as SMS. The TEPS 708 can authenticate a requestsent via SMS based on the cell phone number of the device sending theSMS request, and matching the cell phone number with correspondingnumber stored in a profile in the database 716 for the electronicbenefits account.

Responsive to authenticating or otherwise approving the request, theTEPS 708 can access a data record in the database 714 for the electronicbenefits account to generate a report with the requested information, orgenerate a standard report, or generate another preconfigured report.The report can identify the account holder information and balancesassociated with the electronic benefits account. The report can furtheridentify a transaction history for the electronic benefits account. Thereport can further identify or indicate if the electronic benefitsaccount has reached or exceeded a threshold limit. The report canfurther include a forecast based on current/previous transaction historythat indicates if and when the threshold limit for a time interval mightbe reached or exceeded.

In some embodiments, the enforcement engine 712 can select an alertformat configured for an interface corresponding the first electronicfunding source 702 a. The enforcement engine 712 can generate an alertin the alert format that includes instructions to terminate the singleelectronic benefits account transaction initiated by the request toprevent exceeding the threshold limit established for the electronicbenefits account. The enforcement engine 712 can perform a lookup in thedatabase 716 maintaining alert formats for alerts based on theidentifier of the first electronic funding source 702 a in order toidentify and retrieve the alert format. The alert format can include avariety of fields configured to be read by the first electronic fundingsource 702 a. For example, the alert format can includes fields directedto an indication of an approval or denial of the single electronicbenefits account transaction request; approval of a partial amount ofthe transaction amount, an indication of the electronic benefitsaccount, an indication of a user of the electronic benefits account, andan indication of a current or projected balance of the electronicbenefits account. The alert format can include fields similar to ordirected to information provided by the TEPS 708 in a report responsiveto a request for account information from a client device 102 a. Thealert format can include authentication credentials configured to beread by the first electronic funding source 702 a to authenticate thealert. The alert format can include a field including instructions forterminating or authorizing the request to initiate the single electronicbenefits account transaction.

In some embodiments, the enforcement engine 712 can transmit, via thenetwork 104 to the first client device 102 a, one or more packetscarrying data in the alert format indicating a denial of the singleelectronic benefits account transaction request, responsive to thecomparison and the transaction code mapping to the one of the currentyear or the previous year, the one or more packets configured toindicate to the first client device 102 a termination of the singleelectronic benefits account transaction initiated by the request toprevent exceeding the threshold limit established for the electronicbenefits account. For example, the enforcement engine 712 can retrievethe alert format, generate the one or more packets carrying theinformation organized in the selected alert format, and cause thecommunications interface 710 to transmit the one or more packets to thefirst client device 102 a. The enforcement engine 712 can retrieve theinformation required by the alert format from the electronic transactionrequest, the database 714, and/or the database 716 to generate the oneor more packets of the alert. For example, the enforcement engine canretrieve the identifier of the first electronic funding source 702 afrom the electronic transaction request, the indication of the denial ofthe electronic transaction request from the database 714 maintaining theelectronic benefits account, and the authentication credentials from theprofile of the first electronic funding source 702 a maintained in thedatabase 716, in order to generate the alert as one or more packetscarrying this information to be transmitted by the communicationsinterface 710.

The one or more packets can include a reason code or error codeindicating a reason or error associated with the denial (or approval, ifapplicable) of the electronic transaction request. The reason code canbe generated by the enforcement engine 712 responsive to the enforcementengine 712 applying an enforcement rule for identifying a thresholdlimit. The reason code can indicate that the transaction amount of thesingle electronic transaction request would exceed the threshold limitapplied to the electronic benefits account. The reason code can indicatethat the transaction amount would exceed the combined IRS family andcatchup threshold limit that was applied because the age of theparticipant was greater than or equal to fifty-five. The reason code canindicate that the electronic benefits account does not segregatethreshold limits into coverage tiers (e.g., coverage tiers based onage), and thus the threshold limit used was the combined IRS family andcatchup threshold limit. The reason code can indicate that thetransaction amount would exceed the IRS family threshold limit that wasapplied because the age of the participant was less than fifty-five andthe household type was “family.” The reason code can indicate that thetransaction amount would exceed the IRS single threshold limit that wasapplied because the age of the participant was less than fifty-five andthe household type was “single.”

The one or more packets can include instructions that cause theelectronic benefits account transaction API of the client device 102 ato reroute the one or more packets to the first electronic fundingsource 702 a in order to cause the first electronic funding source 702 ato terminate the single electronic benefits account transaction. Forexample, the electronic benefits account transaction API can receive theone or more packets, extract the indication of the denial of theelectronic transaction request and the identifier of the firstelectronic funding source 702 a, and transmit the one or more packets tothe first electronic funding source 702 a. The one or more packets caninclude instructions causing the electronic benefits account transactionAPI to generate instructions causing first electronic funding source 702a to terminate the single electronic benefits account transaction. Forexample, the electronic benefits account transaction API can receive theone or more packets, extract the indication of the denial of theelectronic transaction request and the identifier of the firstelectronic funding source 702 a, and generate instructions to transmitto the first electronic funding source 702 a to cause the firstelectronic funding source 702 a to terminate the single electronicbenefits account transaction.

In some embodiments, the enforcement engine 712 can transmit the alertto the first client device 102 a to cause the first client device 102 ato terminate the transaction, when the transaction was initiated by theremote device remote to the first client device 102 a. For example, aportable electronic device may have initiated the electronic transactionrequest, responsive to user input, and transmitted the request to thefirst client device 102 a which manages the electronic funding source702 a; the enforcement engine 712 can identify this chain of command byparsing the electronic transaction request in order to transmit thealert to the first client device 102 a with instructions causing thefirst client device 102 a to terminate the transaction.

In some embodiments, the enforcement engine 712 can establish abidirectional communication channel with the first client device 102 a.The enforcement engine 712 can transfer requests and instructions toterminate transactions. For example, the enforcement engine 712 cantransmit a request to establish a bidirectional communication channelwith the first client device 102 a to the electronic benefits accounttransaction API provided to the first client device 102 a. Theenforcement engine 712 can also transmit the bidirectional communicationchannel request when providing the electronic benefits accounttransaction API. The request can be configured to cause the clientdevice 102 a to establish a communication channel with the TEPS 708 andthe enforcement engine 712 via the communications interface 710automatically or responsive to approval received as user input at a userinterface, or approval granted by another application of the clientdevice 102 a. The TEPS 708 can then receive the responsive communicationfrom the client device 102 a, and retrieve a communication protocol fromthe database 714 or the database 716 associated with the electronicbenefits account transaction API of the client device 102 a in order toestablish the bidirectional communication channel based on the retrievedcommunication protocol. For example, the bidirectional communicationchannel can be based on an Internet-based communication channel in whichdata packets can be regularly transmitted between the client device 102a and the TEPS 708.

The communication protocol for establishing the bidirectionalcommunication channel can include authenticating communication betweenthe client device 102 a and the TEPS 708. For example, the TEPS 708 canretrieve the identifier of the client device 102 a, perform a lookup inthe database 716 to identify authentication credentials associated withthe client device 102 a, transmit the authentication credentials to theclient device 102 a, and responsive to the client device 102 aauthorizing communication based on the authentication credentials,receive a challenge from the client device 102 a, extract additionalauthentication credentials from the challenge, perform a lookup in thedatabase 716 to compare the additional authentication credentials tostored authentication credentials, and authorize the bidirectionalcommunication based on the additional authentication credentialsmatching the stored authentication credentials.

In some embodiments, the enforcement engine 712 can transmit, via thenetwork 104 to the first client device 102 a, the response packetsindicating the denial of the single electronic benefits accounttransaction request within a predetermined time interval from receivingthe single electronic benefits account transaction request. Thepredetermined time interval can be a time period after an action, e.g.10 minutes, 5 minutes, 1 minute, 30 seconds. The action can includereceiving the electronic transaction request, posting the transaction ordenying the transaction, and/or generating the alert includinginstructions to terminate the single electronic benefits accounttransaction. The pre-determine time interval can be set in aconfiguration file or profile maintained by the TEPS 708 in the database714 or the database 716, the configuration file or profile correspondingto the electronic benefits account. The pre-determined time interval canbe set by an entity remote from the TEPS 708. For example, the TEPS 708can transmit a time interval request to a remote server of an insuranceadministrator, an employer, or a financial institution. The timeinterval request can cause the remote server to transmit theconfiguration file or profile setting the pre-determined time intervalto the TEPS 708. The enforcement engine 712 can process theconfiguration file or profile to extract the pre-determined timeinterval in order to transmit the notification within the pre-determinedtime interval.

In some embodiments, responsive to the action occurring that initiatesthe pre-determined time interval, the enforcement engine 712 cangenerate a placeholder notification to be transmitted to the firstclient device 102 a independent of the status of the electronictransaction request. For example, the placeholder notification canindicate that enforcement of the electronic transaction request has beeninitiated. The placeholder notification can indicate that furtherinformation is required to complete the enforcement of the electronictransaction request. The enforcement engine 712 can transmit theplaceholder notification prior to expiry of the pre-determined timeinterval via the communications interface 210 to provide real-timecommunication of the adjudication process.

In some embodiments, the pre-determined time interval can be based onthe type of electronic benefits account, the type of electronic fundingsource, or an expected time required to perform transactions with theelectronic benefits account or the electronic funding source. Forexample, if the electronic benefits account or the electronic fundingsource can perform transactions using wire transfer, than thepre-determined time interval can be approximately ten seconds, thirtyseconds, one minute, etc. If the electronic benefits account or theelectronic funding source can perform transactions by direct deposit,then the pre-determined time interval can be a time associated withelectronic communication between the TEPS 708 and the electronic fundingsource, such as ten minutes. The pre-determined time interval can bebased on a time required to transfer funds from an electronic bankaccount associated with an insurance administrator or with an employerto the electronic benefits account. The pre-determined time interval canbe based on a time required for an indication of the enforcement of theelectronic transaction request to be received at a remote server inorder to authorize or deny the funds for being transferred to theelectronic benefits account.

In some embodiments, the enforcement engine 712 can determine that theelectronic funding source 702 a corresponds to a funded payroll deposit.For example, the enforcement engine 712 can perform a lookup in theprofiles maintained in the database 716 based on the identifier of theelectronic funding source 702 a to identify a funding source categoryand determine if the funding source category corresponds to a fundedpayroll deposit. The enforcement engine 712 can select an alert formatcorresponding to the funded payroll deposit, the alert format includinga first field for the instructions to deny the single electronicbenefits account transaction and a second field for a reason code. Forexample, the enforcement engine 712 can perform a lookup in the alertformats maintained in the database 716 based on the identified fundedpayroll deposit to select the alert format. The enforcement engine 712can then generate the alert in the alert format that includesinstructions to terminate the single electronic benefits accounttransaction and the reason code and transmit the one or more responsepackets carrying the alert. The reason code can include an indicationthat the virtual transaction balance exceeds the threshold limit for theelectronic benefits account. The reason code can include an indicationthat the in-process transaction queue and/or the reportable contributionamount exceeds the threshold limit for the electronic benefits account.The reason code can include an indication of excess contribution.

In some embodiments, the enforcement engine 712 can access a profiledatabase to determine that the electronic funding source corresponds toa non-payroll deposit. For example, the enforcement engine 712 canperform a lookup in the profiles maintained in the database 716 based onthe identifier of the electronic funding source 702 a to identify afunding source category and determine if the funding source categorycorresponds to a non-payroll deposit. The enforcement engine 712 canselect the alert format for the instructions to terminate the singleelectronic benefits account transaction corresponding to the non-payrolldeposit, the alert format including a first field for a reason code, anda second field for instructions to exclude the transaction from thein-process transaction amount. The enforcement engine 712 can thengenerate the alert in the alert format that includes instructions toterminate the single electronic benefits account transaction, thereasons code, and the instructions to exclude the transaction from thein-process transaction amount, and transmit the one or more responsepackets carrying the alert.

In some embodiments, the enforcement engine 712 is configured to receivea second one or more packets including a second request to initiate asecond single electronic benefits account transaction to fund theelectronic benefits account. The second request and the enforcementactions performed by the enforcement engine 712 regarding the secondrequest can be similar to the first request and associated enforcementactions. The second request can include a second data structureidentifying the transaction destination, the transaction code, a secondtransaction amount, and the first electronic funding source. Theenforcement engine 712 can generate a second value by combining thesecond transaction amount, the in-process transaction amount, and thereportable contribution amount identified from the electronictransaction queue of the electronic benefits account maintained in thedatabase 714. The second value is different from the value of the firstelectronic transaction request. The enforcement engine 712 can determinethat the second value is less than the threshold limit applied to thefirst value based on a comparison of the second value with the thresholdlimit. The enforcement engine can generate, responsive to the secondvalue being less than the threshold limit, second response packets toauthorize the second single electronic benefits account transaction. Forexample, the second response packets can include instructions similar tothe response packets denying the first single electronic benefitsaccount transaction, except that the second response packets cause thefirst client device 102 a and/or the first electronic funding source 702a to authorize and perform the transaction.

In some aspects, the system of the present solutions implements acombination of the communication interface 710, enforcement engine 712,databases 714 or 716, claims processor 220, POS terminals 202 a-n, orclients 102 a-n in an innovative, non-conventional or non-routinemanner. In some aspects, the system of the present solutions integratesthe communication interface 710, enforcement engine 712, databases 714or 716, claims processor 220, POS terminals 202 a-n, or clients 102 a-nin an innovative, non-conventional or non-routine manner to implementthe improved functionality, performance and operation of the presentsolution. In some aspects, the system of the present solutionsintegrates the communication interface 710, enforcement engine 712,databases 714 or 716, claims processor 220, POS terminals 202 a-n, orclients 102 a-n in an innovative, non-conventional and/or non-routinemanner to more efficiently and effectively use computing and networkingresources. The communication interface 710, enforcement engine 712,databases 714 or 716, claims processor 220, POS terminals 202 a-n, orclients 102 a-n are integrated in an innovative, nonconventional mannerto mitigate, reduce, prevent, or resolve the technical problems ofallocating resources in real-time. The communication interface 710,enforcement engine 712, databases 714 or 716, claims processor 220, POSterminals 202 a-n, or clients 102 a-n integrated in the innovative,non-conventional manner address at least these technical problems byproviding, to a plurality of devices corresponding to a plurality ofheterogeneous electronic funding sources, an electronic benefits accounttransaction application programming interface (“API”) configured toreceive transaction requests from the plurality of heterogeneouselectronic funding sources; receiving, via the electronic benefitsaccount transaction API, from a first device of the plurality of devicescorresponding to a first electronic funding source of the plurality ofheterogeneous electronic transaction sources, a first one or morepackets comprising a request to initiate a single electronic benefitsaccount transaction to fund an electronic benefits account, the requestidentifying a transaction destination, a transaction code, a transactionamount and an identifier identifying the first electronic fundingsource; determining the transaction code maps to one of a current yearor a previous year; performing a lookup in an electronic transactionqueue of the electronic benefits account maintained in memory by theserver to identify an in-process transaction amount and a reportablecontribution amount; generating a value by combining the transactionamount, the in-process transaction amount and the reportablecontribution amount identified from the electronic transaction queue ofthe electronic benefits account maintained in memory by the server, thevalue indicating a virtual transaction balance; comparing the value witha threshold limit for the one of the current year or the previous yearmapped to the transaction code to determine that the value exceeds thethreshold limit; selecting an alert format configured for an interfacecorresponding to the first electronic funding source; and transmitting,via a network to the first device, one or more packets carrying data inthe alert format indicating a denial of the single electronic benefitsaccount transaction request responsive to the comparison and thetransaction code mapping to the one of the current year or the previousyear, the one or more packets configured to indicate to the first devicetermination of the single electronic benefits account transactioninitiated by the request to prevent exceeding the threshold limitestablished for the electronic benefits account.

Referring now to FIG. 8 , a flow diagram depicting an embodiment of amethod of managing an electronic transaction portal is shown. The methodcan be performed by system 700, TEPS 708, or one or more componentthereof. In brief overview, at step 805, a server provides an electronicbenefits account transaction API to a plurality of devices correspondingto a plurality of heterogeneous electronic funding sources. At step 810,the server receives a first one or more packets including a request toinitiate a single electronic benefits account transaction from a firstdevice corresponding to a first electronic funding source. At step 815,the server determines that a transaction code of the request maps to oneof a current year or a previous year. At step 820, the server identifiesan in-process transaction amount and a reportable contribution amount byperforming a lookup in an electronic transaction queue of the electronicbenefits account. At step 825, the server generates a value indicating avirtual transaction balance by combining the transaction amount, thein-process transaction amount, and the reportable contribution amount.At step 835, the server selects an alert format configured for aninterface corresponding to the first electronic funding source. At step840, the server transmits data indicating a denial of the singleelectronic benefits account transaction request and indicating to thefirst device to terminate the transaction initiated by the request toprevent exceeding of the threshold limit.

Still referring to FIG. 8 , and in further detail, a server of atransaction enforcement portal system provides an electronic benefitsaccount transaction API to a plurality of devices corresponding to aplurality of heterogeneous electronic funding sources at step 805. Theserver can include one or more processors. The server can include acommunications interface for receiving the request. In some aspects,step 805 comprises an innovative, non-conventional or non-routine way tooperate or perform the functionality of the present solution. In someaspects, step 805 is implemented to address the technical problems andchallenges of prior systems not deploying the present solution. In someaspects, step 805 is implemented to make or cause more effective andefficient use of computing and networking resources.

In some embodiments, one of the devices establishes an electronicconnection to the server responsive to user input received at a userinterface of the device. Via the electronic connection, the serverreceives data packets including an indication of an operating system ofthe device and an indication of existing applications installed on thedevice. The server parses the data packets to retrieve the indication ofthe operation system and/or the indication of existing applicationsinstalled on the device, performs a lookup in a database to identify anappropriate electronic benefits account API for the device, andtransmits the appropriate electronic benefits account API to the devicein response to determining that the device requires the electronicbenefits account API in order for the server to receive an electronictransaction request from the electronic funding source. The electronicbenefits account API can be configured to match a specific electronicfunding source. For example, the can query the device for an indicationof the specific electronic funding source, receive the indication of thespecific electronic funding source responsive to the query, compare theindication to a list of electronic funding sources stored in a database,and retrieve an appropriate electronic benefits account API responsiveto the comparison for providing to the device.

The server receives a first one or more data packets including theelectronic transaction request to initiate the single electronicbenefits account transaction to fund an electronic benefits account viathe electronic benefits account transaction API from a first device ofthe plurality of devices corresponding to the plurality of heterogeneouselectronic funding sources at step 810. The request identifies atransaction destination, a transaction code, a transaction amount, andan identifier identifying the first electronic funding source. Thedevice can generate the request responsive to the client devicereceiving user input at a user interface, which indicates a request forfunds to be transferred from a first electronic funding source to theelectronic benefits account to be funded. In some aspects, step 810comprises an innovative, non-conventional or non-routine way to operateor perform the functionality of the present solution. In some aspects,step 810 is implemented to address the technical problems and challengesof prior systems not deploying the present solution. In some aspects,step 810 is implemented to make or cause more effective and efficientuse of computing and networking resources.

The server determines that the transaction code maps to one of a currentyear or a previous year at step 815. The server can perform thedetermination by executing an enforcement engine. The enforcement enginecan execute on one or more processors of the server. The server canreceive, retrieve, or otherwise obtain or access electronic transactionqueues, code maps, enforcement rules, and profiles stored in databases.The server can receive the first one or more data packets including therequest to initiate the single electronic benefits account transactionand parse the first one or more data packets to extract the transactioncode. The server can perform a lookup in a code map to retrieve a listor other data structure mapping transaction codes to a time reference,such as a year, a current year, a previous year, etc. In someembodiments, the code map includes a list of transaction codesassociated with a current year, a list of transaction codes associatedwith a previous year, and a list of transaction codes associated withother years. In some embodiments, the transaction code itself is a timereference such as a date or year, and the code map includes a value fora current year, and a value for a previous year. The server can thencompare the transaction code to the retrieved code map to determinewhether the transaction code corresponds to one of a current year or aprevious year.

In some aspects, step 815 comprises an innovative, non-conventional ornon-routine way to operate or perform the functionality of the presentsolution. In some aspects, step 815 is implemented to address thetechnical problems and challenges of prior systems not deploying thepresent solution. In some aspects, step 815 is implemented to make orcause more effective and efficient use of computing and networkingresources.

In some embodiments, the server identifies, using a profile of theelectronic benefits account stored in a database, that the firstelectronic funding source enforces electronic benefits account limits.For example, the server parses the electronic transaction request toextract the identifier of the first electronic funding source, performsa lookup in the database to identify a profile corresponding to thefirst electronic funding source, and retrieves from the profile anindication of whether the first electronic funding source enforceselectronic benefits account limits. The server can determine, responsiveto identifying that the first electronic funding source enforceselectronic benefits account limits, that the transaction code maps toone of the current year or the previous year.

In some embodiments, the server determines an enforcement rule based onthe single electronic benefits account transaction request. For example,the server parses the electronic transaction request to extract thetransaction destination and/or identifier of the first electronicfunding source. The server performs a lookup in a database to identifythe electronic benefits account associated with the transactiondestination, and performs a lookup in the database to identify anenforcement rule associated with the electronic benefits account. Theserver performs a lookup in a database using the identifier of the firstelectronic funding source to retrieve an indicator of an enforcementrule, and performs a lookup in a database to identify the enforcementrule associated with the first electronic funding source.

In some embodiments, the server identifies the threshold limit based onthe enforcement rule. The enforcement rules maintained in a database caninclude a map associating electronic benefits accounts with thresholdlimits. The server can use or apply an enforcement rule that includesone or more techniques, algorithms, heuristics, or procedures. Theenforcement rule can include decision points and utilize parameters orcriteria. The enforcement rule can be based on criteria or rules thatare established by an administrator of the server, the heterogeneouselectronic funding sources, electronic employer payroll accounts,insurance entities, or another entity. The enforcement rule canfacilitate determining a threshold limit to be applied to the electronictransactions. For example, the map can associate electronic benefitsaccounts that are subject to IRS threshold limits with IRS thresholdlimits. The enforcement rule can include the rule: if transaction codemaps to current year, then apply current year threshold limit; else iftransaction code maps to previous year, then apply previous yearthreshold limit; else do not apply limit. The enforcement rule caninclude multiple criteria. For example, the enforcement rule caninclude: if electronic funding source corresponds to (or equals or mapsto or is) employer payroll account or individual checking account orinsurance account, then apply IRS threshold limit. The enforcement rulecan be a negative enforcement rule. For example, the enforcement rulecan include: if electronic funding source does correspond to employerpayroll account or individual checking account or insurance account,then do not apply IRS threshold limit. The enforcement rule can includean action to take when the enforcement rule is not satisfied. Forexample, if the electronic funding source corresponds to employerpayroll account or individual checking account or insurance account,then apply IRS threshold limit; if not, then post transaction. A singleenforcement can include multiple enforcement rules. The server can useprocess multiple enforcement rules before identifying an enforcementrule that is satisfied.

In some embodiments, the server applies the electronic transaction toone of the current year or the previous year depending on the totalcontribution amount for each year. For example, the enforcement rule caninclude determining a virtual transaction balance for each of thecurrent year and the previous year, comparing the virtual transactionbalance for each of the current year and the previous year, andselecting one of the current year or the previous year for receiving thetransaction amount. The enforcement rule can include: if the virtualtransaction balance for both the current year and the previous year isless than a threshold limit, then apply the transaction amount to thecurrent year; else if the virtual transaction amount for one of thecurrent year or the previous year is less than a threshold limit, thenapply the transaction amount to the one of the current year or theprevious year; else do not apply the transaction amount. In someembodiments, the enforcement rule can include applying a partial amountof the transaction amount that will not exceed the threshold limit, suchas a partial amount that will cause the virtual transaction balance toequal the threshold limit, or a partial amount that will cause thevirtual transaction balance to equal a fraction of the threshold limit(e.g., 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 99%, etc. of the threshold limit).

The server performs a lookup in the electronic transaction queue toidentify an in-process transaction amount and a reportable contributionamount at step 820. In some aspects, step 820 comprises an innovative,non-conventional or non-routine way to operate or perform thefunctionality of the present solution. In some aspects, step 820 isimplemented to address the technical problems and challenges of priorsystems not deploying the present solution. In some aspects, step 820 isimplemented to make or cause more effective and efficient use ofcomputing and networking resources.

The server can execute an enforcement engine to perform the lookup in adatabase. The in-process transaction amount can include a plurality oftransactions request amounts for funding the single electronic benefitsaccount that have been received by the server but not yet posted. Forexample, the in-process transaction amount can include a sum of multipletransaction requests, such as when a client device receives user inputindicating a request for funds to be transferred from an individualchecking account in a first electronic transaction request, and anemployer payroll generates a second transaction request. The in-processtransaction amount can include pending transactions that are futuredated and not yet sent for processing, and can include processingtransactions that have been sent for processing but have not yet posted.The reportable contribution amount can include transactions that haveposted to the total amount of the electronic benefits account and thuswill count against a threshold limit of the electronic benefits account.

The server generates a value by combining the transaction amount, thein-process transaction amount, and the reportable contribution amountidentified from the electronic transaction queue of the electronicbenefits account maintained in a database, setting the generated valueto indicate a virtual transaction balance, at step 825. In some aspects,step 825 comprises an innovative, non-conventional or non-routine way tooperate or perform the functionality of the present solution. In someaspects, step 825 is implemented to address the technical problems andchallenges of prior systems not deploying the present solution. In someaspects, step 825 is implemented to make or cause more effective andefficient use of computing and networking resources.

The server can execute an enforcement engine to perform the generation.The value can indicate a virtual transaction balance, such as a balanceof the electronic benefits account that would occur if all of thetransactions of the transaction amount, the in-process transactionamount, and the reportable contribution amount were posted to theelectronic benefits account. In some embodiments, the server generatesthe value by summing the transaction amount, the in-process transactionamount, and the reportable contribution amount. The server can store thevalue indicating the virtual transaction balance in a databasemaintaining the electronic benefits account, or a database maintaining aprofile associated with the electronic benefits account. For example,the server can generate the value, perform a lookup in a database toidentify a profile associated with the electronic benefits account, andstore the virtual transaction balance in the profile.

The server compares the value with a threshold limit for the one of thecurrent year or the previous year mapped to the transaction code todetermine that the value exceeds the threshold limit at step 830. Insome aspects, step 830 comprises an innovative, non-conventional ornon-routine way to operate or perform the functionality of the presentsolution. In some aspects, step 830 is implemented to address thetechnical problems and challenges of prior systems not deploying thepresent solution. In some aspects, step 830 is implemented to make orcause more effective and efficient use of computing and networkingresources.

The server can execute an enforcement engine to perform the comparison.For example, the server can perform a lookup in a database to identifyan enforcement rule that includes threshold limits for the one of thecurrent year or the previous year, retrieve the threshold limit for theone of the current year or the previous year mapped to the transactioncode, and compare the value to the threshold limit. The server candetermine that the value exceeds the threshold limit based on the valuebeing greater than the threshold limit.

In some embodiments, the enforcement engine selects the threshold limitbased on a predetermined threshold limit configured for the firstelectronic funding source. For example, the server can parse theelectronic transaction request to extract the identifier of the firstelectronic funding source, perform a lookup in a profile databasemaintained in the database to retrieve a profile of the first electronicfunding source, and perform a lookup in the profile to identify thepredetermined threshold limit.

In some embodiments, the server receives enforcement rules and thresholdlimits from entities including a claims processor, a server of a remoteentity such as the electronic funding sources, and/or a server of anemployer, insurance administrator, or financial institution. Forexample, an employer contributing to the electronic benefits account canestablish an enforcement rule and maintain it on a remote employerserver. The server can receive an indication of the electronic benefitsaccount, perform a lookup in the enforcement rules maintained in adatabase, and responsive to determining that the database does notinclude an appropriate enforcement rule for the electronic benefitsaccount, the server can transmit a request for an enforcement rule tothe remote employer server, causing the remote employer server totransmit the appropriate enforcement rule to the server.

In some embodiments, the server receives the request to initiate thesingle electronic benefits account transaction, and the request isinitiated by a remote device that is remote to the first device andconfigured with authentication credentials to access the first device.For example, the remote device can be a portable electronic device, andthe first device can be a client server configured to communicate withthe portable electronic device and the server. The remote device caninclude an electronic benefits account transaction API configured toreceive a single transaction request from an electronic funding source.A user of the remote device can interact with a user interface of theremote device to initiate the single transaction request. The remotedevice can initiate the single transaction request responsive toreceiving user input indicating a request to initiate the singletransaction request via a user interface. The remote device can transmitthe single transaction request as one or more data packets carrying thesingle transaction request and the authentication credentials. Theclient server can receive the one or more data packets, extract theauthentication credentials, and compare the authentication credentialsto corresponding authentication credentials stored on the client server(e.g., authentication credentials stored with an electronic benefitsaccount transaction API) in order to determine whether to authenticatethe single transaction request. Responsive to determining toauthenticate the single transaction request, the client server cantransmit the single transaction request to the server.

In some embodiments, the server maintains the stored authenticationcredentials, and the electronic benefits account transaction API of theclient server receives the single transaction request from the remotedevice, extracts the authentication credentials and transmits only theauthentication credentials to server; the server receives theauthentication credentials, compares the authentication credentials tothe stored authentication credentials (e.g., by performing a lookup in adatabase maintaining authentication credentials), and responsive todetermining that the extracted authentication credentials match thestored authentication credentials, generates an acknowledgement totransmit to the client server causing the client server to transmit thesingle transaction request to the server.

In some embodiments, the server applies a second enforcement ruledirected to additional factors after using a first enforcement rule. Theserver selects the second enforcement rule responsive to or based on thefirst enforcement rule. The first enforcement rule can include a map ofa transaction code to one of the current year or the previous year, andthe second enforcement rule can be a threshold limit for the one of thecurrent year or the previous year.

In some embodiments, the server receives an indication from a claimsprocessor external to the server via a network. In some embodiments, theserver is configured with the claims processor or configured tointerface with the claims processor via a communications interface. Theclaims processor can process an electronic transaction request todetermine whether applying an electronic transaction to the electronicbenefits account would exceed a threshold limit for the electronicbenefits account. The claims processor can be configured to use one ormore enforcement rules to process the electronic transaction request.The enforcement rules can be based on a type of insurance coverageassociated with a user of the electronic benefits account. The claimsprocessor can automatically receive the electronic transaction requestresponsive to a client device generating the electronic transactionrequest responsive to user input, or responsive to a server of anemployer or insurance administrator generating the electronictransaction request.

In some embodiments, the server receives information or instructionsfrom an enforcement engine regarding an electronic transaction, andconducts the electronic transaction. The server obtains electronicfunding source information and/or electronic benefits accountinformation from a database to perform the transaction. The transactioncan include electronically transferring funds from the electronicfunding source to the electronic benefits account. The transaction caninclude memo-posting or hard-posting the electronic transaction. Forexample, the server can receive instructions to post the electronictransaction, and responsive to receiving the instructions, the serverperforms a lookup in a profile of the electronic benefits accountmaintained in a database to identify a financial institution associatedwith the electronic benefits account in order to transmit instructionsto the financial institution to post the transaction, including thevalue. In some cases, the server facilitates a transfer of funds betweenan electronic account of a claims processor and the electronic benefits.The server receives account identifiers, transaction amounts,credentials, authentication information, etc. The server conducts thetransaction via a communications interface, thereby using the networkprotocols, security protocols and other components or interfacesprovided by the communications interface.

In some embodiments, the server receives a request for accountinformation from a device. The request for information can includeinformation about a balance of the electronic benefits account (e.g., anin-process transaction amount, a reportable contribution amount, avirtual transaction balance), enforcement rules, or transactionhistories. The request can further include authentication information orcredentials associated with the request. The authentication informationcan include network security credentials, such as security certificatesor tokens. The authentication information can further include ausername, password, two-tier authentication information (e.g., date ofbirth, cell phone number, verification code sent via text message tocell phone number in profile associated with electronic account). Therequest can be from a device such as a smartphone. The request can besent using a text messaging protocol such as SMS. The server canauthenticate a request sent via SMS based on the cell phone number ofthe device sending the SMS request, and matching the cell phone numberwith corresponding number stored in a profile in a database for theelectronic benefits account.

Responsive to authenticating or otherwise approving the request, theserver can access a data record in a database for the electronicbenefits account to generate a report with the requested information, orgenerate a standard report, or generate another preconfigured report.The report can identify the account holder information and balancesassociated with the electronic benefits account. The report can furtheridentify a transaction history for the electronic benefits account. Thereport can further identify or indicate if the electronic benefitsaccount has reached or exceeded a threshold limit. The report canfurther include a forecast based on current/previous transaction historythat indicates if and when the threshold limit for a time interval mightbe reached or exceeded.

The server selects an alert format configured for an interfacecorresponding to the first electronic funding source at step 835. Insome aspects, step 835 comprises an innovative, non-conventional ornon-routine way to operate or perform the functionality of the presentsolution. In some aspects, step 835 is implemented to address thetechnical problems and challenges of prior systems not deploying thepresent solution. In some aspects, step 835 is implemented to make orcause more effective and efficient use of computing and networkingresources.

The server can execute an enforcement engine to perform thedetermination. The server can generate an alert in the alert format thatincludes instructions to terminate the single electronic benefitsaccount transaction initiated by the request to prevent exceeding thethreshold limit established for the electronic benefits account. Theserver can perform a lookup in a database maintaining alert formats foralerts based on the identifier of the first electronic funding source inorder to identify and retrieve the alert format. The alert format caninclude a variety of fields configured to be read by the firstelectronic funding source. For example, the alert format can includesfields directed to an indication of an approval or denial of the singleelectronic benefits account transaction request; approval of a partialamount of the transaction amount, an indication of the electronicbenefits account, an indication of a user of the electronic benefitsaccount, and an indication of a current or projected balance of theelectronic benefits account. The alert format can include fields similarto or directed to information provided by the server in a reportresponsive to a request for account information from a device. The alertformat can include authentication credentials configured to be read bythe first electronic funding source to authenticate the alert. The alertformat can include a field including instructions for terminating orauthorizing the request to initiate the single electronic benefitsaccount transaction.

The server transmits, via a network to the first device, one or morepackets carrying data in the alert format indicating a denial of thesingle electronic benefits account transaction request, responsive tothe comparison and the transaction code mapping to the one of thecurrent year or the previous year, the one or more packets configured toindicate to the first device termination of the single electronicbenefits account transaction initiated by the request to preventexceeding the threshold limit established for the electronic benefitsaccount at step 840. In some aspects, step 840 comprises an innovative,non-conventional or non-routine way to operate or perform thefunctionality of the present solution. In some aspects, step 840 isimplemented to address the technical problems and challenges of priorsystems not deploying the present solution. In some aspects, step 840 isimplemented to make or cause more effective and efficient use ofcomputing and networking resources.

The server can execute an enforcement engine and a communicationsinterface to perform the transmission. For example, the server canretrieve the alert format, generate the one or more packets carrying theinformation organized in the selected alert format, and cause acommunications interface to transmit the one or more packets to thefirst device. The server can retrieve the information required by thealert format from the electronic transaction request, and/or a databaseto generate the one or more packets of the alert. For example, theserver can retrieve the identifier of the first electronic fundingsource from the electronic transaction request, the indication of thedenial of the electronic transaction request from a database maintainingthe electronic benefits account, and the authentication credentials fromthe profile of the first electronic funding source maintained in adatabase, in order to generate the alert as one or more packets carryingthis information to be transmitted via a communications interface.

The one or more packets can include a reason code or error codeindicating a reason or error associated with the denial (or approval, ifapplicable) of the electronic transaction request. The reason code canbe generated by the server (or an enforcement engine executed by theserver) responsive to the server applying an enforcement rule foridentifying a threshold limit. The reason code can indicate that thetransaction amount of the single electronic transaction request wouldexceed the threshold limit applied to the electronic benefits account.The reason code can indicate that the transaction amount would exceedthe combined IRS family and catchup threshold limit that was appliedbecause the age of the participant was greater than or equal tofifty-five. The reason code can indicate that the electronic benefitsaccount does not segregate threshold limits into coverage tiers (e.g.,coverage tiers based on age), and thus the threshold limit used was thecombined IRS family and catchup threshold limit. The reason code canindicate that the transaction amount would exceed the IRS familythreshold limit that was applied because the age of the participant wasless than fifty-five and the household type was “family.” The reasoncode can indicate that the transaction amount would exceed the IRSsingle threshold limit that was applied because the age of theparticipant was less than fifty-five and the household type was“single.”

The one or more packets can include instructions that cause theelectronic benefits account transaction API of the device to reroute theone or more packets to the first electronic funding source in order tocause the first electronic funding source to terminate the singleelectronic benefits account transaction. For example, the electronicbenefits account transaction API can receive the one or more packets,extract the indication of the denial of the electronic transactionrequest and the identifier of the first electronic funding source, andtransmit the one or more packets to the first electronic funding source.The one or more packets can include instructions causing the electronicbenefits account transaction API to generate instructions causing firstelectronic funding source to terminate the single electronic benefitsaccount transaction. For example, the electronic benefits accounttransaction API can receive the one or more packets, extract theindication of the denial of the electronic transaction request and theidentifier of the first electronic funding source, and generateinstructions to transmit to the first electronic funding source to causethe first electronic funding source to terminate the single electronicbenefits account transaction.

In some embodiments, the server transmits the alert to the first deviceto cause the first device to terminate the transaction, when thetransaction was initiated by the remote device remote to the firstclient device. For example, a portable electronic device may haveinitiated the electronic transaction request, responsive to user input,and transmitted the request to the first device which manages theelectronic funding source; the server can identify this chain of commandby parsing the electronic transaction request in order to transmit thealert to the first client device with instructions causing the firstdevice to terminate the transaction.

In some embodiments, the server establishes a bidirectionalcommunication channel with the first device. The server transfersrequests and instructions to terminate transactions. For example, theserver can transmit a request to establish a bidirectional communicationchannel with the first device to the electronic benefits accounttransaction API provided to the first device. The server can alsotransmit the bidirectional communication channel request when providingthe electronic benefits account transaction API. The request can beconfigured to cause the device to establish a communication channel viaa communications interface automatically or responsive to approvalreceived as user input at a user interface, or approval granted byanother application of the device. The server can then receive theresponsive communication from the device, and retrieve a communicationprotocol from a database associated with the electronic benefits accounttransaction API of the device in order to establish the bidirectionalcommunication channel based on the retrieved communication protocol. Forexample, the bidirectional communication channel can be based on anInternet-based communication channel in which data packets can beregularly transmitted between the device and the server.

The communication protocol for establishing the bidirectionalcommunication channel can include authenticating communication betweenthe device and the server. For example, the server can retrieve theidentifier of the device, perform a lookup in a database to identifyauthentication credentials associated with the device, transmit theauthentication credentials to the device, and responsive to the deviceauthorizing communication based on the authentication credentials,receive a challenge from the device, extract additional authenticationcredentials from the challenge, perform a lookup in the database tocompare the additional authentication credentials to storedauthentication credentials, and authorize the bidirectionalcommunication based on the additional authentication credentialsmatching the stored authentication credentials.

In some embodiments, the server transmits, via a network to the firstdevice, the response packets indicating the denial of the singleelectronic benefits account transaction request within a predeterminedtime interval from receiving the single electronic benefits accounttransaction request. The predetermined time interval can be a timeperiod after an action, e.g. 10 minutes, 5 minutes, 1 minute, 30seconds. The action can include receiving the electronic transactionrequest, posting the transaction or denying the transaction, and/orgenerating the alert including instructions to terminate the singleelectronic benefits account transaction. The pre-determine time intervalcan be set in a configuration file or profile maintained by the serverin a database, the configuration file or profile corresponding to theelectronic benefits account. The pre-determined time interval can be setby an entity remote from the server. For example, the server cantransmit a time interval request to a remote server of an insuranceadministrator, an employer, or a financial institution. The timeinterval request can cause the remote server to transmit theconfiguration file or profile setting the pre-determined time intervalto the server. The server can process the configuration file or profileto extract the pre-determined time interval in order to transmit thenotification within the pre-determined time interval.

In some embodiments, responsive to the action occurring that initiatesthe pre-determined time interval, the server generates a placeholdernotification to be transmitted to the first device independent of thestatus of the electronic transaction request. For example, theplaceholder notification can indicate that enforcement of the electronictransaction request has been initiated. The placeholder notification canindicate that further information is required to complete theenforcement of the electronic transaction request. The server cantransmit the placeholder notification prior to expiry of thepre-determined time interval via a communications interface to providereal-time communication of the adjudication process.

In some embodiments, the pre-determined time interval can be based onthe type of electronic benefits account, the type of electronic fundingsource, or an expected time required to perform transactions with theelectronic benefits account or the electronic funding source. Forexample, if the electronic benefits account or the electronic fundingsource can perform transactions using wire transfer, than thepre-determined time interval can be approximately ten seconds, thirtyseconds, one minute, etc. If the electronic benefits account or theelectronic funding source can perform transactions by direct deposit,then the pre-determined time interval can be a time associated withelectronic communication between the server and the electronic fundingsource, such as ten minutes. The pre-determined time interval can bebased on a time required to transfer funds from an electronic bankaccount associated with an insurance administrator or with an employerto the electronic benefits account. The pre-determined time interval canbe based on a time required for an indication of the enforcement of theelectronic transaction request to be received at a remote server inorder to authorize or deny the funds for being transferred to theelectronic benefits account.

In some embodiments, the server determines that the electronic fundingsource corresponds to a funded payroll deposit. For example, theenforcement engine can perform a lookup in the profiles maintained inthe database based on the identifier of the electronic funding source toidentify a funding source category and determine if the funding sourcecategory corresponds to a funded payroll deposit. The server can selectan alert format corresponding to the funded payroll deposit, the alertformat including a first field for the instructions to deny the singleelectronic benefits account transaction and a second field for a reasoncode. For example, the server can perform a lookup in the alert formatsmaintained in a database, based on the identified funded payrolldeposit, to select the alert format. The server can then generate thealert in the alert format that includes instructions to terminate thesingle electronic benefits account transaction and the reason code andtransmit the one or more response packets carrying the alert. The reasoncode can include an indication that the virtual transaction balanceexceeds the threshold limit for the electronic benefits account. Thereason code can include an indication that the in-process transactionqueue and/or the reportable contribution amount exceeds the thresholdlimit for the electronic benefits account. The reason code can includean indication of excess contribution.

In some embodiments, the server accesses a profile database to determinethat the electronic funding source corresponds to a non-payroll deposit.For example, the server can perform a lookup in the profiles maintainedin a database based on the identifier of the electronic funding sourceto identify a funding source category and determine if the fundingsource category corresponds to a non-payroll deposit. The server canselect the alert format for the instructions to terminate the singleelectronic benefits account transaction corresponding to the non-payrolldeposit, the alert format including a first field for a reason code, anda second field for instructions to exclude the transaction from thein-process transaction amount. The server can then generate the alert inthe alert format that includes instructions to terminate the singleelectronic benefits account transaction, the reasons code, and theinstructions to exclude the transaction from the in-process transactionamount, and transmit the one or more response packets carrying thealert.

In some embodiments, the server receives a second one or more packetsincluding a second request to initiate a second single electronicbenefits account transaction to fund the electronic benefits account.The second request and the enforcement actions performed by the serverregarding the second request can be similar to the first request andassociated enforcement actions. The second request can include a seconddata structure identifying the transaction destination, the transactioncode, a second transaction amount, and the first electronic fundingsource. The server can generate a second value by combining the secondtransaction amount, the in-process transaction amount, and thereportable contribution amount identified from the electronictransaction queue of the electronic benefits account maintained in adatabase. The second value is different from the value of the firstelectronic transaction request. The server can determine that the secondvalue is less than the threshold limit applied to the first value basedon a comparison of the second value with the threshold limit. The servercan generate, responsive to the second value being less than thethreshold limit, second response packets to authorize the second singleelectronic benefits account transaction. For example, the secondresponse packets can include instructions similar to the responsepackets denying the first single electronic benefits accounttransaction, except that the second response packets cause the firstdevice and/or the first electronic funding source to authorize andperform the transaction.

In some aspects, the methods of the present solutions implements acombination of steps in an innovative, non-conventional and/ornon-routine manner. In some aspects, the method 800 of the presentsolution combines the steps of FIG. 8 in an innovative, non-conventionaland/or non-routine combination to implement the improved functionality,performance and operation of the present solution. In some aspects, themethod of the present solution combines the steps of FIG. 8 in in aninnovative, non-conventional and/or non-routine manner to moreefficiently and effectively use computing and networking resources. Insome aspects, the method of the present solution provides innovative,non-conventional and/or non-routine ordered combination of steps.

Referring now to FIGS. 9A-9D, process flow diagrams depictingembodiments of methods of managing an electronic transaction portal areshown. The methods can be performed by system 700, TEPS 708, or one ormore components thereof.

FIG. 9A illustrates a method 900 a of managing an electronic transactionportal to receive an electronic transaction request and executeauthorization or denial of the electronic transaction request. At 904, asingle transaction process request is received at the electronictransaction portal from a device of an electronic funding source. Forexample, the electronic funding source may be an employer payrollaccount that regularly deposits funds in an electronic benefits account,such as an HSA, by transferring funds through the electronic transactionportal.

At 908, the electronic transaction portal determines whether theelectronic funding source enforces electronic benefits account limits.If the electronic funding source does not enforce electronic benefitsaccount limits, then at 910, the electronic transaction portalmemo-posts the transaction.

Responsive to determining that the electronic funding source enforceselectronic benefits account limits, at 912, the electronic transactionportal determines whether a transaction code of the electronictransaction request maps to one of a current year or a previous year.The transaction code can be a time reference, such as a date or year.The electronic transaction portal can compare the time reference to thecurrent year and the previous year to identify whether the transactioncode maps to one of the current year or the previous year. Responsive todetermining that the transaction code does not map to either the currentyear or the previous year, the electronic transaction portal memo-poststhe transaction at 910.

Memo posting can refer to a technique used in a computerized bankingenvironments in which batch processing is employed. Memo posting canrepresent temporary credit or debit transactions or entries made to anaccount for which the complete posting to update the balance will bedone as part of the end-of-day batch processing. The temporarytransaction created as part of the memo-posting will be reversed orremoved after the actual transaction is posted in batch processing. Forexample, a customer receives an electronic credit to an account withcurrent day as effective date. The actual transaction for this entrywill be made at the end-of-day in batch posting. In order to access thiselectronic credit for which the customer is eligible by rules, the bankcan creates a temporary “memo” credit to increase the balance available(withdrawal). Later this entry will be removed as part of the end-of-daybatch process. In another example, the actual transaction to record awithdrawal using an ATM (automated teller machine) will be posted toaccounts in the end-of-day batch. In order to prevent the customer fromoverdrawing the customer's account later in the day, the amount of thecash withdrawal is memo-posted as a charge to the customer's accountuntil the transaction actually posts in the batch update that evening.

Responsive to determining that the transaction code maps to one of thecurrent year or the previous year, the electronic transaction portaldetermines a combined value and a threshold limit at 916. The electronictransaction portal can perform a lookup in an enforcement rules database920 to identify a threshold limit from an enforcement rule. Theenforcement rules database 920 can be similar or identical to thedatabase 716 depicted in FIG. 7 . The electronic transaction portal canperform a lookup in an electronic benefits account transaction queuedatabase 922 to identify an in-process transaction queue and areportable contribution amount, in order to combine these values with atransaction amount of the electronic transaction request to determine acombined value.

At 926, the electronic transaction portal determines whether thecombined value exceeds the threshold limit. Responsive to determiningthat the combined value does not exceed the threshold limit, theelectronic transaction portal authorizes the transaction by memo-postingthe transaction and adding the transaction amount to the in-processtransaction amount at 932. At 936, the electronic transaction portal candebit an employer payroll funding account, and at 938, the electronictransaction portal can hard-post the transaction on the posting date.Actions 936 and 938 can also be performed responsive to the electronictransaction portal causing a financial institution to act. Action 838can also be performed responsive to action 910.

At 930, responsive to determining that the combined value exceeds thethreshold limit, the electronic transaction portal transmits a denialalert configured to deny the transaction, and thus prevent the thresholdlimit of the electronic benefits account from being exceeded.

FIG. 9B illustrates a method 900 b for generating and executing alertsusing an electronic transaction portal. Action 930 of FIG. 9A may serveas an input to action 940 of FIG. 9B. At 940, the electronic transactionportal determines whether the transaction indicated by the electronictransaction request is a funded payroll deposit. For example, theelectronic transaction portal can extract a funding category of thetransaction from the electronic transaction request and perform a lookupin a profile database 942 based on the funding category to identify thefunding category of the transaction. The profile database can be similaror identical to the database 716 illustrated in FIG. 7 . Responsive todetermining whether the transaction is a funded payroll deposit, theelectronic transaction portal selects an alert format corresponding to afunded payroll deposit at 944, and selects an alert format correspondingto a non-payroll deposit at 952. The alert format can be selected byperforming a lookup in an alert database 946 based on the fundingcategory to identify an appropriate alert format. The alert database 946can be similar or identical to the database 716 depicted in FIG. 7 .

The electronic transaction portal generates an alert using the alertformat including instructions to terminate the transaction and a reasoncode at 948. The electronic transaction portal then transmits the alertto the device of the electronic funding source at 950.

The electronic transaction portal generates an alert includinginstructions to terminate the transaction, a reason code, aninstructions to exclude the transaction from an in-process transactionamount at 954. This can ensure that the transaction does not post in theevent that the non-payroll deposit electronic funding source requiresadditional instructions to prevent the transaction. The electronictransaction portal then transmits the alert to the device of theelectronic funding source at 956, and determines not to post thetransaction at 958 in order to prevent the transaction from causing thethreshold limit for the electronic benefits account to be exceeded. Thesystem can make a determination to not post the transaction, or thesystem can prevent the transaction from being posted by terminating thetransaction.

FIG. 9C illustrates a method 900 c of managing an electronic transactionportal to receive an electronic transaction request and executeauthorization or denial of the electronic transaction request. Method900 c can be similar to method 900 a. The electronic transaction portalreceives a single transaction process request from a device of anelectronic funding source at 960.

The electronic transaction portal determines whether the electronicfunding source enforces electronic benefits account limits at 962.Responsive to determining that the electronic funding source does notenforce electronic benefits account limits, the electronic transactionportal memo-posts the transaction at 964.

Responsive to determining that the electronic funding source enforceselectronic benefits account limits, the electronic transaction portaldetermines whether the electronic funding source is a bank for an HSAmaintained by the electronic transaction portal at 966, such as an HSAmaintained by the WealthCare system provided by Alegeus Technologies(“WC HSA bank”). For example, the electronic transaction portal canextract an identifier of the electronic funding source from theelectronic transaction request, and perform a lookup in a profiledatabase based on the identifier to compare the identifier to a list offunding sources to determine whether the electronic funding source is aWC HSA bank.

Responsive to determining that the electronic funding source is not a WCHSA bank, the electronic transaction portal determines the combinedvalue of the transaction, the in-process transaction amount, and thereportable contribution amount at 964, in order to determine whether thecombined value exceeds a threshold limit at 972. Responsive todetermining that the combined value exceeds the threshold amount, theelectronic transaction portal transmits a denial alert with an excesscontribution reason code at 978. Responsive to determining that thecombined value does not exceed the threshold amount, the electronictransaction portal approves the transaction at 974 and debits anemployer payroll funding account at 976.

Responsive to determining that the electronic funding source is a WC HSAbank, the electronic transaction portal determines whether thetransaction code of the electronic transaction request maps to one ofthe current year or previous year at 968. Responsive to determining thatthe transaction code maps to one of the current year or the previousyear, the electronic transaction portal continues to execute the anenforcement engine at 970 (e.g., continues to action 916 of FIG. 9A,etc.). Responsive to determining that the transaction code does not mapto one of the current year or the previous year, the electronictransaction portal memo-posts the transaction at 964.

FIG. 9D illustrates a method 900 d of managing an electronic transactionportal to receive an electronic transaction request and executeauthorization or denial of the electronic transaction request. Method900 c can be similar to methods 900 a and 900 b. The electronictransaction portal receives a single transaction process request from adevice of an electronic funding source at 980. The electronictransaction portal determines whether the electronic funding sourceenforces electronic benefits account limits at 982. Responsive todetermining that the electronic funding source does not enforceelectronic benefits account limits, the electronic transaction portalmemo-posts the transaction at 988.

Responsive to determining that the electronic funding source enforceselectronic benefits account limits, the electronic transaction portaldetermines whether the electronic funding source is a WC HSA bank at984. For example, the electronic transaction portal can extract anidentifier of the electronic funding source from the electronictransaction request, and perform a lookup in a profile database based onthe identifier to compare the identifier to a list of funding sources todetermine whether the electronic funding source is a WC HSA bank.

Responsive to determining that the electronic funding source is not a WCHSA bank, the electronic transaction portal determines the combinedvalue of the transaction, the in-process transaction amount, and thereportable contribution amount at 992, in order to determine whether thecombined value exceeds a threshold limit at 994. Responsive todetermining that the combined value exceeds the threshold amount, theelectronic transaction portal transmits a denial alert with an excesscontribution reason code at 998. Responsive to determining that thecombined value does not exceed the threshold amount, the electronictransaction portal approves the transaction at 996 and proceeds tomemo-post the transaction at 988.

Responsive to determining that the electronic funding source is a WC HSAbank, the electronic transaction portal determines whether thetransaction code of the electronic transaction request maps to one ofthe current year or previous year at 986. Responsive to determining thatthe transaction code maps to one of the current year or the previousyear, the electronic transaction portal continues to execute the anenforcement engine at 990 (e.g., continues to action 916 of FIG. 9A,etc.). Responsive to determining that the transaction code does not mapto one of the current year or the previous year, the electronictransaction portal memo-posts the transaction at 988.

Referring now to FIGS. 10A-10D, block diagrams depicting embodiments oftransaction enforcement portal interfaces for managing electronictransaction requests are shown. The interfaces can be executed on aserver. The interfaces can include or be executed on system 700, TEPS708, or one or more components thereof. The interfaces illustrated inFIGS. 10A-10D allow the TEPS 708 to interact with various entities formanaging electronic transaction requests, such as servers of insuranceadministrators, employers, and financial institutions. FIG. 10Aillustrates a system 1000 including a bank instance 1004 in which afinancial institution entity (e.g., a bank entity) can manage electronictransactions related to electronic benefits accounts and electronicfunding transaction requests. FIG. 10B illustrates a system 1068 inwhich a product partner module 1072 can manage electronic benefitsaccounts, including updating electronic benefits accounts responsive toelectronic transaction requests. FIG. 10C illustrates a system 1096 inwhich a third party administrator module 1100 can manage electronicbenefits accounts, such as for allowing an employer entity to manageelectronic benefits accounts provided to employees. FIG. 10D illustratesa system 1132 in which a financial institution entity can manageelectronic financial accounts using a bank settlement module 1136, suchas via financial modules 1140 a-k, responsive to a net settlementrequest. Each of the systems 1000, 1068, 1096, and 1132, and/or the bankinstance 1004, the product partner module 1072, the third partyadministrator module 1100, and the bank settlement module 1136 caninclude communications interfaces configured to receive and transmit oneor more data packets carrying electronic transaction amongst each other,such as for updating relevant databases and modules responsive toadjudication of a request to initiate a single electronic benefitsaccount transaction.

Referring now to FIG. 10A, and in further detail, a system 1000 is shownin which an entity of a financial institution, such as a bank, caninterface with the TEPS 708. For example, a bank instance 1004 can beprovided on the TEPS 708 as an electronic interface between the TEPS 708and the bank entity. The bank instance 1004 can be provided as anextension of the TEPS 708 to be executed by a server of the bank entity.The bank instance 1004 allows the bank entity to process electronictransaction requests,

The bank instance 1004 includes an HSA custodian 1028 configured tomanage transactions between individual HSA accounts 1032 and transactionmodules such as settlement accounts module 1008, ledger accounts module1012, transaction codes module 1016, product partner HSA status codesmodule 1020, and accumulator module 1024. Responsive to the bankinstance 1004 processing an electronic transaction request to transferfunds, the bank instance 1004 can update a settlement account maintainedby the settlement accounts module 1008 and a ledger account maintainedby the ledger accounts module 1012 corresponding the electronic benefitsaccount, and transmit the transaction amount (if approved) to theaccumulators module 1024 in order to update the total amount of fundsmaintained by the electronic benefits account.

The HSA custodian 1028 can be configured to manage a demographics module1040 and a products ID module 1044. The demographics module 1040 canstore or otherwise maintain demographics data regarding the bank entity.The products ID module 1044 can store or otherwise maintain electronicfinancial products provided by the bank entity, such as HSA products.The products ID module 1044 can manage service charges module 1048 a andinterest plan module 1048 b. In some embodiments, the service chargesmodule 1048 a and interest plan module 1048 b can allow the bank entityto provide custom financial products. For example, the bank entity canprovide an electronic benefits account having a specific service chargeper transaction. When the TEPS 708 processes an electronic transactionrequest, the bank instance 1004 can process an indication of theelectronic benefits account associated with the electronic transactionrequest, identify a product ID based on the electronic benefits account,and perform a lookup in the service charges module 1048 a in order toidentify a service charge to apply with the electronic transaction.

The bank instance 1004 can include an HSA account accumulator module1052. The HSA account accumulator module 1052 can be similar to oridentical to the accumulators module 1024. When the accumulators module1024 or the HSA account accumulator module 1052 receive an electronictransaction for transferring funds to the electronic benefits account,each module can generate one or more data packets carrying an indicationof the transaction amount to transmit to the other module, in order tomaintain updated transaction amounts for the electronic benefitsaccount.

In some embodiments, responsive to the TEPS 708 approving an electronictransaction request to fund the electronic benefits account, the HSAaccount transactions module 1036 can transmit instructions to an HSAcheck events module 1008 to generate instructions causing a remoteentity to generate or print a check. For example, the HSA check eventsmodule 1008 can generate instructions including the transaction amountto a remote client device 1060, causing a print checks module 1064 ofthe remote client device 1060 to receive the instructions, extract thetransaction amount from the instructions, and generate or print thecheck.

In some embodiments, responsive to a transaction causing the ledgeraccounts module 1012 to update a ledger account associated with anelectronic benefits account, the ledger accounts module 1012 cangenerate one or more data packets carrying an indication of thetransaction amount and an indication of a financial product associatedwith the transaction. The ledger accounts module 1012 can transmit theone or more data packets to one of a bank instance financial module 1056a-k configured to store information regarding bank financial products.The bank instance 1004 can be configured to generate one or more datapackets carrying a net settlement of one or more bank financial productsresponsive to the bank instance financial modules 1056 a-k receiving atransaction indication from the ledger accounts module 1012. Forexample, the ledger accounts module 1012 can transmit one or more datapackets carrying an indication to transfer funds from a payroll depositaccount maintained by the payroll deposit module 1056 g to a debit cardmaintained by the debit card module 1056 e. The bank instance financialmodules 1056 a-k can receive the indication of the funds to betransferred, subtract the transaction amount from the payroll depositaccount, and add the transaction amount to the debit card account. Insome embodiments, the bank instance financial modules 1056 a-k cangenerate one or more data packets carrying an indication of the netsettlement performed at the bank instance 1004 to be transmitted to aremote server of a financial institution in order to update the remoteserver regarding the transaction performed.

Referring now to FIG. 10B, and in further detail, a system 1068 is shownin which a product partner can interface with the TEPS 708 to remotelymanage electronic transactions for electronic benefits accounts. Thesystem 1068 can be executed on or as part of a server of a remoteproduct partner entity, such as an insurance administrator server. Thesystem 1068 can include a product partner module 1072 configured tocommunicate with the system 700, the TEPS 708, the bank instance 1004,or components thereof. The product partner module 1072 can include aproduct partner interface 1080 for communicating with remote entitiesand managing electronic transactions. The product partner interface 1080can include a user interface configured to receive user inputsindication electronic transaction requests. The product partner module1072 can include modules or databases for maintaining informationregarding electronic benefits accounts, including product partnertransactions codes 1084 (e.g., transaction codes mapping electronicbenefits account transactions to one of a current year or a previousyear; transaction codes mapping transaction information tohuman-readable output, etc.); product partner HSA status codes 1088(e.g., statuses of electronic transactions such as pending, in-process,posted, etc.); and product partner product IDs 1092 (e.g., IDsindicating a type of electronic financial product, such as an FSA,etc.).

Referring now to FIG. 10C, and in further detail, a system 1096 is shownin which a third party administrator (TPA) can interface with the TEPS708 to remotely manage electronic transactions for electronic benefitsaccounts. The system 1096 can be executed on or as part of a server of aremote TPA entity, such as an employer administrator server. The system1096 can include a TPA module 1100 configured to communicate with thesystem 700, the TEPS 708, the bank instance 1004, the product partnermodule 1072, or components thereof. The TPA module 1100 can include aTPA interface 1116 configured to manage electronic transactions. The TPAinterface 1116 can include a user interface configured to displayinformation maintained by the TPA module 1100 to a user and receive userinputs from a user. The TPA module 1100 can include an employers module1120 configured to manage information regarding one or more employers.The one or more employers managed by the employers module 1120 cancorrespond to one or more employees managed by an employees module 1104.Each employee corresponds to one HSA account managed by an HSA accountmodule 1108. Each HSA account managed by the HSA account module 1108 cantransmit and receive one or more HSA transactions managed by the HSAtransaction module 1112. Each employer managed by the employers module1120 can provide a plurality of HSA plans managed by an HSA plan module1124. The TPA module 1100 can store information regarding product IDsfor each HSA plan in a product IDs module 1128. The TPA module 1100 caninclude a communications interface configured to receive and transmitone or more data packets from each of the bank instance 1004 and theproduct partners module 1072, and components thereof.

Referring now to FIG. 10D, and in further detail, a system 1132 is shownin which a financial institution entity (e.g., a bank entity) canlocally manage electronic financial accounts. The system 1132 includes abank settlement module 1136 including a plurality of financial modules1140 a-1140 k, such as payroll deposits module 1140 a, external account1140 b, service charges/fees module 1140 c, lock box contributions 1140d, HSA funds module 1140 e, accruals module 1140 f, interest module 1140g, ACH module 1140 h, bill pay module 1140 i, debit card module 1140 j,and manual claim module 1140 k. Responsive to receiving net settlementrequests generated by and transmitted from the bank instance 1004, thebank settlement module 1136 can be caused to process the net settlementrequest, extract an indication of an electronic financial accountassociated with the request and a transaction amount, and update thecorresponding electronic financial account based on the transactionamount. For example, the bank instance 1004 can transmit a netsettlement request including an indication of an electronic benefitsaccount and an interest charge transaction amount to the bank settlementmodule 1136, causing the bank settlement module 1136 to extract theinterest charge transaction amount and update the correspondingelectronic benefits account interest charges maintained by the interestmodule 1140 g. As such, in some embodiments, the financial modules 1140a-1140 k can be configured to mirror the bank instance financial modules1056 a-k shown in FIG. 10A.

The bank instance 1004, the product partners module 1072, and the TPAmodule 1100 can each include communications interfaces configured toreceive and transmit one or more data packets from each other, such asone or more data packets configured to indicate electronic transactionrequests, electronic transaction processings, and information regardingelectronic benefits accounts. For example, the product partners module1072 can receive and transmit information regarding settlement accountswith the bank instance 1004, such as for mirroring information stored inthe settlement accounts module 1008 and the product partners settlementaccount module 1076. Similarly, the product partners module 1072 and theTPA module 1100 can receive and transmit information regarding productIDs in order to share and mirror information stored in the productpartners ID module 1092 and the product ID module 1128. The TPA module1100 can receive and transmit information regarding electronictransactions in order to share and mirror information stored in the HSAaccounts module 1032 and the HSA account module 1108, and to share andmirror information regarding electronic benefits transactions stored inthe HSA account transactions module 1036 and the HSA account transactionmodule 1112.

In some embodiments, responsive to the TEPS 708 denying an electronictransaction request to transfer funds to an electronic benefits accountand generating an alert indicating the denial, the bank instance 1004can update the HSA account module 1032 and the HSA transactions module1036 for the electronic benefits account corresponding to the electronictransaction request to indicate that the electronic transaction requestwas denied. The bank instance 1004 can generate one or more data packetscarrying an indication of the electronic benefits account and anindication of the denial to be transmitted to the TPA module 1100. TheTPA module 1100 can process the one or more data packets to extract theindications, and perform a lookup in the modules 1108 and 1112 in orderto identify corresponding entries for the electronic benefits account toupdate the modules 1108 and 1112 by writing the transaction denial tothe corresponding entries.

In some embodiments, responsive to the TPA module 1100 generating a newHSA plan entry in the HSA plan module 1128, the TPA module 1100 isconfigured to request a product ID for the new HSA plan. The TPA module1100 can generate one or more data packets carrying the product IDrequest including an indication of the HSA plan, and transmit the one ormore data packets to the product partners module 1072. The productpartners module 1072 can process the one or more data packets to extractthe product ID request and the indication of the HSA plan, perform alookup in the product partners ID module 1092, extract the product IDcorresponding the new HSA plan, and generate and transmit one or moredata packets including the corresponding product ID to the TPA module1100.

E. Administrator Matching and Report Generating System (AMRGS)

The systems and methods of the present solution are directed to thetechnical problems and challenges of implementing the functionality ofmanaging or generating an interface of an electronic transaction basedtechnology and platform. Existing electronic transaction basedtechnologies and platforms do not effectively and efficiently make useof the computing and network resources deployed for interface basedtechnologies and platforms to include such functionality. Withoutimplementing such functionality, existing electronic transaction basedtechnologies and platforms have the problems of excessive server-clientrequests and responses, processing delays, increase bandwidth usage, orerroneous reports or interfaces.

The systems and methods of the present solution are directed to theimprovement of the performance and operation of the electronictransaction based technology and platform and computing and networkingresource used by such electronic transaction based technology andplatform. In some aspects, the present solution improves and enhancesthe implemented functionality of the electronic transaction basedtechnology and platform implemented on, integrated with and inherentlytied to the processor, memory, network and computing resources of one ormore computing devices. In some aspects, the present solution moreeffectively performs the functionality of the electronic transactionbased technology and platform thereby making and causing more effectiveuse of the computing and networking resources to achieve the improvedfunctionality of the present solution. The same computing and networkresources used by such electronic transaction based technology andplatform will provide increased and improved functionality withimplementation of the present solution.

In some aspects, the present solution more efficiently uses thecomputing and networking resources to implement the improvedfunctionality of the electronic transaction based technology andplatform. For example, systems and methods of the present solution canuse an administrator matching and report generating system with respectto information regarding electronic accounts, such as an electronicbenefits account. Systems and methods of the present solution cangenerate dynamic reports including multiple performance metrics based onsimilar administrators.

Administrators that establish or provide electronic tax benefitsaccounts can utilize backend information technology infrastructure toprocess, analyze, monitor or manage the electronic tax benefitsaccounts. An entity managing the backend information technology may haveaccess to data regarding electronics tax benefit accounts acrossmultiple administrators. This data may include the different parametersassociated with respective electronic benefits accounts of the differentadministrators. As examples of parameters, one administrator may have ahigher monthly fee compared with another administrator, or may set ahigher minimum balance to be maintained compared to anotheradministrator. Some administrators can change parameters associated withtheir accounts, for example, to increase the number of participants thatuse their accounts.

The present disclosure provides systems and methods of managinginformation technology to generate a dynamic interface. The dynamicinterface can include a dynamic report based on analyzing peeradministrators. For example, the system can provide benchmarkinginformation on a predefined set of administrative indicators and enableadministrators to manipulate parameters to compare their performance tosimilar administrators. The system can further allow an administrator tomanipulate the data to further stratify the data on various industrymeasures and determine how their performance compares with thestratified data.

The system can be configured with an administrator matching technique toidentify peer or similar administrators. Peer administrator may refer toadministrators having characteristics, features, or parameters thatsatisfy a matching or similarity criterion or criteria using a matchingtechnique. The matching technique can include a comparison function, amachine learning technique, a statistical technique, correlationtechniques or cross-referencing techniques. For example, the matchingtechnique can compare parameters associates with electronic tax benefitaccounts between two or more administrators to identify two or moreadministrators having similar parameters. In some cases, the matchingtechnique can include assigning weights to parameter such that a firstparameter may have a higher weight than a second parameter and a thirdparameter. For example, with this weighting structure, the system candetermine that a first administrator is similar to a secondadministrator if the first parameter with the highest weight matchesbetween the first and second administrators, even though the second andthird parameters do not match. In another example, the system maydetermine that two administrators are not similar because the firstparameter with the highest weight does not match, even though the secondand third parameters with lower weights do match.

Upon identifying similar administrators using one or more matchingtechniques, the system can generate a dynamic report. The dynamic reportinterface can include or be configured on a dashboard. In some cases,the dynamic report interface can be provided or streamed over a datanetwork. The dynamic report interface can be configured to receive datamanipulation indications via an input device. For example, the interfacecan receive indications to manipulate the data for a different timeperiod, based on size of the administrator, geographic location of theadministrator (or the administrator's customers), number of years inoperation, marketing budget, number of employees, demographics, industrysectors, revenue, profit, expenses, types of electronic accounts, typesof transaction configurations, funding sources, interest rate, or anyother parameter that facilitates generating a dynamic report.

In an illustrative embodiment, the system can provide payment processinginfrastructure and technology to an administrator such as an insurancecompany. The insurance company can provide various types of insurance(e.g., health, dental, vision, car, property, legal, construction, etc.)to its customers. A customer of the insurance company can include anemployer that has employees. The system can enable the insurance companyto generate a dynamic report to identify similar administrators andtheir performance. The insurance company can, for example, setparameters for: opening fee, minimum operating balance, monthly fee,annual fee, investment options, fund access type (e.g., checkbook, debitcard). Parameters could also include interest rate, contribution fromemployer; how invest funds (e.g., investment bank funds, equityinvesting, mutual funds, or money market accounts).

The dynamic report can indicate a level of performance of the insurancecompany as well as how the insurance company's level of performancecompares or relates to the identified similar administrators.Performance indicators can include, for example, success of investments,number of users, number of employers, percentage of employees peremployer using a tax benefit account and amount of contributions. Insome cases, the system can aggregate data among multiple similaradministrators and display the aggregated data in the dynamic report inan anonymized data format. In some cases, manipulating parameters usedto generate the dynamic report can cause the system to re-execute thematching technique and identify a different set of similaradministrators based on the new parameters. The system can thenregenerate, manipulate, or otherwise update the report provided by thedynamic report interface using the new set of similar administrators.

Referring now to FIG. 11 , a block diagram depicting an embodiment of asystem for managing information technology infrastructure. In briefoverview, and in some embodiments, the system 1100 includes anadministrator matching and report generating system 1150 (“AMRGS”). TheAMRGS 1150 can include the MPTS 408 depicted in FIG. 4 or the TEPS 708depicted in FIG. 7 , or one or more components, modules or functionalitydepicted in FIG. 4 or FIG. 7 , and can perform the functions of the MPTS408 or the TEPS 708. The AMRGS 1150 can receive or transmit data via anetwork 104 with clients 102 a-n, POS terminals 202 a-n, andadministrator devices 1160 a-n. The system 1100 can include or interactwith one or more clients 102 a-n (or client device 102), one or morepoint-of-sale (POS) terminals 202 a-n (or POS terminal 202), and one ormore administrator devices 1160 a-n (or administrator device 1160).

The AMRGS 1150 can include a communications interface 1152. Thecommunications interface 1152 can include the communications interface410 depicted in FIG. 4 or the communications interface 710 depicted inFIG. 7 , or one or more components or modules depicted in FIG. 4 or FIG.7 , and can perform the functions of the communications interface 210 orthe communications interface 710. In some aspects, the communicationsinterface 1152 is implemented to address the technical problems andchallenges of prior systems not deploying the present solution. In someaspects, the communications interface 1152 is implemented to make orcause more effective and efficient use of computing and networkingresources. For example, the communications interface 1152 can cause moreeffective and efficient use of computing and network resources byreducing the number of processing cycles, memory or network bandwidthused to generate dynamic interfaces or reports. The communicationsinterface 1152 can provide an improved generation of a dynamic interfaceor reports by integrating with the admin matching engine 1154, database1158, report generator 1156, claims processor 220, POS terminals 202a-n, or clients 102 a-n to generate dynamic interfaces or reports.

The communications interface 1152 is configured with one or morecommunications ports, application programming interfaces, networkprotocols (e.g., TCP/IP), authentication protocols, or securityprotocols (e.g., SSL). The communications interface 1152 can receive arequest to match an administrator associated with the administratordevice 1160 with other administrators similar to the matchedadministrator. In addition, the communications interface 1152 canreceive a request to generate a dynamic report including performancemetrics associated with the similar administrators. In some cases, theAMRGS 1150 can generate and process the request to identify similaradministrators responsive to receiving a request to generate a report.

The AMRGS 1150 can include a matching engine 1154. The matching engine1154 can include the policy engine 412 depicted in FIG. 4 or theenforcement engine 712 depicted in FIG. 7 , or one or components ormodules depicted in FIG. 4 or FIG. 7 , and can perform the functions ofthe policy engine 412 or the enforcement engine 712. The matching engine1154 identifies, responsive to the communications interface 1152receiving the request to match an administrator with one or more similaradministrators or receiving an identifier of an administrator, one ormore administrator profiles that are similar to the administratorrequesting the match or sending the identifier. In some aspects, thematching engine 1154 is implemented to address the technical problemsand challenges of prior systems not deploying the present solution. Insome aspects, the matching engine 1154 is implemented to make or causemore effective and efficient use of computing and networking resources.For example, the matching engine 1154 can cause more effective andefficient use of computing and network resources by reducing the numberof processing cycles, memory or network bandwidth used to generatematches. The matching engine 1154 can provide an improved generation ofa match by integrating with the communications interface 1152, database1158, report generator 1156, claims processor 220, POS terminals 202a-n, or clients 102 a-n to generate the match.

The AMRGS 1150 can include a report generator 1156. The report generator1156 can include the transaction engine 412 depicted in FIG. 4 , or oneor more components or modules depicted in FIG. 4 , and can perform thefunctions of the transaction engine 414. The report generator 1156generates a dynamic report including one or more performance metricsassociated with the one or more similar administrators identified by thematching engine 1154. The report generator 1156 can generate a dynamicreport and transmit one or more data packets carrying data indicatingthe report to an administrator device 1160 via the communicationsinterface 1152 and the network 104. In some aspects, the reportgenerator 1156 is implemented to address the technical problems andchallenges of prior systems not deploying the present solution. In someaspects, the report generator 1156 is implemented to make or cause moreeffective and efficient use of computing and networking resources. Forexample, the report generator 1156 can cause more effective andefficient use of computing and network resources by reducing the numberof processing cycles, memory or network bandwidth used to generatedynamic interfaces or reports. The report generator 1156 can provide animproved generation of a dynamic interface or reports by integratingwith the admin matching engine 1154, database 1158, communicationsinterface 1152, claims processor 220, POS terminals 202 a-n, or clients102 a-n to generate dynamic interfaces or reports.

The AMRGS 1150 can include one or more databases or data structures thatstore information to facilitate the systems and methods of the presentsolution, such as database 1158. The database 1158 can include thedatabase 418 or the databases 714 or 716, or one or more components ormodules depicted in FIG. 4 or FIG. 7 , and can perform the functions ofthe databases 418, 714, or 716. The database 1158 (or administratorprofile) can include an administrator profile associated with anadministrator maintained on or configured on the AMRGS 1150 that isassociated with one or more parameters and one or more performancemetrics. The parameters can include various characteristics andattributes associated with an electronic benefits account, such as, butnot limited to, an account opening fee, a minimum operating balance, amonthly fee, an annual fee, an electronic fund access type, an interestrate, or the like. The performance metrics can include various resultingcharacteristics and attributes associated with an electronic benefitsaccount, such as, but not limited to, percentage or number ofparticipants of an electronic benefits account associated with a givenadministrator profile, amount of money contributed to an electronicbenefits account associated with a given administrator profile, or thelike. The database 1158 can include a profile database of theadministrators. The profile database can include an entry correspondingto an administrator profile that may point to entries or values in theparameters and performance metrics databases associated with thatparticular administrator profile. The entry can include a uniqueidentifier for the administrator.

The AMRGS 1150, communications interface 1152, matching engine 1154, andreport generator 1156 can each include one or more processing units orother logic devices such as programmable logic array engines, modules,or circuitry designed and constructed to facilitate managing security ona network infrastructure. The AMRGS 1150 can include the components 100shown in FIG. 1C or FIG. 1D, or be configured to operate as a service incloud 108. The 1108 can include or interact with one or more servers 106a-n and clients 102 a-n.

In some embodiments, the AMRGS 1150 can employ a multitier architecturesuch as a client-server architecture in which presentation, applicationprocessing, and data management functions are logically or physicallyseparated. The presentation tier, or front-end, can include thecommunications interface 1152 that serves static content or dynamiccontent to be rendered by the client 102 or by the administrator device1160 (e.g., by a web browser executing on client 102 or administratordevice 1160). The presentation tier or web server 210 can interact orcommunicate with the application tier to obtain data to provide to theclient 102, POS terminals 202 a-n, or administrator device 1160. Theapplication tier can include the matching engine 1154 and the reportgenerator 1156 that controls the system's functionality and performsadditional processing or analysis on data. The application tier caninteract with the data tier to obtain the transaction data. The datatier can include data persistence mechanisms (database servers, fileshares, etc.) and the data access layer that encapsulates thepersistence mechanisms and exposes the data. The data tier can includedatabase 1158. The data tier can include an application programminginterface (API) to the application tier. The database 1158 can includestored procedures (e.g., SQL statements) that perform tasks with respectthe stored data.

In further detail, and in some embodiments, the AMRGS 1150 includes acommunications interface 1152. The communications interface 410 canexecute on one or more processors of a server. The communicationsinterface 1152 can include one or more communications ports and beconfigured with one or more network protocols. Communications ports caninclude, e.g., network ports, Ethernet ports, WAN ports, I/O ports, orsoftware ports. The communication port can be configured with a networkprotocol such as Transport Layer Protocols such as TCP/IP or UDP thatare configured to receive and process data packets received via acomputer network. The port can include or be associated with an IPaddress of a host and a protocol type of the communication.

In some embodiments, the communication interface 1110 can receive datapackets. The data packets can be generated by a device at anadministrator to request matching or a dynamic report. The device canrefer to an administrator device (“administrator device”) such asadministrator device 1160. The administrator device 1160 may monitordata from the various electronic benefits accounts associated with theadministrator. The accounts associated with the administrator may beaccounts that are managed or maintained by the administrator. Theadministrator may be a point of contact for customers or participants ofthe associated accounts. In some embodiments, the client 102, which maycorrespond to an individual participant of the administrator'selectronic benefits account, may access the account and perform a numberof actions with respect to the account, such as, fund the account (e.g.,via heterogeneous electronic funding sources 702), withdraw from theaccount, charge the account, and the like. The administrator of theelectronic benefits account, as the caretaker of the account, may adjustparameters associated with the account, such as, monthly fees, minimumrunning balances, etc. At the same time, the AMRGS 1150 may monitor thedata, parameters, and performance of the account and store theinformation under an administrator profile associated with theadministrator of the account. The AMRGS 1150 may receive the dataassociated with the individual participants and their individualaccounts from the client's 102 and the parameter data associated withthe accounts from the administrator device 1160 via the network 104.

An administrator device 1160 is the place where an administrator mayperform various functions of the administrator, for example, functionsassociated with electronic benefits accounts of the administrator. Theadministrator device 1160 is the point at an administrator may sendrequests to the AMRGS 1150 for generating a dynamic report. Theadministrator device 1160 may also be configured to transmit anidentifier associated with the administrator corresponding to theadministrator device 1160 for identification by the AMRGS 1150. In someembodiments, the receiving of the identifier initiates the dynamicreport generating process.

The administrator device 1160 can include hardware and software.Administrators can utilize scanners, EFTPOS terminals, touch screens andany other wide variety of hardware and software available for use withadministrator device 1160. For example, an administrator can usesoftware to make adjustments to parameters associated with theirelectronic benefits accounts.

The administrator device 1160 can include advanced features to cater todifferent functionality, such as account participant forecasts andestimates, account simulation, communication with participants ofaccounts, performing actions associated with individual participantaccounts (e.g., freezing an account), collecting data from one or moreof the participant accounts, etc., all built into the administratorsoftware. The administrator device 1160 can be configured to executeuser-input commands with respect to the electronic benefits accounts ofthe administrator.

The communications interface 1152 can receive data packets generated bythe administrator device 1160 responsive to a user command resulting intransmission of a request to perform administrator matching or generatea dynamic report. The data packets can include header information andpayload information. Multiple data packets can be strung together in asequence. The header information can refer to TCP/IP headers thatinclude fields such as source port, destination port, sequence number,acknowledge number, window size, etc. The payload information of thedata packet can include information related to the request, the requestto match or generate a report, an identifier of the administrator of theadministrator device 1160, parameters associated with the requestingadministrator, parameters adjusted by the administrator, and otherinformation facilitating administrator matching and report generation.For example, with respect to the request for administrator matching, thepayload information may include an identifier of the administratorsending the request. In response to receiving the identifier, the AMRGS1150 can access the database 1158 to retrieve the administrator profilecorresponding to the identifier, and may further access parameters andperformance metrics associated with the retrieved administrator profile.The administrator profile can further include information associatedwith the administrator, such as, but not limited to, the number ofemployees or potential participants of electronic benefits accountsunder the administrator, a geographic location of the administrator,geographic locations of participants associated with the administrator,size and location of employers associated with the administrator, andother information associated with the administrator. In otherembodiments, the payload information of the data packet may includeinformation associated with the requesting administrator. Furthermore,with respect to the request for generation of a dynamic report, thepayload information may include an identifier of the administratorsending the request. In response to receiving the identifier, the AMRGS1150 can access the database 1158 to retrieve the administrator profilecorresponding to the identifier, and may further access parameters andperformance metrics associated with the retrieved administrator profile.The parameters associated with the accessed administrator profile mayinclude characteristics of the electronic benefits accounts of theadministrator, such as, but not limited to, an account opening fee, aminimum operating balance, a monthly fee, an annual fee, an electronicfund access type, or an interest rate. In other embodiments, the payloadinformation of the data packet may include the parameters. For example,a user of the administrator device 1160, instead of relying on theparameters already associated with the stored administrator profile, maymodify the administrator parameters to receive a dynamic report based onmodified parameters, and send those modified parameters to the AMRGS1150 as part of the request for generating a dynamic report. The AMRGS1150 can receive the data packet with header information and payloadinformation and process the packets to obtain information for furtherprocessing. The data packets (e.g., via the payload) can include therequest to perform matching or generate a dynamic report.

The data packets can carry data identifying an administrator. In someembodiments, the data carried by the data packets include anadministrator identifier. The administrator identifier can includestrings, characters, numbers, alphanumeric characters, symbols, or otheridentifiers. In some embodiments, the data identifies a merchant, andthe AMRGS 1150 determines an administrator profile based on theidentification of the administrator. The AMRGS 1150 can determine theadministrator profile by, for example, using an administrator mapping orlookup table stored in database 1158. In some embodiments, the datapackets carrying the request to identify matching administrators andgenerate a dynamic report includes a data structure having a first fieldindicating an administrator identifier and a second field indicatingvalues of one or more parameters associated with electronic benefitsaccounts. In some embodiments, the data packets are generated by anadministrator device 1160 when requesting matching and a report, and thedata packets carry data identifying an administrator profile includinginformation pertaining to the requesting administrator and theparameters.

The data packets (e.g., payload of the data packets) can furtheridentify an administrator profile maintained and configured on theserver. The administrator profile can be maintained and configured in adatabase 1158. The administrator can correspond to an administratorprofile and have a unique identifier. The unique identifier can includenumbers, letters, characters, symbols, etc. The administrator can beassociated with the administrator making the request at theadministrator device 1160.

The communications interface 11110 can further receive data packets(e.g., payload information) identifying parameters and values of thoseparameters pertaining to electronic benefits accounts, such as, but notlimited to, an account opening fee, a minimum operating balance, amonthly fee, an annual fee, an electronic fund access type, an interestrate, and the like. In some embodiments, the values of the parametersreceived at the communications interface via the data packets may bemodified or updated at the administrator device. Accordingly, theupdated values of the parameters may be received at the AMRGS 1150 viathe communications interface for operating on by the matching engine1154 and the report generator 1156. In such embodiments, the reportgenerator 1156 may output results based on the updated values inreal-time, and thus may generate dynamic reports based on updated valuesof parameters received from the administrator device 1160 in real-time.

In some embodiments, the administrator device 1160 can generate multipledata packets for a single request. The multiple data packets can eachinclude a header and a payload. The header can indicate that themultiple data packets are to be grouped together for routing,transmission, or processing purposes.

The AMRGS 1150 can be configured to authenticate communications andrequests. In some embodiments, the communications interface 1152receives communications such as the request to identify similar ormatching administrators and generate a dynamic report. The request caninclude security credentials such as a security certificate or securitytoken. The security credentials can be associated with an administrator.The AMRGS 1150 can be configured to extract the security credential fromthe request, and authenticate the request by comparing the securitycredential against a known or verified security credential. For example,the user profiles or merchant information stored in database 1158 caninclude known or verified security credentials for comparison with thesecurity credential of the request. In some embodiments, the AMRGS 1150receives the request to generate a dynamic report via the communicationsinterface 1152, extracts a security credential from the request,analyzes the extracted security credential to identify an administrator,queries the database 1158 for a verified security credential stored withan administrator profile corresponding to the identified administrator,compares the extracted security credential to the verified securitycredential, and authenticates the request based on the extractedsecurity credential matching the verified security credential. In someembodiments, the AMRGS 1150 analyzes the extracted security credentialto identify an administrator, queries the database 1158 for a verifiedsecurity credential stored with administrator information correspondingto the identified administrator, compares the extracted securitycredential to the verified security credential, and authenticates therequest based on the extracted security credential matching the verifiedsecurity credential.

In some embodiments, the AMRGS 1150 includes a matching engine 1154. Thematching engine 1154 can execute on one or more processors of a server,such as a server of the AMRGS 1150. The matching engine 1154 canreceive, retrieve, or otherwise obtain or access some or all of the datacarried by the data packets. The matching engine 1154 can receive,retrieve, or otherwise obtain or access administrator profiles, such asadministrator profiles maintained in database 1158. The matching engine1154 can determine one or more administrators that are similar (e.g.,based on a similarity metric) or that match the administrator of theadministrator device 1160, responsive to the communication interface1110 receiving the request to generate a dynamic report.

The AMRGS 1150 can initiate, launch, execute or perform a matchingprocess responsive to receiving the data packets, such as by causing thematching engine 1154 to execute matching rules or logic maintained inthe database 1158 or maintained in the matching engine 1154 itself. TheAMRGS 1150 can cause the matching engine 1154 to identify anadministrator profile maintained in the database 1158 identified by anidentifier included in the received data packets. The AMRGS 1150 cancause the matching engine 1154 to determine that a remote administratorprofile is required based on information extracted from the receiveddata packets, and the AMRGS 1150 can request the remote administratorprofile by transmitting one or more data packets carrying anadministrator profile request to a remote server, such as a server of aninsurance administrator or an employer. The administrator profilerequest can cause the remote server to transmit the requested remoteadministrator profile to the AMRGS 1150. For example, the matchingengine 1154 can determine that the received data packets indicate a newinsurance administrator or employer for which an administrator profileis not yet maintained in the database 1158. In some embodiments, theAMRGS 1150 receives in the data packets, along with the request togenerate a dynamic report, the administrator profile of the requestingadministrator at administrator device 1160. The administrator profilemay include information associated with the administrator, such as, butnot limited to, the number of employees or potential participants ofelectronic benefits accounts under the administrator, a geographiclocation of the administrator, geographic locations of participantsassociated with the administrator, size and location of employersassociated with the administrator, and other information associated withthe administrator.

The matching engine 1154 can use any suitable logic or algorithm as amatching technique for identifying one or more administrator profilesthat are similar to the administrator profile associated with theadministrator device 1160 requesting a dynamic report. For example, thematching technique can include a comparison function that is a sortingalgorithm that reads a list of elements through a single abstractcomparison operation (e.g., “less than or equal to” operator or athree-way comparison) that determines which of two elements should occurfirst in the final sorted list. A requirement may be that the operatorobey two of the properties of a total order.

As another example, the matching technique can include a machinelearning technique that can learn from and make predictions on data. Themachine learning can operate by building a model from example inputs inorder to make data-driven predictions or decisions, rather thanfollowing strictly static program instructions. In some embodiments,inputs are divided into two or more classes (e.g., similar administratorprofiles and not similar administrator profiles), and the learnerproduces a model that assigns unseen inputs to one (or multi-labelclassification) or more of these classes.

As another example, the matching technique can include a statisticalanalysis technique that includes a process or inspecting, cleaning,transforming, and modeling data. The statistical analysis can includeone or more steps of data requirements, which identify data necessary asinputs to the analysis based upon requirements of those directing theanalysis, data collection, data processing, and modeling and algorithms,which may be applied to the data to identify relationships among thevariables, such as correlation and causation. Models may be developed toevaluate a particular variable in the data based on other variable(s) inthe data.

As another example, the matching technique can include a correlationtechnique, which identifies a statistical relationship between tworandom variables or two sets of data. In some embodiments, measures ofcorrelation to infer a presence or absence of association in a sample ofdata include one or more of an odds ratio, a risk ratio, an absoluterisk reduction, distance correlation, tetrachroic correlationcoefficient, mutual information, and the like.

As another example, the matching technique can include across-referencing technique. The cross-referencing technique mayincorporate a database management system that follows a relationalmodel. The database management system may use a table that has xref as aprefix or suffix to indicate it is a cross-reference table that joinstwo or more tables together via primary key.

In some embodiments, the matching engine 1154 retrieves the informationincluded in the administrator profile associated with the requestingadministrator device 1160, and compares information of the administratorprofile with the information of other administrator profiles stored inthe database 1158 to determine a similarity metric between therequesting administrator profile and another given administratorprofile. After determining a value of a similarity metric between therequesting administrator profile and another administrator profile, thematching engine 1154 may compare the determined value of the similaritymetric to a predetermined similarity threshold, and if the similaritymetric value meets or exceeds the similarity threshold, then thematching engine 1154 may flag that administrator profile as beingsimilar to the requesting administrator profile. However, if thematching engine 1154 determines that the similarity metric value isbelow the similarity threshold, then the matching engine 1154 may notflag that administrator profile as being similar to the requestingadministrator profile.

In some embodiments, the matching engine 1154 may determine thesimilarity metric based on the respective similarities of individualparameters included in the information of the administrator profiles(e.g., similarity in number of participants, proximity in locations,etc.). The matching engine 1154 may determine how many of the individualparameters meet or exceed the similarity threshold, and if enough of theindividual parameters are sufficiently similar, then the matching engine1154 may flag that administrator profile as being similar.

In some embodiments, the matching engine 1154 may allocate predeterminedweightings to certain parameters of the administrator profiles based onhow important some parameters are compared to others for the similarityanalysis. For example, the parameter of number of employees orparticipants of an administrator may be weighted heavier than theparameter of location proximity in the similarity analysis of thematching engine 1154. In some embodiments, the respective weightingsassociated with individual parameters may be modified at theadministrator device 1160 depending on a preference of the administratorassociated with the administrator device 1160.

In some embodiments, the matching engine 1154 performs the similarityanalysis for each administrator profile in the database 1158 todetermine one or more administrator profiles similar to the requestingadministrator profile. The one or more similar administrator profilesmay be a subset of the total administrator profiles stored in thedatabase 1158. In some embodiments, the matching engine 1154 performsthe similarity analysis on a subset of the total administrator profiles.For example, as an initial step, the matching engine 1154 may filter outsome of the administrator profiles in the database 1158 that are easilyexclude from the analysis, such as an administrator profile that haspreviously flagged as inactive. In some embodiments, a user at theadministrator device 1160 may input a filter, and in response to thereceived filter information (e.g., via data packets), the matchingengine 1154 may exclude administrator profiles from similarity analysisthat are excluded due to the filter. For example, a user may input afilter indicating a desire to target administrator profiles that areless than five years old, in which case the matching engine 1154 mayperform the similarity analysis only on those administrator profilesthat satisfy the filter criteria.

In some embodiments, the matching engine 1154 may output an indicationof the results of its similarity analysis and the findings of the one ormore similar administrator profiles to the administrator device 1160.The indication may provide a list of the administrators that aredetermined to be similar to the requesting administrator profile. Insome embodiments, the AMRGS 1150 may not provide the list or anonymizethe list such that an administrator cannot uniquely identify the similaradministrators. For example, the AMRGS 1150 can aggregate theperformance data of the identified set of similar administrators toanonymize the data. In some embodiments, the AMRGS 1150 can rename orredact a unique identifier of the similar administrators, and includethe false name or a random identifier in the list. In some embodiments,the list of profiles may include a similarity score next to respectiveadministrators for indicating the degree of similarity between therequesting administrator and the listed administrator. The similarityscore may be determined by matching engine 1154 based on a matchingtechnique. In some cases, the similarity score may be based on how mucha given administrator exceeds the similarity threshold. The listedprofiles may be ranked by their respective similarity scores. Thesimilarity score can include a numeric score, word, phrase, color,symbol, grade, percentage or other indicator of similarity. Thesimilarity score can be on a scale or include a range, such as 0 to 10or 0 to 100, with 0 being least similar and 10 or 100 most similar (or 0most similar and 10 or 100 least similar). The grade can include A to F,with A indicating most similar and F indicating least similar. In somecases, the numeric score can be on a logarithmic scale.

In some embodiments, the AMRGS 1150 trains an administrator profilemodel using one or more administrator profiles stored in the database1158. In some embodiments, the AMRGS 1150 inputs a parameter of anadministrator profile into the administrator profile model to determinevalues of the performance metrics. The AMRGS 1150 may utilize theconstantly updated profiles of the stored administrator profiles toextrapolate data and to formulate the model based on the updatedprofiles. For example, the model can include performance data forvarious time intervals or time periods, sizes, interest rates, etc. Ifthe administrator sets the time interval from January to October 31, thesystem can input this time interval into the model to determine theperformance (e.g., rate of return on investment or number of customers)during this time interval. In another example, the parameter can be anumber of customers, and the system can input this into the model todetermine one or more time interval during which this parameter issatisfied, and generate a report indicating the performance (e.g., rateof return on investment) whenever the administrator had this manycustomers.

In some embodiments, the matching engine 1154, after identifying the oneor more similar administrator profiles, can send an indication of theone or more similar profiles to the report generator 1156. The reportgenerator can utilize the one or more similar profiles in generating adynamic report.

The AMRGS 1150 can include a report generator 1156. The report generator1156 can execute on one or more processors of a server. The reportgenerator 1156 can generate a dynamic report, responsive to receivingthe indication of the one or more similar administrator profiles fromthe matching engine 1154. The dynamic report may be based on the one ormore similar administrator profiles.

The report generator 1156 may access from the database 1158 theperformance metrics information corresponding to each of the one or moresimilar administrator profiles. The performance metrics can includevarious resulting characteristics and attributes associated with anelectronic benefits account, such as, but not limited to, percentage ornumber of participants or customers of an electronic benefits accountassociated with a given administrator profile (e.g., during a definedtime interval), amount of money contributed to an electronic benefitsaccount associated with a given administrator profile, number ofgeographic regions in which their customers are located, demographicsdata associated with customers, number of transactions associated withtax benefit accounts, size of the transactions, frequency oftransactions, frequency of funding the tax benefit account, size ofcontributions, or statistics based on these parameters, performancemetrics, or attributes. Values of the performance metrics may varydependent on the parameters associated with the electronic benefitsaccounts. For example, an electronic benefits account may include amonthly fee (parameter) with a value of $5 and have a participationpercentage (performance metric) with a value of 74%. In another example,an electronic benefits account may include a monthly fee of $10 and havea participation percentage of 86%. Accordingly, due to the lower feeassociated with the first account, a higher rate of participation isachieved compared with that of the second account, since lower feeslikely encourage participation.

The report generator 1156 may compile the values of the performancemetrics of the one or more similar administrator profiles. In someembodiments, the report generator 1156 may average all the values of thesimilar profiles associated with a performance metric. In someembodiments, the report generator 1156 may simply retrieve theindividual values of the performance metric without performing anyoperations on the values. In some embodiments, the report generator 1156may perform a weighted average on the values of a performance metric,and assign certain ones of the similar profiles respective weightings.The weightings may be based on particular characteristics of theadministrator profiles. For example, ones of the similar profiles thatexceed the similarity threshold relatively higher than others mayreceive a higher weighting than those that barely meet the similaritythreshold.

The report generator 1156 can transmit one or more packets carrying dataindicating the results of the report generator 1156 to the administratordevice 1160 for displaying a dynamic report including the informationdetermined by the report generator 1156. In some embodiments, thedynamic report may also display values of performance metrics associatedwith the requesting administrator, such that the administrator maycompare its performance metrics with those of the one or more similaradministrators.

In some embodiments, the report generator 1156 can update the reportsent to the administrator device 1160 in real-time in response to anadjusted parameter at the administrator device 1160 and received at theAMRGS 1150. For example, the report generator 1156 may generate a reportbased on the default parameters associated with the requestingadministrator profile. The default parameters may correspond to theactual live parameters that the requesting administrator uses withrespect to its electronic benefits accounts. However, in someembodiments, the generated dynamic report at the administrator device1160 displays the parameters used in the report generator 1156processes, and the user of the administrator device 1160 may adjustthese parameters. In response to an adjusted parameter, the matchingengine 1154 may identify a new set of similar administrator profiles andtransmit the identification information to the report generator 1156. Inresponse to the new set of similar administrator profiles, the reportgenerator 1156 may retrieve and operate on a new set of values ofperformance metrics associated with the new set of profiles, andgenerate a new report based on the new set of performance metric values.This process of dynamic reporting based on administrator adjustments toinput parameters may occur in real-time. For example, an administratormay adjust a time interval associated with a number of participantsmetric of the administrator at the administrator device 1160 (e.g., from1 year to 2 years), in doing so, the report generator 1156 may determinedifferent values for the various performance metrics and display theseupdated values via the dynamic report.

In some embodiments, the administrator device 1160 may transmit filterinformation to the AMRGS 1150 via the dynamic report interface at thedevice 1160. In response, the AMRGS 1150 may identify a subset of theone or more similar administrator profiles stored in the administratorprofile database 1158. Accordingly, the report generator 1156 maygenerate new values for the performance metric based on the new set ofadministrator profiles and render the electronic report to indicate thenew values of the performance metrics while removing the valuesassociated with the previous set of administrator profiles used beforethe filter was implemented.

In some embodiments, the report generator 1156 can be configured toprovide the dynamic report in real-time via the communications interface1152. The communications interface 1152 can be configured to provide thereport via an electronic mail protocol, SMS protocol, notification orprompt on a mobile telecommunications devices (e.g., a smartphone,tablet, smartwatch, wearable telecommunications device, laptop computer,desktop computer, etc.). An administrator profile maintained in thedatabase 1158 can include other contact information corresponding to theadministrator associated with the administrator device 1160, and thereport generator 1156 can be configured to transmit the one or more datapackets including the report to the administrator using the contactinformation via the communications interface 1152. In some embodiments,the administrator profile can include a priority order associated withmultiple contact information, a preferred contact information, or anindication of multiple contact information for receiving notifications.For example, the administrator profile can indicate an electronic mailprotocol as a preferred contact information, and the report generator1156 can be configured to identify the electronic mail protocol as thepreferred contact information, and transmit the one or more data packetsto the administrator using the electronic mail protocol via thecommunications interface 1152.

The report generator 1156 report delivery can be in real-time. Areal-time report can refer to providing the notification soon aftercompletion of an action by the AMRGS 1150 (e.g., within 1 minute, within5 minutes, within 30 seconds). The action resulting in a real-timenotification can be the report generator 1156 retrieving the metricsdata of the similar profiles; an operation performed by the reportgenerator 1156; an operation performed by the matching engine 1154;receiving adjusted parameters from the administrator device 1160. Forexample, responsive to the AMRGS 1150 retrieving performance metricsvalues from the database 1158 and averaging the values, the reportgenerator 1156 can generate a report detailing the results of theoperations and cause the report to be transmitted to the administratordevice 1160 a via the communications interface 1152.

The report can be transmitted within a pre-determined time interval ofreceiving the request for a dynamic report. The predetermined timeinterval can be a time period after an action, e.g. 10 minutes, 5minutes, 1 minute, 30 seconds. The action can include receiving therequest for a dynamic report, receiving one or more packets generated bythe administrator device 1160, or generating the notification of theinitiation of the dynamic reporting process. The pre-determined timeinterval can be set in a configuration file or profile maintained by theAMRGS 1150 in the database 1158. The pre-determined time interval can beset by an entity remote from the AMRGS 1150. For example, the AMRGS 1150can transmit a time interval request to a remote server of an insuranceadministrator or an employer. The time interval request can cause theremote server to transmit the configuration file or profile setting thepre-determined time interval to the AMRGS 1150. The report generator1156 can process the configuration file or profile to extract thepre-determined time interval in order to transmit the report within thepre-determined time interval.

In some embodiments, responsive to the action occurring that initiatesthe pre-determined time interval, the report generator 1156 can generatea placeholder notification to be transmitted to the administrator device1160 independent of the status of generating the dynamic report. Forexample, the placeholder notification can indicate that the reportgenerating process has been initiated. The placeholder notification canindicate that further information is required to complete the reportgenerating process. The report generator 1156 can transmit theplaceholder notification prior to expiry of the pre-determined timeinterval via the communications interface 1152 to provide real-timecommunication of the reporting process.

In some embodiments, the notification can include status informationregarding the report generation (e.g., dynamic report complete, dynamicreport incomplete, similar profiles retrieved, performance metricsretrieved, or dynamic report pending). In some embodiments, thenotification can include status information regarding the request (e.g.,processing request or request processed). In some embodiments, thereport generator 1156 is configured to generate notification of theinitiation of the report generation process, and transmit thenotification via the communications interface 1152 to the administratordevice 1160 a.

In some embodiments, the report generator 1156 can retrieve anelectronic report template configured for the reporting the results ofthe operations of the report generator 1156. The report generator 1156can generate the notification using the electronic report template. Thereport generator 1156 can transmit the one or more data packets carryingthe results generated using the electronic report template to theadministrator device 1160 a via the communications interface 1152. Forexample, the communications interface 1152 can transmit the one or moredata packets via at least one of an SMS protocol or an electronic mailprotocol.

In some embodiments, the report generator 1156 is configured to retrievean electronic report template configured for transmission via aparticular transmission protocol. For example, the report generator 1156can retrieve an SMS-compatible electronic report template configured tobe compatible with SMS protocol, such as an electronic report templatehaving a particular character limit and an organization configured touse plain text. The SMS-compatible electronic report template can beconfigured to prioritize particular results, such as a value of aprioritized performance metric. The report generator 1156 can retrievean electronic mail-compatible electronic report template configured tobe compatible with electronic mail protocol, such as an electronicreport template using rich text or HTML. In some embodiments, the reportgenerator 1156 can retrieve multiple electronic report templatescompatible with multiple transmission protocols, generate multiplenotifications using the multiple transmission protocols, and transmitthe multiple notifications via the multiple transmission protocols viathe communications interface 1152.

In some embodiments, the report generator 1156 is configured to transmitan instruction to the administrator device 1160 to trigger anapplication on the administrator device 1160 to launch a user interface(e.g., a prompt, a graphical user interface, etc.) or applicationprogram interface configured to display the information provided via theelectronic report. The report generator 1156 can be configured totransmit an application configuration request to the administratordevice 1160 that causes the administrator device 1160 to transmitdetails regarding the user interface, and the report generator 1156 canconfigure the electronic report based on the received details. Thereport generator 1156 can be configured to transmit an applicationprogram interface to the administrator device 1160 in a formatconfigured for use by the administrator device 1160, causing theadministrator device 1160 to install the application program interfacein order to display the electronic report received in the notification.The report generator 1156 can configure the one or more data packetscarrying the notification to cause the administrator device 1160 tolaunch the user interface or application program interface in order todisplay the electronic report.

In some embodiments, the AMRGS 1150 (e.g., via communication interface1110), receives a request for profile information from an administratordevice 1160 associated with an administrator profile on the AMRGS 1150.The request for information can include information about a value of aperformance metric for the requesting administrator. The request canfurther include authentication information or credentials associatedwith the request. The authentication information can include networksecurity credentials, such as security certificates or tokens. Theauthentication information can further include a username, password,two-tier authentication information (e.g., verification code sent viatext message to phone number in profile associated with administrator).The authentication can include credentials depending on a security levelassociated with the account information requested. For example, a firstsecurity level requiring a first item of authentication information canbe associated with information such as a balance of the electronicaccount, and a second security level requiring both a first item ofauthentication information and a second item of authenticationinformation can be associated with identification information associatedwith the profile.

Responsive to authenticating or otherwise approving the request, theAMRGS 1150 can access a data record in database 1158 for the electronicaccount to generate a report with the requested information, or generatea standard report, or generate another preconfigured report. The reportcan identify the administrator information, percentage of employeesparticipating in electronic benefits accounts of the administrator,monthly fees of the accounts, and other parameter or performance metricinformation.

In some aspects, the system of the present solutions implements acombination of the communications interface 1152, matching engine 1154,report generator 1156, database 1158, claims processor 220, POSterminals 202 a-n, or clients 102 a-n in an innovative, non-conventionalor non-routine manner. In some aspects, the system of the presentsolutions integrates the communications interface 1152, matching engine1154, report generator 1156, database 1158, claims processor 220, POSterminals 202 a-n, or clients 102 a-n an innovative, non-conventional ornon-routine manner to implement the improved functionality, performanceand operation of the present solution. In some aspects, the system ofthe present solutions integrates the communications interface 1152,matching engine 1154, report generator 1156, database 1158, claimsprocessor 220, POS terminals 202 a-n, or clients 102 a-n in aninnovative, non-conventional and/or non-routine manner to moreefficiently and effectively use computing and networking resources. Thecommunications interface 1152, matching engine 1154, report generator1156, database 1158, claims processor 220, POS terminals 202 a-n, orclients 102 a-n are integrated in an innovative, nonconventional mannerto mitigate, reduce, prevent, or resolve the technical problems ofgenerating dynamic interfaces or reports. The communications interface1152, matching engine 1154, report generator 1156, database 1158, claimsprocessor 220, POS terminals 202 a-n, or clients 102 a-n are integratedin the innovative, non-conventional manner address at least thesetechnical problems by interfacing with a plurality of administratordevices remote from the device; receiving, via a network, an identifierof an administrator of an administrator device of the plurality ofadministrator devices; the tool further configured to retrieving, froman administrator profile data structure stored in memory, anadministrator profile corresponding to the identifier; identifying oneor more administrator profiles stored in the administrator profile datastructure of one or more different administrators; determining, based ona parameter matching technique, from the one or more identifiedadministrator profiles, a similarity metric between the administratorprofile and each of the identified one or more administrator profiles;identifying the one or more administrator profiles having the similaritymetric satisfying a predetermined threshold; instantiating a dynamicreport interface to render for display via the administrator device, anelectronic report indicating a first value of a first performance metricof the administrator based on the administrator profile and a secondvalue of the first performance metric based on the identified one ormore administrator profiles; and providing, via the dynamic reportinterface, the electronic report for display via the administratordevice.

Referring now to FIG. 12A, a screenshot 1200 a of an embodiment of adynamic report interface for using in conjunction with the AMRGS 1150 isdepicted. The dynamic report interface may be displayed at theadministrator device 1160 or other computing device via which theadministrator requests to access the dynamic report interface. Theinterface includes an input portion 1201 and an output portion 1203. Theinput portion includes a requesting administrator field 1202, aparameter column 1204, and a parameter value column 1206. The outputportion 1203 includes a similar administrator field 1208, a performancemetric field 1210, a requesting administrator performance metric field1212, and a performance metric display 1214.

In some embodiments, the administrator associated with the administratordevice 1160 that requested the dynamic report may be identified in thedynamic report interface 1200 a.

For example, administrator “A” is identified as the requestingadministrator of the dynamic report. In some embodiments, the AMRGS 1150may obtain the information in field 1202 based on the identifierreceived at the AMRGS 1150. Column 1204 includes a plurality ofparameters for input into the dynamic report process. For example,column 1204 may include such parameters as account opening fee, minimumoperating balance, monthly fee, electronic fund access type, andinterest rate. Each parameter in parameter column 1204 may be associatedwith a respective value depicted in column 1206. For example, theaccount opening fee may be associated with $50. In some embodiments, thevalues in column 1206 may be modified by an administrator and themodified values may be received at the AMRGS 1150. As depicted in FIG.12A, some of the parameter values in column 1206 are presented with a“slider” interface. The slide interface may allow a user at theadministrator device 1160 to interact with the parameter values andadjust the parameter values. In some embodiments, the parameter valuesmay include an interface other than a slider, such as, but not limitedto, a dial, an input text box, a selectable list (see “electronic fundaccess type”), and the like.

In some embodiments, the AMRGS 1150 initially populates and calibratesthe interactive parameter value fields to correspond with the defaultvalues stored in the database 1158 associated with the requestingadministrator profile. For example, administrator “A” may be currentlyoperating its electronic savings account with a $50 account opening fee,a $200 minimum operating balance, etc. As such, the AMRGS 1150 mayinitially utilize these parameter values in its report generation fordisplay at the dynamic report interface.

Still referring to FIG. 12A, the output portion 1203 may indicate anumber of administrator profiles upon which the report is based at thesimilar administrator field 1208. These administrator profiles maycorrespond to the administrator profiles determined by the AMRGS 1150 toby sufficiently similar to the requesting administrator profile based onthe parameters of the requesting administrator profile. For example, theoutput portion 1203 indicates that the results of the dynamic report arebased on 7 similar administrator profiles. In some embodiments, thedynamic report interface 1200 a may list by name each of the similaradministrator profiles. In some embodiments, the names may not be listedor otherwise hidden from view.

The performance metric field 1210 may indicate a performance metric anda value associated with the performance metric based on the similaradministrator profiles. For example, the performance metric field 1210indicates a performance metric of “average employee participation” ofthe similar administrator profiles as being “81%”. In some embodiments,the dynamic report interface 1200 a may list each of the respectiveemployee participation rates of the individual similar administratorprofiles. In some embodiments, the average is a weighted average. Inaddition, the output portion may indicate the performance metric valueassociated with the requesting administrator profile at the requestingadministrator performance metric field 1212. For example, the field 1212indicates that the average employee participation rate for administratorA is 72%. In addition, further information calculated based on theperformance metrics of the similar administrator profiles may bedepicted at the performance metric display 1214. Any suitableinformation relating to the performance parameters may be depicted atthe field 1214, including, trends over time of the performance metrics,graphical depictions of the performance metric values, forecasts of thevalues, and the like. For example, dynamic report interface 1200 adepicts a lowest value (of the similar administrators) performancemetric, a median value, and a high value. In addition, the performancemetric display 1214 graphically illustrates where administrator A isranked with respect to the performance metric. For example,administrator A is at the second quartile of the group consisting of thesimilar administrators. In some embodiments, the information generatedin the output portion 1203 is based on the profile of the requestingadministrator (in addition to the administrator profiles of the similaradministrators).

Referring now to FIG. 12B, another screenshot 1200 b of a dynamic reportinterface for using in conjunction with the AMRGS 1150 is depicted. Thedynamic report interface may be displayed at the administrator device1160 and is substantially similar to that depicted in FIG. 12A. Thescreenshot includes the input portion 1201 and the output portion 1203.The input portion includes the requesting administrator field 1202, theparameter column 1204, and the parameter value column 1206. The outputportion 1203 includes the similar administrator field 1208, theperformance metric field 1210, the requesting administrator performancemetric field 1212, and a performance metric display 1214.

FIG. 12B, illustrates a scenario in which one or more of the parametervalues under column 1206 is modified. For example, the account openingfee is adjusted from $50 in FIG. 12A to $100 in FIG. 12B. The parametermodification may be performed at the administrator device 1160 byinteraction with the dynamic report interface. In response to aparameter modification, the dynamic report interface may outputdifferent performance metric values based on the updated set ofparameters in the input portion 1201. The performance metric valueupdates may occur in real-time. For example, after receiving the updatedaccount opening fee parameter value, the AMRGS 1150 may perform theadministrator matching or the report generating process, or both, basedon the updated parameter value and the other parameter values that havenot been modified. After performing operations on the new parameter set,the AMRGS 1150 may report the updated metric values to the administratordevice 1160 via the dynamic interface 1200 b. For example, in responseto the change of the account opening fee parameter value from $50 to$100, the average employee participation at field 1210 decreased to 74%,from 81% in FIG. 12A, and the average amount of contribution per monthmetric value decreased to $152, from $164 in FIG. 12A. In addition, themedian and high values in the performance metric display 1214 decreasedto 47% and 95%, respectively.

In some embodiments, the AMRGS 1150 may perform updated administratormatching based on the modified parameters. As such, the set of similaradministrator profiles on which the performance metric calculations arebased, may change, and thus the value of the similar administrator field1208 may also change depending on how many similar administratorprofiles are identified with respect to the updated parameters. Forexample, when the account opening fee is increased to $100, someadministrator profiles may no longer be sufficiently similar to theadministrator profile having the changed parameter, and those dissimilarprofiles may no longer be used for purposes of the dynamic report. Onthe other hand, other previously dissimilar administrator profiles maybecome sufficiently similar due to the updated parameter, and thosenewly similar administrator profiles may be used in the dynamic report.

Referring now to FIG. 13 , a flow diagram depicting an embodiment of amethod 1300 of managing information technology infrastructure is shown.The method can be performed by one or more component or module of system1100, the AMRGS 1150, or one or more component or module depicted inFIGS. 1A-1D. In brief overview, at step 1302, a server of anadministrator matching and report generating system receives anidentifier of an administrator of an administrator device of a pluralityof administrator devices. At step 1304, the server retrieves anadministrator profile corresponding to the identifier. At step 1306, theserver identifies one or more administrator profiles of one or moredifferent administrators stored in the administrator profile datastructure. At step 1308, the server determines a similarity metricbetween the administrator profile and each of the one or moreadministrator profiles. At step 1310, the server identifies the one ormore administrator profiles having the similarity metric satisfying asimilarity threshold. At step 1312, the server generates an instance ofa dynamic report interface to render for display, an electronic reportindicating a first value of a first performance metric of theadministrator based on the administrator profile and a second value of afirst performance metric based on the identified one or moreadministrator profiles. At step 1314, the server provides the electronicreport for display via the administrator device.

Still referring to FIG. 13 , and in further detail, at step 1302, aserver of an administrator matching and report generating systemreceives an identifier of an administrator of an administrator device ofa plurality of administrator devices. In some aspects, step 1302comprises an innovative, non-conventional or non-routine way to operateor perform the functionality of the present solution. In some aspects,step 1302 is implemented to address the technical problems andchallenges of prior systems not deploying the present solution. In someaspects, step 1302 is implemented to make or cause more effective andefficient use of computing and networking resources.

The received identifier can indicate a request for a dynamic report. Theserver can include one or more processors. The server can include acommunications interface for receiving the request. One or more datapackets carrying data indicating the request can be received. Therequest can be received via a computer network using a networkingprotocol. The request can be generated by a device at an administrator.The data packets can include header information and payload information.The header information can include, e.g., TCP header information thatcan facilitate the routing and transmission of the data packet. Thepayload information can include data related to, describing, defining,associated with or otherwise about the request for a dynamic report,including input parameters regarding electronic benefits accounts. Theone or more data packets can include data identifying the administratormaking the request. The administrator device can generate or obtaininformation that allows the server to conduct the report generation andprofile matching, encapsulate or process the information using aprotocol to generate data packets, and transmit the data packets in asecure manner over a network to the server for further processing. Theserver can initiate a report generating process responsive to receivingthe one or more data packets. The server can also receive a parameter ofthe administrator profile, and the parameter may include at least one ofan account opening fee, a minimum operating balance, a monthly fee, anannual fee, an electronic fund access type, or an interest rate.

At step 1304, the server retrieves an administrator profilecorresponding to the identifier. In some aspects, step 1304 comprises aninnovative, non-conventional or non-routine way to operate or performthe functionality of the present solution. In some aspects, step 1304 isimplemented to address the technical problems and challenges of priorsystems not deploying the present solution. In some aspects, step 1304is implemented to make or cause more effective and efficient use ofcomputing and networking resources.

The server can access a database maintained by the server to retrievethe stored administrator profile. The server can perform the retrievingresponsive to receiving the identifier. In some embodiments, the serverparses the one or more data packets to identify the administratorprofile, and performs a lookup in an administrator profile databasemaintained by the server using the identifier to retrieve. The servercan also generate an administrator profile of the requestingadministrator with parameters received from the administrator device.The administrator device may be configured to receive data from aplurality of participant devices corresponding to the one or more taxbenefit accounts configured using the administrator profile. The servercan train (e.g., via a machine learning technique) an administratorprofile model using a plurality of administrator profiles. The servercan determine the first value of a first performance metric based on anoutput from the administrator profile model responsive to a parameter ofthe administrator profile input into the administrator profile model.

At step 1306, the server identifies one or more administrator profilesof one or more different administrators stored in the administratorprofile data structure. The server can access the administrator profiledatabase to access or identify the one or more different administratorprofiles different from the administrator profile identified in theprevious step. The server can perform the identifying responsive to theretrieving. The different administrators may be a subset of the totaladministrator profiles stored in the database based on a filter receivedby the server. In some aspects, step 1306 comprises an innovative,non-conventional or non-routine way to operate or perform thefunctionality of the present solution. In some aspects, step 1306 isimplemented to address the technical problems and challenges of priorsystems not deploying the present solution. In some aspects, step 1306is implemented to make or cause more effective and efficient use ofcomputing and networking resources.

At step 1308, the server determines a similarity metric between theadministrator profile and each of the one or more administratorprofiles. The similarity metric can indicate the degree to which theadministrator profile is similar to each of the one or more differentadministrator profile. The similarity metric may be executed by anadministrator matching engine maintained on the server. The similaritymetric may be obtained by determining the similarity between individualparameters between the two administrator profiles. In some aspects, step1308 comprises an innovative, non-conventional or non-routine way tooperate or perform the functionality of the present solution. In someaspects, step 1308 is implemented to address the technical problems andchallenges of prior systems not deploying the present solution. In someaspects, step 1308 is implemented to make or cause more effective andefficient use of computing and networking resources.

At step 1310, the server identifies the one or more administratorprofiles having the similarity metric satisfying a similarity threshold.The server can maintain the similarity thresholds on the database of theserver. The similarity threshold may be adjustable, and an indication ofadjustment of a similarity threshold may be received at the server. Asimilarity threshold may be implemented for each individual parameterbeing compared. The server can determine a subset of the different oneor more administrator profiles based on the ones that satisfy thesimilarity threshold to obtain one or more administrator profile similarto the administrator profile associated with the identifier. In someaspects, step 1310 comprises an innovative, non-conventional ornon-routine way to operate or perform the functionality of the presentsolution. In some aspects, step 1310 is implemented to address thetechnical problems and challenges of prior systems not deploying thepresent solution. In some aspects, step 1310 is implemented to make orcause more effective and efficient use of computing and networkingresources.

At step 1312, the server generates an instance of a dynamic reportinterface to render for display, an electronic report indicating a firstvalue of a first performance metric of the administrator based on theadministrator profile and a second value of a first performance metricbased on the identified one or more administrator profiles. In someaspects, step 1312 comprises an innovative, non-conventional ornon-routine way to operate or perform the functionality of the presentsolution. In some aspects, step 1312 is implemented to address thetechnical problems and challenges of prior systems not deploying thepresent solution. In some aspects, step 1312 is implemented to make orcause more effective and efficient use of computing and networkingresources.

The dynamic report may be generated at a report generator maintained atthe server. The first performance metric may be any resultingcharacteristic of an electronic benefits account, such as, customerparticipation percentage. The first value of the first performancemetric may correspond to the administrator profile associated with thereceived identifier. The second value of the first performance metricmay be associated with the one or more similar administrator profiles.The second value may be an average of each of the values associated witheach similar administrator profile, or may be a weighted average value.The server can render an electronic report indicating the first value ofa first performance metric based on a number of participants of theadministrator during a time interval, and the second value of the firstperformance metric based on the number of customers of the identifiedone or more administrators.

At step 1314, the server provides the electronic report for display viathe administrator device. In some aspects, step 1314 comprises aninnovative, non-conventional or non-routine way to operate or performthe functionality of the present solution. In some aspects, step 1314 isimplemented to address the technical problems and challenges of priorsystems not deploying the present solution. In some aspects, step 1314is implemented to make or cause more effective and efficient use ofcomputing and networking resources.

The server can transmit the one or more packets in real time. The servercan transmit the one or more packets within a predetermined timeinterval of a preceding action, such as receiving the identifier. Insome embodiments, the server receives adjustment information regardingthe input parameters and updates the dynamic report provided based onthe updated parameters in real-time. The server can receive, via theinstance of the dynamic report interface, an indication from theadministrator device to adjust the time interval. The server canmanipulate the first value of a first performance metric and the secondvalue of a first performance metric indicated in the rendered electronicreport responsive to the indication to adjust the time interval. Theserver can receive, via the instance of the dynamic report interface, afilter criterion. The server can use the filter criterion to identify asubset of the one or more administrator profiles stored in theadministrator profile data structure. The server can generate a thirdvalue of a first performance metric based on the subset of the one ormore administrator profiles. The server can render, via the dynamicreport interface, the electronic report to indicate the first value of afirst performance metric and the third value of a first performancemetric. The server can remove the second value of a first performancemetric from the rendered electronic report, the second value of a firstperformance metric different from the third value of a first performancemetric. The server can receive an update to the administrator profileafter the electronic report is rendered. The server can generate a thirdvalue of the first performance metric based on the update to theadministrator profile. The server can render via the dynamic reportinterface, the electronic report to include the third value of the firstperformance metric and remove the first value of the first performancemetric. The server can render the electronic report for display on theadministrator device via the dynamic report interface, and receive fromthe administrator device via the dynamic report interface, an indicationto manipulate the electronic report.

In some aspects, the methods of the present solutions implements acombination of steps in an innovative, non-conventional and/ornon-routine manner. In some aspects, the method 1300 of the presentsolution combines the steps of FIG. 13 in an innovative,non-conventional and/or non-routine combination to implement theimproved functionality, performance and operation of the presentsolution. In some aspects, the method of the present solution combinesthe steps of FIG. 13 in in an innovative, non-conventional and/ornon-routine manner to more efficiently and effectively use computing andnetworking resources. In some aspects, the method of the presentsolution provides innovative, non-conventional and/or non-routineordered combination of steps.

F. Predictive Resource Allocating System (PRAS)

The systems and methods of the present solution are directed to thetechnical problems and challenges of implementing the functionality ofresource allocation an electronic transaction based technology andplatform. Existing electronic transaction based technologies andplatforms do not effectively and efficiently make use of the computingand network resources deployed for electronic transaction basedtechnologies and platforms to include such functionality. Withoutimplementing such functionality, existing electronic transaction basedtechnologies and platforms have the problems of excessive server-clientrequests and responses, processing delays, increase bandwidth usage, orerroneous or inefficient resource allocation.

The systems and methods of the present solution are directed to theimprovement of the performance and operation of the electronictransaction based technology and platform and computing and networkingresource used by such electronic transaction based technology andplatform. In some aspects, the present solution improves and enhancesthe implemented functionality of the electronic transaction basedtechnology and platform implemented on, integrated with and inherentlytied to the processor, memory, network and computing resources of one ormore computing devices. In some aspects, the present solution moreeffectively performs the functionality of the electronic transactionbased technology and platform thereby making and causing more effectiveuse of the computing and networking resources to achieve the improvedfunctionality of the present solution. The same computing and networkresources used by such electronic transaction based technology andplatform will provide increased and improved functionality withimplementation of the present solution.

In some aspects, the present solution more efficiently uses thecomputing and networking resources to implement the improvedfunctionality of the electronic transaction based technology andplatform. For example, systems and methods of the present solution aredirected to allocating resources using an information technologyinfrastructure. Systems and methods of the present solution candetermine amounts of funds a participant should allocate to a healthcaretax benefit account to cover predicted lifetime healthcare expenses.

Administrators that establish or provide electronic tax benefitsaccounts for various participants of those accounts can utilize backendinformation technology infrastructure to process, analyze, monitor ormanage the electronic tax benefits accounts. An entity managing thebackend information technology may have access to data regardingelectronics tax benefit accounts across multiple administrators. Thisdata may include financial and health information of the variousparticipants across the various administrators, which the entitymanaging the backend information technology may advantageously utilizeto provide unique services.

The present disclosure provides systems and methods of allocatingresources using an information technology infrastructure. Theinteractive interface can include a report based on analyzing thefinancial and health data of the various participants across multipleadministrators. For example, the system can use the data on participantsin the system to build various profiles and saving or spending trendsfor those participants. The system enables existing or new participantsto enter information about themselves, into an interactive interface,about their healthcare and retirement savings, income, or spending, andcompare that to lifestyle profiles or expense prediction models toforecast the necessary retirement funds needed to fund not only theirlifestyle, but their healthcare needs. Additionally the system canprofile the economic advantage (e.g., tax advantage) of variousretirement vehicles to determine the most beneficial savings approachfor the participant (e.g., health savings accounts triple tax benefitvs. 401k vs. Roth IRA vs. other healthcare spending accounts like healthretirement accounts and flexible spending accounts).

The system can be configured with a machine learning technique toconstantly update and refine expense prediction models. The machinelearning technique can be based on new financial and health data of theparticipants that is continuously received by the system. The system canparse the new information and determine how the data reinforces apredictive model or changes a predictive model. Upon receiving personalfinancial and health data from a participant seeking to identify how tooptimally allocate funds to their electronic benefits accounts, thesystem can identify a predictive model based on the received informationthat is most similar to the seeking participant's information, and canthen identify future healthcare and non-healthcare costs of theparticipant based on the identified predictive model. Based on thepredicted expenses of the participant, the system can determine theeconomically optimal (e.g., most tax-advantaged) contribution scheme forthe participant to invest in one or more healthcare benefits accountsand one or more non-healthcare benefits accounts (e.g., how much andinto which accounts the participant should deposit funds).

Upon determining the optimal contribution plan, the system can generatean interactive interface for displaying the results of the system'scalculations to the participant seeking the information. The interactiveinterface can include or be configured on a dashboard. In some cases,the interface can be provided or streamed over a data network. Theinterface can be configured to receive data manipulation indications viaan input device, and the system can update the calculated results anddisplay the results via the interface in real-time. For example, theinterface can receive indications to manipulate the data correspondingto the amount of annual contribution to one or more of the electronicbenefits account, the amount already saved in the accounts, healthindicators (e.g., a promise to increase exercise activities), financialindicators (e.g., an imminent income raise), or the like.

In an illustrative embodiment, the system can provide payment processinginfrastructure and technology to a plurality of administrators such asmultiple insurance companies. The insurance companies can providevarious types of insurance (e.g., health, dental, vision, car, property,legal, construction, etc.) to its customers. A customer of the insurancecompany can include an employer that has employees. The system canenable the employees that participate in the insurance company plans toinitiate and receive a report indicating predicted expenses and asuggested contribution scheme to healthcare and non-healthcare benefitsaccounts for the employee. The suggestions presented to the employee arebased on the health and financial data personal to the employee, and onthe vast financial and health data of the various employees that areprovided with the electronic benefits accounts from the multipleinsurance companies.

Referring now to FIG. 14 , a block diagram depicting an embodiment of asystem 1400 comprising a predictive resource allocating system is shown.In brief overview, the system 1400 includes a predictive resourceallocating system 1408 (“PRAS”). The PRAS 1408 can include the MPTS 120depicted in FIG. 2 , the MPTS 408 depicted in FIG. 4 , the TEPS 708depicted in FIG. 7 , or the AMRGS 1108 depicted in FIG. 11 , or one ormore components or modules depicted in FIG. 2, 4, 7 , or 11, and canperform the functions of the MPTS 120, MPTS 408, TEPS 708, or the AMRGS1108. The PRAS 1408 can receive or transmit data via a network 104 withclients 102 a-n. The system 1400 can include or interact with one ormore clients 102 a-n (or client device 102).

The PRAS 1408 can include a communications interface 1410. Thecommunications interface 1410 can include the communications interface210 depicted in FIG. 2 , the communications interface 410 depicted inFIG. 4 , the communications interface 710 depicted in FIG. 7 , or thecommunications interface 1110 depicted in FIG. 11 , or one or morecomponents or modules depicted in FIG. 2, 4, 7 , or 11, and can performthe functions of the communications interfaces 210, 410, 710, or 1110.The communications interface 1410 is configured with one or morecommunications ports, application programming interfaces, networkprotocols (e.g., TCP/IP), authentication protocols, or securityprotocols (e.g., SSL). The communications interface 1410 can receivefinancial data and health data of a participant of a client device 102or a request to perform predictive resource allocation for theparticipant. In some aspects, the communications interface 1410 isimplemented to address the technical problems and challenges of priorsystems not deploying the present solution. In some aspects, thecommunications interface 1410 is implemented to make or cause moreeffective and efficient use of computing and networking resources. Forexample, the communications interface 1410 can cause more effective andefficient use of computing and network resources by reducing the numberof processing cycles, memory or network bandwidth used to determineresource allocations to reduce resource consumption. The communicationsinterface 1410 can provide a reduction in resource consumption byintegrating with a forecast engine 1412, machine learning engine 1416,database 1414, clients 102 a-n, admin devices 1118 a-n, or heterogeneouselectronic funding sources 702 a-n to allocate resources or reduceresource consumption.

The PRAS 1408 can include a forecast engine 1412. The forecast engine1412 determines, responsive to the communications interface 1410receiving the financial and health data, an amount of funds aparticipant should allocate to healthcare tax benefit accounts and anamount of funds the participant should allocate to non-healthcare taxbenefits accounts. In some aspects, the forecast engine 1412 isimplemented to make or cause more effective and efficient use ofcomputing and networking resources. For example, the forecast engine1412 can cause more effective and efficient use of computing and networkresources by reducing the number of processing cycles, memory or networkbandwidth used to determine resource allocations to reduce resourceconsumption. The forecast engine 1412 can provide a reduction inresource consumption by integrating with the communications interface1410, machine learning engine 1416, database 1414, clients 102 a-n,admin devices 1118 a-n, or heterogeneous electronic funding sources 702a-n to allocate resources or reduce resource consumption.

The PRAS 1408 can include a machine learning engine 1416. The machinelearning engine 1416 generates and trains on an ongoing basis healthcareexpense prediction models based on stored and aggregated health andfinancial data of a plurality of account participants. In some aspects,the machine learning engine 1416 is implemented to make or cause moreeffective and efficient use of computing and networking resources. Forexample, the machine learning engine 1416 can cause more effective andefficient use of computing and network resources by reducing the numberof processing cycles, memory or network bandwidth used to determineresource allocations to reduce resource consumption. The machinelearning engine 1416 can provide a reduction in resource consumption byintegrating with the communications interface 1410, forecast engine1412, database 1414, clients 102 a-n, admin devices 1118 a-n, orheterogeneous electronic funding sources 702 a-n to allocate resourcesor reduce resource consumption.

The PRAS 1408 can include one or more databases or data structures thatstore information to facilitate the systems and methods of the presentsolution, such as database 1414. The database 1414 can include thedatabase 216, the databases 418 and 420 depicted in FIG. 4 , thedatabases 714 and 716 depicted in FIG. 7 , or the database 1116 depictedin FIG. 11 , or one or more components or modules depicted in FIG. 2, 4,7 , or 11, and can perform the functions of the databases 216, 418, 420,714, 716, or 1116. The database 1414 can include a financials databaseincluding financial information corresponding to a plurality ofparticipants. The database 1414 can include a health database includinghealth information corresponding to a plurality of participants. In someembodiments, the health and financial data stored in the database 1414can be stored securely and can also be encrypted. In some embodiments,participants may be required to opt-in or volunteer to allow the PRAS1408 to store their health and financial data. The database 1414 caninclude a models database including a plurality of healthcare expenseprediction models. The financial and health data can includebiographical information associated with users, identifiers for clients102 or other devices associated with users, security credentialsassociated with users, transaction histories, etc. In some embodiments,the financial and health data can include contact information such as anelectronic mail protocol address or identifier, a mobile telephonenumber, an SMS protocol, a landline telephone number, or a postaladdress associated with users.

In some embodiments, the data maintained at the database 1414 includesvarious pieces of aggregated information from a plurality ofparticipants across various administrators of electronic benefitsaccounts. The administrators may correspond to the administrator devices1118 a-n at which the administrators may perform operations forcaretaking, monitoring, or modifying electronic benefits accounts withwhich participants (e.g., those at client devices 102 a-n) correspondingto a particular administrator are associated. As such, because the PRAS1408 is connected to the one or more administrator devices 1118 a-n, thePRAS 1408 may access and accumulate information and data of the variousparticipants across various administrators, and maintain the informationat the database 1414 for future use.

In some embodiments, the database 1414 may aggregate financial data,health data, and personal data based on a plurality of participants. Thefinancial information may include data such as, but not limited to,amount spent on healthcare per a given time period, household income,amount of contribution to healthcare benefits accounts, amount ofcontribution to non-healthcare benefits account, amount an employer of aparticipant matches contributions to electronic benefits accounts,amount a participant has saved for retirement (e.g., amount of fundssaved in a healthcare benefits account or a non-healthcare benefitsaccount), or the like. The health data may include data such as, but notlimited to, diet information, fitness and exercise information, healthinsurance information, medical care information, or the like. Thepersonal information may include data such as, but not limited to, age,gender, marital status, target retirement age, or the like.

In some embodiments, the health data, the financial data, and thepersonal information of the plurality of participants may be obtained bythe administrator devices 1118 sending such data to the PRAS 1408, sincethe administrator devices 1118 directly interface with the participantsat the client devices 102. For example, in some embodiments, theadministrator at the administrator device 1118 is an employer and theparticipants are employees of the employer, and in such a case theadministrator device 1118 may have information regarding personal andfinancial information pertaining to its employees that may be accessibleby the PRAS 1408. In some embodiments, the administrator may be anelectronic benefits account (healthcare and non-healthcare accounts)provider to the participants, and thus may have health, financial, andpersonal information regarding the participants. In some embodiments,the PRAS 1408 may require or request the participants to fill outelectronic surveys containing questions regarding their health,personal, and financial information, and the completed surveys may besent to the PRAS 1408 for storing. In some embodiments, the health datamay be determined by the PRAS 1408 by identifying and parsing electronictransactions by participants (e.g., buying medication with themultipurse debit card, paying for medical procedures or visits,transaction codes and the transaction code mapping).

The healthcare benefits account may include, but not be limited to, ahealth savings account, a medical savings account, a flexible savingsaccount, or the like. The non-healthcare benefits account may include,but not be limited to, a 401k account, a 403b account, a 457b account,an individual retirement account (IRA), or the like. In someembodiments, the aggregated health data and financial data may be storedin database 1414 such that the participant information corresponding toa set of data is maintained anonymously. In other embodiments, theparticipant information corresponding to a set of health or financialdata is identifiable. In some embodiments, the database 1414 may alsomaintain healthcare expense prediction models based on the aggregatedfinancial and health data.

The PRAS 1408, communications interface 1410, forecast engine 1412, andmachine learning engine 1416 can each include one or more processingunits or other logic devices such as programmable logic array engines,modules, or circuitry designed and constructed to facilitate managingsecurity on a network infrastructure. The PRAS 1408 can include thecomponents 100 shown in FIG. 1C or FIG. 1D, or be configured to operateas a service in cloud 108. The PRAS 1408 can include or interact withone or more servers 106 a-n and clients 102 a-n.

In some embodiments, the PRAS 1408 can employ a multitier architecturesuch as a client-server architecture in which presentation, applicationprocessing, and data management functions are logically or physicallyseparated. The presentation tier, or front-end, can include thecommunications interface 1410 that serves static content or dynamiccontent to be rendered by the client 102 (e.g., by a web browserexecuting on client 102). The presentation tier or web server caninteract or communicate with the application tier to obtain data toprovide to the client 102. The application tier can include the forecastengine 1412 that controls the system's functionality and performsadditional processing or analysis on data. The application tier caninteract with the data tier to obtain the transaction data. The datatier can include data persistence mechanisms (database servers, fileshares, etc.) and the data access layer that encapsulates thepersistence mechanisms and exposes the data. The data tier can includedatabase 1414. The data tier can include an application programminginterface (API) to the application tier. The database 1414 can includestored procedures (e.g., SQL statements) that perform tasks with respectthe stored data.

In further detail, and in some embodiments, the PRAS 1408 includes acommunications interface 1410. The communications interface 1410 canexecute on one or more processors of a server. The communicationsinterface 1410 can include one or more communications ports and beconfigured with one or more network protocols. Communications ports caninclude, e.g., network ports, Ethernet ports, WAN ports, I/O ports, orsoftware ports. The communication port can be configured with a networkprotocol such as Transport Layer Protocols such as TCP/IP or UDP thatare configured to receive and process data packets received via acomputer network. The port can include or be associated with an IPaddress of a host and a protocol type of the communication.

In some embodiments, the communication interface 1410 can receive datapackets. The data packets can be generated by client device 102 or byadministrator device 1118. The client device 102 may be a device atwhich a participant of an electronic benefits account may access theiraccount. In some embodiments, the client device 102 is the place atwhich a participant enters financial and health data personal to theparticipant to be sent to the PRAS 1408. The client device 102 may beany device for entering information and sending the information to thePRAS 1408, such as, but not limited to a laptop, a desktop, asmartphone, a tablet, or the like. In some embodiments, the clientdevice 102 can interact with one or more heterogeneous electronicfunding sources 702 a-n. The heterogeneous electronic funding sources702 a-n can include at least one of an ACH, an electronic checkingaccount, an electronic bill pay account, an electronic savings account,an electronic credit card account, or an electronic employer payrollaccount. The heterogeneous electronic funding sources 702 a-n areaccessed to fund the electronic benefits accounts of a participant, andthe PRAS 1408 can calculate amounts of funds, to be taken from one ormore of the heterogeneous electronic funding sources 702 a-n, that aparticipant should transfer to one or more electronic benefits accountsbased on the participant's health and financial information.

The administrator device 1118 may be a device at which an administratorof an electronic benefits account that is associated with a plurality ofparticipants may access the account. In some embodiments, theadministrator device 1118 is the place at which an administratormaintains personal, financial, and health information of a plurality ofparticipants corresponding to that administrator device 1118. Theadministrator device 1118 may be any device for storing information orfor entering information and sending the information to the PRAS 1408,such as, but not limited to a laptop, a desktop, a smartphone, a tablet,a server, or the like. In some embodiments, the administrator device1118 can interact with the client device 102 for providing servicesrelated to the electronic benefits accounts in which a participant ofthe client device 102 contributes funds. For example, the administratordevice 1118 may provide to the client device 102 troubleshootingsupport, investment advice, modifications to accounts, or the like.

The communications interface 1410 can receive data packets generated bythe client device 102 or by the administrator device 1118 (e.g.,financial or health information of a participant or a plurality ofparticipants). In some embodiments, the communication interface 1410receives data packets corresponding only to financial information, onlyto health information, or to both financial and health information. Thedata packets can include header information and payload information.Multiple data packets can be strung together in a sequence. The headerinformation can refer to TCP/IP headers that include fields such assource port, destination port, sequence number, acknowledge number,window size, etc. The payload information of the data packet can includeinformation related to the health or financial data or related to theparticipant associated with the health or financial data. The PRAS 1408can receive the data packet with header information and payloadinformation and process the packets to obtain information for furtherprocessing. The payload can include data identifying the client device102 at which the financial and health data was entered, the customerassociated with the health and data information, the financial andhealth data, personal information of the customer, and other informationfor predicting amounts of funds the customer should be investing intoelectronic benefits accounts. The data packets (e.g., via the payload)can include a request to provide a report displaying the calculatedamounts of funds the customer should be investing into electronicbenefits accounts. The request can specify the types of electronicbenefits account for funding. The request can specify information foridentifying a healthcare expense prediction model for estimating futurehealthcare expenses of the customer.

The data packets (e.g., payload of the data packets) can furtheridentify an electronic account maintained and configured on the server.The electronic account can be maintained and configured in a database1414. The electronic account can correspond to a user and have a uniqueidentifier. The unique identifier can include numbers, letters,characters, symbols, etc. The electronic account can be associated withthe customer entering financial and health data or making the requestfor resource allocation calculations. The client device 102 can receiveor determine the electronic account identifier via data saved at theclient device 102, data entered into the client device 102, or the like,which the client device 102 can then convey to the PRAS 1408.

In some embodiments, the client device 102 or administrator device 1118can generate multiple data packets for the financial and healthinformation being sent to the PRAS 1408. The multiple data packets caneach include a header and a payload. The header can indicate that themultiple data packets are to be grouped together for routing,transmission or processing purposes.

The PRAS 1408 can be configured to authenticate communications. In someembodiments, the communications interface 1410 receives communicationssuch as the financial and health data of a participant. The data caninclude security credential such as a security certificate or securitytoken. The security credential can be associated with a participant. ThePRAS 1408 can be configured to extract the security credential from thedata, and authenticate the data by comparing the security credentialagainst a known or verified security credential. For example, userprofiles stored in database 1414 can include known or verified securitycredentials for comparison with the security credential of the request.In some embodiments, the PRAS 1408 receives the financial and healthdata via the communications interface 1410, extracts a securitycredential from the data, analyzes the extracted security credential toidentify a user, queries the database 1414 for a verified securitycredential stored with a user profile corresponding to the identifieduser, compares the extracted security credential to the verifiedsecurity credential, and authenticates the data based on the extractedsecurity credential matching the verified security credential.

In some embodiments, the PRAS 1408 includes a forecast engine 1412. Theforecast engine 1412 can execute on one or more processors of a server,such as a server of the PRAS 1408. The forecast engine 1412 can receive,retrieve, or otherwise obtain or access some or all of the data carriedby the data packets. The forecast engine 1412 can receive, retrieve, orotherwise obtain or access healthcare expense prediction models, such asmodels maintained in database 1414. The forecast engine 1412 candetermine, responsive to the communications interface 1410 receiving thefinancial and health data of a participant, a lifetime of health careexpenses particular to the participant and an amount of funds theparticipant should allocate to healthcare tax benefit accounts, based onthe determined lifetime healthcare expenses, and an amount of funds theparticipant should allocate to non-healthcare tax benefits accounts.

A healthcare expense may include any expense related to the health of anindividual. In some embodiments, a healthcare expense may be morerestricted and pertain to medical expenses, such as, but not limited tooptometry expenses, dental expenses, physical checkups, or the like. Insome embodiments, a health care expense may be more inclusive andinclude personal well-being expenses related to health, such as, but notlimited to, gym memberships, nutritional supplements, or the like.Non-healthcare expenses may correspond to any expense that isn'tcategorized as a healthcare expense. For example, procedures related toenhancing the looks of an individual, such as, hair transplants,cosmetic surgery, or the like. In addition, expenses that have littlecorrelation with health may correspond to non-healthcare expenses, suchas, but not limited to, home purchase, car purchase, clothing, or thelike.

The PRAS 1408 can initiate a resource allocation process responsive toreceiving the data packets, such as by causing the forecast engine 1412to access healthcare expense prediction models maintained in thedatabase 1414. The healthcare expense prediction models may include aplurality of models stored in the database 1414, and each model maydictate a lifetime of healthcare expenses. Each model may identify orindicate a different amount of lifetime healthcare expenses. Each modelcan be associated with a plurality of parameters having values. Forexample, each model can include a parameter for age, annual grossincome, overall health, geographic location, contributions to taxdeferred accounts, amount of savings, gender, marital status, and so on.In some embodiments, the values for the parameters for a given model maybe discrete values (e.g., a participant age of 36). In otherembodiments, the values for the parameters for a given model may be arange of values (e.g., a participant age in the range from 31-39). Witheach model indicating an amount of lifetime healthcare expenses based ona plurality of parameters having respective values, each model can becompared to the received financial and health data of a participant toidentify a healthcare expense prediction model having values ofparameters similar to those of the participant, and to determine thepredicted lifetime healthcare expenses of the participant associatedwith the identified similar model.

The PRAS 1408 can cause the forecast engine 1412 to identify ahealthcare expense predication model maintained in the database 1414 toperform resource allocation based on the information extracted from thereceived data packets (e.g., the financial and health data correspondingto a participant). The PRAS 1408 can cause the forecast engine 1412 todetermine that a remote healthcare expense prediction model is requiredbased on information extracted from the received data packets, and thePRAS 1408 can request the remote model by transmitting one or more datapackets carrying a model request to a remote server, such as a server ofan insurance administrator or an employer. The model request can causethe remote server to transmit the requested remote policy to the PRAS1408. For example, the forecast engine 1412 can determine that thereceived data packets indicate a new insurance administrator or employerfor which models are not yet maintained in the database 1408.

The forecast engine 1412 can identify a healthcare expense predictionmodel by specifying, or can otherwise determine, an ordered list ofaccount destinations for allocating resources to benefits account. Theordered list of account destinations can include or refer to a set ofelectronic account identifiers or electronic account types that are in asequence of priority. For example, each electronic account identifier orelectronic account type can be associated with, correspond to, orconfigured with an allocation priority. The priority can include anumeric value, score, text, symbol, or other indicator of a rank,preference, selection technique, selection protocol, or sequence. Insome embodiments, the ordered list of account destinations may includean electronic benefits account maintained in a server by an entityremote from the PRAS 1408 (e.g., at administrator device 1118), such as,but not limited to, a server of a financial institution, of an insuranceadministrator, or of an employer. The electronic benefits account caninclude, but not be limited to, a tax benefit account, an HSA, an FSA, a401k account, a checking account, a savings account, an investmentaccount provided by a financial institution, or other electronicaccounts. For example, the ordered list can prioritize for resourceallocation the healthcare benefits account first, and the non-healthcarebenefits account second. Any other combinations of account allocationpriorities are contemplated. In some embodiments, the PRAS 1408specifies a default ordered list. In some embodiments, the PRAS 1408 canreceive data specifying the ordered list, for example, from the clientdevice 102 or the administrator device 1118.

In some embodiments, the PRAS 1408 determines the prioritization of theaccounts based on characteristics of the different accounts. Forexample, The PRAS 1408 can determine different rate of returnsassociated with different types of tax benefit accounts to determine howto optimally allocate funds. The PRAS 1408 may also utilize rules orpolicies associated with the accounts. For example, the PRAS 1408 maylookup rules for an HSA and determine that it can be used only forqualifying expenses, but the funds of the account can be usedimmediately. The PRAS 1408 may also determine that a 401k account cannotbe used until the age of 65 without a penalty, but can be used foranything (not just qualifying expenses). As such, the PRAS 1408 canscore the different accounts and prioritize allocation based on thesituation and needs of the individual participants. For example, if aparticipant typically spends a high amount of funds on f prescriptions,but is relatively young (e.g., 35), the PRAS 1408 may prioritize the HASover the 401k so that the participant can utilize the funds immediatelyon the prescription drugs (a qualifying expense). The rules regardingvarious accounts may be stores at the PRAS 1408, or the PRAS 1408 mayaccess the rules remotely.

The forecast engine 1412 can parse the received request for performanceof resource allocation or the received financial and health data todetermine amounts of funds a participant should contribute to ahealthcare benefits account and a non-healthcare benefits account. Fromthe received financial and health data of the participant, the forecastengine 1412 can generate a multi-dimensional feature vector or arraycorresponding to the data. In some embodiments, the forecast engine 1412can parse the received financial and health data and organize the datainto a multi-dimensional feature vector. The multi-dimensional featurearray may be a data structure including a collection of elements,values, or variables that can be identified an index or key. Themulti-dimensional feature vectors may be implemented as hash tables,linked lists, search trees, or as any other suitable data structure. Themulti-dimensional feature vectors may include any suitable number ofdimensions for organizing the received financial and health data, suchas, but not limited, to two dimensions, three dimensions, and so on. Forexample, the multi-dimensional vector may include a feature indicatingdemographic information of the participant, a feature indicatinghealthcare spending amount, a feature indicating a health savingsaccount contribution amount, and a feature indicating a healthpreference.

The forecast engine 1412 can identify a healthcare expense predictionmodel to predict the future healthcare expenses of the participant. Theforecast engine 1412 may utilize the received financial and health datato identify a relevant healthcare expense prediction model. In someembodiments, the forecast engine 1412 identifies the healthcare expenseprediction model based on how similar the model is to the values of thereceived financial and health data. The forecast engine 1412 maytherefore perform a similarity analysis between the values of parametersof the received financial and health data to the values of theparameters of the models stored in database 1414 to determine whichmodel is most similar to the received data. The forecast engine 1412 maydetermine a similarity metric between the received data and each of thehealthcare expense prediction models or a subset of the models. Afterdetermining a value of a similarity metric for one or more of thehealthcare expense prediction models, the forecast engine 1412 may rankthe models and select the model having the highest rank.

In some embodiments, the forecast engine 1412 may determine thesimilarity metric based on the respective similarities of individualparameters included in the information of the models and the receivedfinancial and health data of a participant. The forecast engine 1412 maydetermine how similar the individual parameters are, and from thesesimilarities, calculate an overall similarity value for a model. Forexample, the received data may include a first portion of informationindicating that the participant has a gross annual income of $70,000 peryear. The forecast engine 1412 can determine a difference between thereceived gross annual income and each gross annual income parametersassociated with respective models stored in database 1414, and rank themodels based on difference or an absolute value of the difference.Accordingly, the forecast engine 1412 may calculate a higher similarityscore for a model including a gross income of $67,000 than for a modelincluding a gross income of $110,000 because the absolute differencebetween $70,000 and $67,000 is less than the absolute difference between$110,000 and $70,000.

In some embodiments, the forecast engine 1412 may allocate predeterminedweightings to certain parameters of the healthcare expense models basedon how important some parameters are compared to others for thesimilarity analysis. For example, the parameter of annual income may beweighted heavier than the parameter of geographic location proximity. Insome embodiments, the respective weightings associated with individualparameters may be modified at the administrator device 1118, at theclient device 102, or at the PRAS 1408.

In some embodiments, the forecast engine 1412 performs the similarityanalysis for each healthcare expense model in the database 1414 todetermine the model most similar to the received financial, health, andpersonal data. In some embodiments, the forecast engine 1412 performsthe similarity analysis on a subset of the total healthcare expensemodels. For example, in a first step, the forecast engine 1412 mayperform a first pass filter to remove or exclude models in the database1414 that are not yet reliable due to lack of information for thatparticular model. In some cases, certain models may be flagged as beinginactive in the database 1414. In some embodiments, a participant at theclient device 102 may input a filter, and in response to the receivedfilter information (e.g., via data packets), the forecast engine 1412may exclude healthcare expense models from similarity analysis that areexcluded due to the filter. For example, a user may input a filterindicating a desire to target models that are within a certain territoryof a country (e.g., a state), in which case the forecast engine 1412 mayperform the similarity analysis only on those models that satisfy thefilter criteria.

The healthcare expense models can be retrieved from a variety ofentities, such as client devices 102 or servers (e.g., administratordevice 1118) associated with an insurance administrator, an employer, afinancial institution (e.g., a bank administering or otherwisemaintaining an electronic reimbursement account or a payroll accountconfigured for direct deposit). The insurance administrator canestablish or otherwise maintain the electronic benefits account.

In some embodiments, the forecast engine 1412 may identifynon-healthcare expenses of the participant over the participant'slifetime. The non-healthcare expense model may also be dictated by theselected healthcare expense model that includes parameters similar tothe parameters associated with the participant. In other embodiments,the non-healthcare expenses may be calculated based on the data receivedby the PRAS 1408 instead of, or in addition to, being based on thehealthcare expense model.

In some embodiments, the forecast engine 1412 may perform a lookup inthe database 1414 to identify a healthcare benefits account of theparticipant associated with the received financial, health, and personaldata to provide funds towards the predicted lifetime healthcare expensesof the participant, and a non-healthcare benefits account of theparticipant to provide funds towards lifetime non-healthcare expenses ofthe participant. The healthcare account and the non-healthcare accountmay already be established and associated with the participant, and thisinformation may be stored in the database 1414. In some embodiments, thePRAS 1408 may remotely access the administrator device 1118 for theparticipant's accounts information. In some embodiments, the participantmay not currently be enrolled in a healthcare benefits account, anon-healthcare benefits account, or both, and thus the forecast engine1412 may identify a default one or more benefits account. In someembodiments, the participant may identify one or more accounts that arereceived by the PRAS 1408. In some embodiments, the PRAS 1408 mayidentify one or more accounts that would provide the maximum taxadvantage to the participant over a lifetime. For example, the PRAS 1408may identify that an HSA account may be most beneficial to theparticipant, or the PRAS 1408 may identify that the participant isalready enrolled in both an HSA account and a 401k account with aparticular administrator.

In some embodiments, based on the predicted lifetime healthcare expensesof the participant, the forecast engine 1412 may determine an amount offunds to allocate per a time period to the identified healthcare taxbenefit account. The amount may also be based on the received financial,personal, and health data of the participant. In some embodiments, thePRAS 1412 may determine the amount of funds to allocate to thehealthcare tax benefit account based on the allocation prioritiesassociated with each of the electronic benefits accounts (e.g., thehealth account and the non-health account), in addition to theidentified healthcare expense prediction model.

For example, the forecast engine 1412 may determine that a healthy(e.g., health indicators such as blood pressure, weight, or cholesterolare within predetermined ranges) and young (e.g., less than 40 yearsold) participant will incur less lifetime health expenses (e.g.,$50,000) as compared to someone who is unhealthy (e.g., healthindicators such as blood pressure, weight, or cholesterol that exceedpredetermined maximum limits) and young. Because the participant isyoung and may be able to contribute funds to an account for severalyears, and because the participant is relatively healthy, the forecastengine 1412 may determine that a lower amount of funds may need to beallocated to the healthcare tax benefit account on an annual basis ascompared to a young participant that is unhealthy. The forecast engine1412 can match the healthy and unhealthy participants with correspondingmodels to determine or predict the total lifetime healthcare expenses.The forecast engine 1412 can further determine the annual amount tocontribute to the account based on configuration parameters. If theparticipant is middle-aged and particularly unhealthy (e.g., has anumber of health complications), and may thus incur a relatively highamount of lifetime health expenses, the forecast engine 1412 candetermine that the participant should allocate a relatively large amountof funds to their health benefits account. As another example, theforecast engine 1412 may determine the amount of funds to allocate pertime period to the healthcare tax benefit account using a featureindicating demographic information, a feature indicating a healthcarespending amount, a feature indicating a health savings accountcontribution amount, and a feature indicating a health preference.

In some embodiments, based on the predicted lifetime non-healthcareexpenses of the participant, the forecast engine 1412 may determine anamount of funds to allocate based on a time interval or period to theidentified non-healthcare tax benefit account. The amount may also bebased on the received financial, personal, and health data of theparticipant. The amount may further be based on the lifetime healthcareexpenses amount determined by the forecast engine 1412. Thenon-healthcare expenses may include, for example, costs or feesassociated with everyday living, mortgage payments, rent payments,utility bills, gas, car payments, transportation, food, entertainment,cell phone, or costs associated with vacations. For example, theforecast engine 1412 may determine the amount of funds to allocate pertime period to the non-healthcare tax benefit account using one or morefeatures including a feature indicating demographic information, afeature indicating a geographic area or location, a feature indicating anon-healthcare spending amount, and a feature indicating a non-healthretirement account contribution amount.

In some embodiments, the communication interface 1410 may provide, forpresentation via an interactive user interface (UI) at the client device102 associated with the participant, the amount of funds to allocate tothe healthcare tax benefit account and the amount of funds to allocateto the non-healthcare tax benefit account. The interactive userinterface may include a control object that receives an input to adjustthe amount allocated to the healthcare tax benefit account. In addition,responsive to receiving the input to adjust the amount allocated to thehealthcare tax account, the forecast engine 1412 may update a totalamount of funds projected to be allocated to the healthcare tax benefitaccount. The interactive user interface may be sent to the client device102 for interaction with the participant that initially transmitted thehealth, profile, and financial data. The interactive user interface maybe sent as data packets including header and payload information, andthe adjustments of control features at the interactive user interfacemay be transmitted as data packets including header and payloadinformation. The data packets can include instructions that instructcentral processing unit or a dedicated graphics processor of the clientdevice to render the interactive user interface for display via adisplay device communicatively coupled to the client device andprocessor.

The PRAS 1408 may also generate the interactive UI with an electronicsurvey including one or more input elements. The interactive UI mayreceive the financial and health data of the participant. In someembodiments, the interactive UI is sent in response to a request fromthe client device 102. The interactive UI may have a plurality of blankfields corresponding to information to be filled pertaining to theparticipant, and the participant may interact with the UI to fill outthe requested information. After completing the electronic survey, theclient device 102 may transmit the information entered into the UI tothe PRAS 1408, the information including the financial and health dataof the participant.

In some embodiments, the PRAS 1408 may generate the interactive UI witha countdown timer set to a predetermined time interval. Thepredetermined time interval may be an interval set at the PRAS 1408, atthe administrator device 1118, or at the client device 102. The timeinterval may be set to a suitable amount of time for allowing aparticipant to enter information into the interactive UI, but also nottoo much time for security purposes. For example, the timer may be shortenough such that if a participant were to leave the client device 102for a period a time, another unauthorized user may access theinteractive UI while the authorized participant is away. The PRAS 1408may initiate the countdown timer responsive to enabling the interactiveUI to receive the financial and health data. In some embodiments, oncethe PRAS 1408 sends the interactive UI to the client device 102 andenables a participant at the client device 102 to enter health andfinancial information, the PRAS 1408 may initiate the timer. The PRAS1408 may disable input via the interactive UI responsive to expirationof the countdown timer. In some embodiments, the PRAS 1408 may transmita time out notification to the client device 102 upon expiration of thetimer.

In some embodiments, the forecast engine 1412 can update the UI sent tothe client device 102 in real-time in response to the adjusted amounttriggered at the client device 102 and received at the PRAS 1408 via thecommunications interface 1410. The communications interface 1410 can beconfigured to provide the UI via an application package executed orrendered by a web browser of the client device. The communicationsinterface 1410 can be configured to provide the UI via an applicationexecuted by the client device. The communications interface 1410 can beconfigured to provide the UI via an electronic mail protocol, SMSprotocol, transport layer protocol, notification or prompt on a mobiletelecommunications devices (e.g., a smartphone, tablet, smartwatch,wearable telecommunications device, laptop computer, desktop computer,etc.). A participant profile maintained in the database 1414 can includeother contact information corresponding to the participant associatedwith the client device 102, and the PRAS 1408 can be configured totransmit the one or more data packets including the UI to theparticipant using the contact information via the communicationsinterface 1410. In some embodiments, the participant profile can includea priority order associated with multiple contact information, apreferred contact information, or an indication of multiple contactinformation for receiving the UI. For example, the participant profilecan indicate an electronic mail protocol as a preferred contactinformation, and the PRAS 1408 can be configured to identify theelectronic mail protocol as the preferred contact information, andtransmit the one or more data packets to the participant using theelectronic mail protocol via the communications interface 1410.

In some embodiments, the PRAS 1408 can retrieve an electronic UItemplate configured for the delivering of the results of the operationsof the forecast engine 1412. The forecast engine 1412 can generate theUI using the electronic UI template. The forecast engine 1412 cantransmit the one or more data packets carrying the results generatedusing the electronic UI template to the client device 102 via thecommunications interface 1410. For example, the communications interface1410 can transmit the one or more data packets via at least one of anSMS protocol or an electronic mail protocol.

In some embodiments, the PRAS 1408 is configured to retrieve anelectronic UI template configured for transmission via a particulartransmission protocol. For example, the PRAS 1408 can retrieve anSMS-compatible electronic UI template configured to be compatible withSMS protocol, such as an electronic UI template having a particularcharacter limit and an organization configured to use plain text. ThePRAS 1408 can retrieve an electronic mail-compatible electronic UItemplate configured to be compatible with electronic mail protocol, suchas an electronic UI template using rich text or HTML. In someembodiments, the PRAS 1408 can retrieve multiple electronic UI templatescompatible with multiple transmission protocols, generate multiple UIsusing the multiple transmission protocols, and transmit the multiple UIsvia the multiple transmission protocols via the communications interface1410.

In some embodiments, the PRAS 1408 may include a machine learning engine1416 executed by the server and configured to train the healthcareexpense prediction model with the financial data and the health data ofthe plurality of participants. The PRAS 1408 may utilize the constantlyupdated profiles of the stored participant profiles to extrapolate dataand to formulate the models based on similar profiles. The PRAS 1408 mayconstantly receive data regarding the various profiles of the variousparticipants, and may constantly update and refine healthcare expenseprediction models based on the newly received data. For example, thePRAS 1408 may store a healthcare expense prediction model correspondingto a middle-aged individual who is relatively healthy and who has anannual income of over $100,000. The PRAS 1408 may monitor the healthcare tendencies and outcome of this demographic and those who used to bein this demographic to refine the prediction model associated with thisdemographic. For instance, if an overwhelming majority of elderly peoplethat used to be in this demographic when they were middle-aged do nothave many health complications, the prediction model can adjust itspredicted health care expenses associated with this middle-ageddemographic to account for the likelihood that they will need minimalmedical care in their future. The more indications that this demographicwill realize good health, as ascertained by the various profilesaccessible to the PRAS 1408, the stronger this correlation becomes andthe machine learning engine 1416 may update the healthy middle-ageddemographic accordingly.

The machine learning engine 1416 can access the information maintainedby the PRAS 1408, due to the PRAS 1408 being connected to the variousadministrator devices 1118, with each administrator device 1118servicing various participants. In some embodiments, the machinelearning engine 1416 may access the health-related spending habits ofparticipants to deduce their health status and to directly identify howmuch and on what health-related costs they are spending on. In addition,the machine learning engine 1416 may parse survey data associated withparticipants (e.g., health surveys given to the participants by aninsurance administrator to determine the participants' level of health).Furthermore, because insurance administrators may require health recordsfrom their participants, the PRAS 1408 may access those health recordsof the participants (e.g., at the administrator devices 1118) for use inconjunction with the expense prediction models. In addition, the PRAS1408 may utilize any other suitable and available information to usewith the health expense prediction models for better predicting lifetimehealth-related expenses for various and diverse participants, such as,but not limited to, participant contribution to health benefitsaccounts, frequency of physical examinations, amount of exercise, diet,blood pressure, history of disease, family disease history, and so on.

In machine learning engine 1416 may access the wealth of information atthe disposal of the PRAS 1408 and execute a machine learning techniqueor algorithm for generating and refining the health expense predictionmodels stored on the database 1414. A machine learning algorithmoperates by building a model from example inputs in order to makedata-driven predictions or decisions, rather than following strictlystatic program instructions. In some embodiments, the machine learningengine 1416 may employ supervised learning in which a computer ispresented with example inputs and their desired outputs, and the goal isto learn a general rule that maps inputs to outputs. In someembodiments, the machine learning engine 1416 may employ unsupervisedlearning in which no labels are given to the learning algorithm, leavingit alone to find structure in its input.

In some embodiments, the machine learning engine 1416 may employdecision tree learning, using a decisions tree as a predictive model,which maps observations out an item to conclusions about the item'starget value. In some embodiments, the machine learning engine 1416 mayemploy association rule learning, which is a method for discoveringinteresting relations between variables in large databases. In someembodiments, the machine learning engine 1416 may employ support vectormachines (SVM), which are a set of supervised learning methods used forclassification and regression. Given a set of training examples, eachmarked belonging to one of two categories, an SVM training algorithmbuilds a model that predicts whether a new example falls into onecategory or the other. In other embodiments, the machine learning engine1416 may employ any other suitable algorithm for generating and refiningthe healthcare expense models, such as, but not limited to, clustering,reinforcement learning, representation learning, Bayesian networks, orthe like.

For example, the machine learning engine 1416 can receive healthcareinformation as sets of inputs or profiles of participants and divide thesets of inputs into groups using a clustering technique or aclassification technique. In some cases, the machine learning engine1416 can utilize a clustering technique in which the groups are notpredetermined. In some cases, the machine learning engine 1416 can use aclassification technique in which the groups are predetermined. Thecluster generated by the machine learning engine 1416 can include setsof input data or profiles of participants that are more similar toprofiles within the cluster as compared to profiles in a differentcluster or adjacent cluster. The clustering technique can includegenerating vectors using multi-dimensional features associated with eachprofile, and determining a distance between vectors to identify a set ofvectors within a threshold distance from one another. The identified setof vectors within the threshold distance from one another can form acluster.

To generate a healthcare expense model, the machine learning engine 1412can obtain healthcare information and expense data associated withprofiles or participants, and train the healthcare model using thefeature data and corresponding expense data of each of the participants.The healthcare information and expense data can be input into the PRAS1408 by a participant or administrator via an interface. The PRAS 1408can be configured to determine or identify various healthcareinformation or expense data of a participant or administrator viaparsing electronic healthcare transaction processed or received by thePRAS 1408. For example, the machine learning engine 1416 can beconfigured with a regression analysis technique that uses a statisticalprocess to estimate the relationship between a feature (e.g., healthy ornot healthy) determined from healthcare information (e.g., received froman electronic survey presented by an interactive user interface ordetermined from a healthcare transactions for purchasing a prescriptionmedication for high cholesterol) and an expense signal (e.g., cost ofthe prescription medication or healthcare visits or expenses related tocomplications). The feature (e.g., healthy) can be a predictor orindependent variable, and the signal (e.g., expense) can be a dependentvariable or a criterion variable that can change as the features arevaried. In some cases, the machine learning engine 1416 can estimate,determine or predict a conditional expectation of the dependent variablegiven the independent variables (e.g., an average value of the dependentvariable when the independent variables are fixed; or other parameter ormetric of the conditional distribution of the dependent variable orsignal given the independent variable or feature). The predicted signal(e.g., expense) can be a function of the independent variables and canbe referred to as a regression function. The machine learning engine1416 can further identify, determine or characterize a variation of thedependent variable around the regression function which can be describedby a probability distribution. The machine learning engine 1416 can usethe probability distribution to generate a confidence score in thepredicted signal value, or use the probability distribution as theconfidence score. For a given feature or feature combination, themachine learning engine 1416 can identify the expense corresponding tothe highest confidence score, and use this expense to predict an amountof resources or funds a participant should allocate to a tax benefitaccount based on a time interval in order to have sufficient resourcesto pay for the predicted healthcare expenses.

In some aspects, the system of the present solutions implements acombination of the communications interface 1410, forecast engine 1412,machine learning engine 1416, database 1414, clients 102 a-n, admindevices 1118 a-n, or heterogeneous electronic funding sources 702 a-n inan innovative, non-conventional and/or non-routine manner. In someaspects, the system of the present solutions integrates communicationsinterface 1410, forecast engine 1412, machine learning engine 1416,database 1414, clients 102 a-n, admin devices 1118 a-n, or heterogeneouselectronic funding sources 702 a-n in an innovative, non-conventionaland/or non-routine manner to implement the improved functionality,performance and operation of the present solution. In some aspects, thesystem of the present solutions integrates communications interface1410, forecast engine 1412, machine learning engine 1416, database 1414,clients 102 a-n, admin devices 1118 a-n, or heterogeneous electronicfunding sources 702 a-n in an innovative, non-conventional and/ornon-routine manner to more efficiently and effectively use computing andnetworking resources. The communications interface 1410, forecast engine1412, machine learning engine 1416, database 1414, clients 102 a-n,admin devices 1118 a-n, or heterogeneous electronic funding sources 702a-n are integrated in an innovative, nonconventional manner to mitigate,reduce, prevent, or resolve the technical problems of resourceallocation in an electronic transaction based technology platform. Thecommunications interface 1410, forecast engine 1412, machine learningengine 1416, database 1414, clients 102 a-n, admin devices 1118 a-n, orheterogeneous electronic funding sources 702 a-n integrated in theinnovative, non-conventional manner address at least these technicalproblems by, for example, receiving financial data indicating afinancial snapshot of a participant of a client device and health dataof the participant to predict lifetime healthcare expenses of theparticipant; generating a multi-dimensional feature vector of theparticipant based on the received financial data and the health data ofthe participant; identifying a healthcare expense prediction model topredict the future healthcare expenses of the participant; determiningfrom the identified healthcare expense prediction model using themulti-dimensional feature vector of the participant, the predictedlifetime healthcare expenses of the participant; identifying lifetimenon-healthcare expenses of the participant; performing a lookup in adatabase to identify a healthcare tax benefit account of the participantto provide funds towards the predicted lifetime healthcare expenses ofthe participant and a non-healthcare tax benefit account of theparticipant to provide funds towards lifetime non-healthcare expenses ofthe participant; determining, based on the predicted lifetime healthcareexpenses of the participant, a first amount of funds to allocate pertime period to the healthcare tax benefit account; determining, based onthe lifetime non-healthcare expenses of the participant, a second amountof funds to allocate per time period to the non-healthcare tax benefitaccount; and providing, for presentation via an interactive userinterface, the first amount of funds to allocate to the healthcare taxbenefit account and the second amount of funds to allocate to thenon-healthcare tax benefit account, the interactive user interfaceincluding a control object configured to i) receive an input to adjustthe first amount, and ii) responsive to receiving the input to adjustthe first amount, updating a total amount of funds projected to beallocated to the healthcare tax benefit account.

Referring now to FIG. 15A, a diagram of an interactive user interface1500 is depicted. In some embodiments, the UI 1500 may be displayed atthe client device 102 for interaction with a participant of anelectronic benefits account. The interactive UI 1500 includes anavigation pane 1502, an instructive prompt 1504, an inquiry field 1506(and 1510, 1514, and 1518), a value field 1508 (and 1512, 1516, and1520) corresponding to the inquiry field 1506 (and 1510, 1514, and 1518,respectively), and a navigator 1522.

In some embodiments, the interactive UI 1500 is a page (e.g., a webpage) for entering information relevant to the PRAS 1408 for sending tothe PRAS 1408. The navigation pane 1502 includes a highlight indicator1503 for indicating to a user the page that the UI currently displays.For example, the indicator 1503 indicates to a user that they arecurrently viewing a page for inputting “The Basics.” In addition, forfurther guidance, the UI 1500 includes the instructive prompt 1504 forfurther guiding the user as to what to do on this page. For example, theinstructive prompt 1504 may welcome the user and guide the user bystating: “Let's start off with a couple of basic questions. Pleaseanswer the questions below.”

In some embodiments, the interactive UI 1500 may display one or morebasic questions for the participant to answer. The questions may begeneral questions the answers to which will be transmitted to the PRAS1408 and will enable the PRAS 1408 to perform its calculations. Forexample, inquiry field 1506 states: “How old are you?” In response tothis question, the field 1508 has been filled with the number “32.”Inquiry field 1510 states: “At what age do you plan to retire?” Inresponse to this question, the field 1512 has been filled with thenumber “60.” Inquiry field 1514 states: “Are you male or female?” Inresponse to this question, an option of the field 1516 has beenselected, the selection corresponding to “Male.” Inquiry field 1518states: “What is your marital status?” In response to this question, anoption of the field 1520 has been selected, the selection correspondingto “Married with Kid(s).” In some embodiments, the value fields 1508,1512, 1516, and 1520 may be a text box for entering in text by aparticipant. In other embodiments, the value field 1508 may provide alist of possible values that the participant may select (e.g., “male” or“female”). Once a participant has entered responses to the questions,the participant may interact with the navigator 1522 to continue to thenext page, or to a previous page, as desired.

The PRAS 1408 can receive inputs corresponding to questions 1506, 1510,1514, and 1518 and can identify features for the participant anddetermine values for the features. For example, the PRAS 1408 cangenerate a first feature indicative of age, with values of young,middle-aged, and elderly. The PRAS 1408 can determine a first value ofthe first feature based on a first mapping that maps the input to thefirst feature value. For example, the input of 32 years (1508) can mapto a first feature value of young. The PRAS 1408 can determine a secondvalue for a second feature corresponding to retirement age (question1510). The PRAS 1408 can include a second mapping different from thefirst mapping. For example, a second input 1512 of 60 years can map to asecond value of young for the second feature because retiring at age 60may be determined to be a young retirement age. The PRAS 1408 candetermine a third value for a third feature corresponding to gender(question 1514). The PRAS 1408 can include a third mapping differentfrom the first and second mappings. For example, a third input 1516 of“male” can map to a third value of male for the third feature. The PRAS1408 can determine a fourth value for a fourth feature corresponding tomarital status (question 1518). The PRAS 1408 can include a fourthmapping different from the first, second, and third mapping. Forexample, a fourth input 1520 of “married with kid(s)” can map to afourth value of married with kid(s) for the fourth feature. In someembodiments, PRAS 1408 can combine two or more of the determinedfeatures to perform a fifth mapping different from the first, second,third, and fourth mappings to determine a fifth value for a fifthfeature. For example, the first input 1506 and the fourth input 1518 canmap to a fifth value of “young family.”

Referring now to FIG. 15B, a diagram of an interactive user interface1520 is depicted. In some embodiments, the UI 1520 may be displayed atthe client device 102 for interaction with a participant of anelectronic benefits account. The interactive UI 1520 includes thenavigation pane 1502, an instructive prompt 1524, an inquiry field 1525(and 1527, 1529, 1531, 1533, 1535, and 1537), a value field 1525 (and1528, 1530, 1532, 1534, 1536, and 1538) corresponding to the inquiryfield 1524 (and 1527, 1529, 1531, 1533, 1535, and 1537, respectively), acontrol feature 1526, and a navigator 1539.

In some embodiments, the interactive UI 1520 is a page (e.g., a webpage) for entering information relevant to the PRAS 1408 for sending tothe PRAS 1408. The navigation pane 1502 includes a highlight indicator1522 for indicating to a user the page that the UI currently displays.For example, the indicator 1522 indicates to a user that they arecurrently viewing a page for inputting “Your Finances.” In addition, forfurther guidance, the UI 1520 includes the instructive prompt 1523 forfurther guiding the user as to what to do on this page. For example, theinstructive prompt 1523 may guide the user by stating: “Next, we'll needto know some information about your finances. Please answer thequestions below.”

In some embodiments, the interactive UI 1520 may display one or morequestions for the participant to answer. The questions may befinancial-related questions the answers to which will be transmitted tothe PRAS 1408 and will enable the PRAS 1408 to perform its calculations.For example, inquiry field 1524 states: “How much do you typically spendon healthcare per year? Please don't include premiums.” In response tothis question, the field 1525 has been filled with the value “$700.” Thevalue entered into the value field may be increased or decrease, orotherwise controlled, by the control feature 1526. The control feature1526 is an interactive element embedded in the UI 1520 such that a usermay interact with the control feature 1526 to control the value in thevalue field 1525.

In addition, inquiry field 1527 states: “What is your annual householdincome?” In response to this question, the field 1528 has been filledwith the value “$130,400.” Inquiry field 1529 states: “How much do youcontribute to your HAS annually?” In response to this question, thefield 1530 has been filled with the value “$1000.” Inquiry field 1531states: “What percent of your income do you contribute to a 401kannually?” In response to this question, the field 1531 has been filledwith the value “8%.” Inquiry field 1533 states: “How much does youremployer match?” In response to this question, the field 1534 has beenfilled with the value “4%”. Inquiry field 1535 states: “How much haveyou saved for retirement?”

In response to this question, the field 1536 has been filled with thevalue “$105,800.” Inquiry field 1537 states: “How much healthcare fundshave you saved for retirement? (Health Savings Account).” In response tothis question, the field 1538 has been filled with the value “$500.” Insome embodiments, each, some, or none of the values in the respectivevalue fields may include a slider for controlling a corresponding value.

The PRAS 1408 can receive inputs corresponding to questions 1524, 1527,1529, 1531, 1533, 1535, and 1537 and can identify features for theparticipant and determine values for the features. For example, the PRAS1408 can generate a first feature indicative of healthcare expenditures,with values of high, medium, and low. The PRAS 1408 can determine afirst value of the first feature based on a first mapping that maps theinput to the first feature value. For example, the input of $700 (1525)can map to a first feature value of medium. The PRAS 1408 can determinea second value for a second feature corresponding to income (question1527). The PRAS 1408 can include a second mapping different from thefirst mapping. For example, a second input 1528 of $130,400 can map to asecond value of rich for the second feature because an annual income ofover $120,000 may be considered rich by the PRAS 1408. The PRAS 1408 candetermine other feature values based on the inputs of FIG. 15B to mapcertain feature values of features associated with the participant. Insome embodiments, PRAS 1408 can combine two or more of the determinedfeatures to perform a third mapping different from the first and secondmappings to determine a third value for a third feature. In someembodiments, as an example, the predictive expense models can use thesefeatures to predict that people with incomes in a certain range may havehigher or lower healthcare expenses, and may extrapolate otherdeductions from other features of the participants.

In some embodiments, the value field 1528 may be a text box for enteringin text by a participant or a slider controller. In other embodiments,the value field 1528 may provide a list of possible values that theparticipant may select. Once a participant has entered responses to thequestions, the participant may interact with the navigator 1532 tocontinue to the next page, or to the previous page (e.g., “The Basics”page), as desired. In various embodiments, the information entered intothe interactive UI 1520 may correspond to the financial data that issent to the PRAS 1408, for use by the forecast engine 1412.

Referring now to FIG. 15C, a diagram of an interactive user interface1540 is depicted. In some embodiments, the UI 1540 may be displayed atthe client device 102 for interaction with a participant of anelectronic benefits account. The interactive UI 1540 includes thenavigation pane 1502, an instructive prompt 1544, an inquiry field 1546,and a value field 1548 corresponding to the inquiry field 1546.

In some embodiments, the interactive UI 1540 is a page (e.g., a webpage) for entering information relevant to the PRAS 1408 for sending tothe PRAS 1408. The navigation pane 1502 includes a highlight indicator1542 for indicating to a user the page that the UI currently displays.For example, the indicator 1542 indicates to a user that they arecurrently viewing a page for inputting “About You.” In addition, forfurther guidance, the UI 1540 includes the instructive prompt 1544 forfurther guiding the user as to what to do on this page. For example, theinstructive prompt 1544 may guide the user by stating: “It's the laststep! Tell us a little about your health and preferences. Please answerthe questions below.”

In some embodiments, the interactive UI 1540 may display one or morequestions for the participant to answer. The questions may behealth-related questions the answers to which will be transmitted to thePRAS 1408 and will enable the PRAS 1408 to perform its calculations. Insome embodiments, the inputs to these queries enable the PRAS 1408 toidentify features corresponding to the participant and generate valuesfor the features. Accordingly, the values of the features correspondingto the participant can be input into the expense prediction modelgenerated by the machine learning engine 1416 to determine an output forthe participant corresponding to predicted expenses of the participant.

Inquiry field 1546 states: “Which of the following best describes yourhealth insurance buying?” In response to this question, the field 1548has been selected corresponding to the value “I don't want to pay toomuch when I see the doctor and get prescriptions.” In some embodiments,the value field 1548 may be a text box for entering in text by aparticipant or a slider controller. In other embodiments, the valuefield 1548 may provide a list of possible values that the participantmay select. Once a participant has entered or selected responses to thequestions, the participant may interact with the navigator 1550 tocontinue to the next page (e.g., to calculate the results), or revert tothe previous page (e.g., “Your Finances” page), as desired.

In various embodiments, the information entered into the interactive UI1540 may correspond to the health data that is sent to the PRAS 1408,for use by the forecast engine 1412. In response to selecting the“Calculate” feature in the navigator 1550, the client 102 may send theentered information to the PRAS 1408, including the information enteredin the UIs 1500, 1520, and 1540. Accordingly, by clicking the“Calculate” button, the client device 102 can transmit the personal,financial, and health data of the participant so that the forecastengine 1412 may perform operations on the entered data.

Referring now to FIG. 15D, a diagram of an interactive user interface1560 is depicted. In some embodiments, the UI 1560 may be displayed atthe client device 102 for interaction with a participant of anelectronic benefits account. The interactive UI 1560 includes thenavigation pane 1502, a results field 1564, an overview field 1566, ahealthcare analysis field 1568, a financial analysis field 1570, and agraphical result 1572.

In some embodiments, after the financial, personal, and health data isentered in UIs 1500, 1520, and 1540 and are submitted to the PRAS 1408,the forecast engine 1412 may perform a resource allocation process onthe received data. Upon completing the resource allocation process withrespect to the received participant data, the PRAS 1408 may send theresults of the operations of the forecast engine 1412 to the clientdevice 102 for displaying the results via the interactive UI 1560.

In some embodiments, the interactive UI 1560 is a page (e.g., a webpage) for viewing information received from the PRAS 1408. Thenavigation pane 1502 includes a highlight indicator 1562 for indicatingto a user the page that the UI currently displays. For example, theindicator 1562 indicates to a user that they are currently viewing the“Results” page. Accordingly, the interactive UI 1560 may display theresults determined, based on the entered personal, health, and financialdata, by the forecast engine 1412.

The results UI 1560 may include a results field 1566. The results field1566 includes a non-healthcare account result field 1564 a and ahealthcare account results field 1564 b. Each of the results fields 1564a and 1564 b may indicate a total amount of savings that a participantshould save in each account over the participant's lifetime, asdetermined by the forecast engine 1412. In some embodiments, the resultsfields 1564 a and 1564 b may also indicate the amount that theparticipant will save during the participant's lifetime. This piece ofinformation may be based on the participant's current contributionhabits, current balances in the accounts, gross income, expected incomeraises, or the like. This information may be accessed by the PRAS 1408from the database 1414 or from the administrator device 1118 associatedwith the participant's account. In some embodiments, the results field1506 may also indicate whether the participant is saving enough or notwith respect to each of the non-healthcare account (1564 a) and thehealthcare account (1564 b).

In some embodiments, the overview field 1566 includes a plurality ofparameter fields 1566 a and a plurality of corresponding value fields1566 b. The overview field 1566 can include basic information pertainingto the participant. The values 1566 b of the overview field 1566 may bepopulated based on the participant's responses to questions in theprevious UI pages. In some embodiments, the values 1566 b of theoverview field 1566 may be populated based on information contained inthe participant's profile stored in the administrator device 1118 or thePRAS 1408. For example, the overview field 1566 may include suchparameters as age, gender, annual income, or the like.

In some embodiments, the healthcare analysis field 1568 includes aplurality of prompts 1568 a, a plurality of values 1568 b correspondingto the prompts 1568 a, and a control feature 1568 c. The plurality ofprompt 1568 a indicate various financial attributes associated with theparticipant's health savings account, such as, but not limited to,amount needed to save in the healthcare account each year forretirement, amount the participant is currently contributing to thehealthcare account, how much the participant should be contributing, orthe like. The values 1568 b correspond to the prompts 1568 a (e.g., theparticipant needs to save $4,773 in the health benefits account eachyear for retirement).

In addition, the healthcare analysis field 1568 may include a controlfeature 1568 c, which may be a slider, or any other feature suitable foradjusting a value of the value fields 1568 b. In some embodiments, thecontrol feature 1568 c may increase or decrease a value corresponding tothe prompt of how much the participant is currently contributing to thehealth benefits account. As such, a participant may adjust this value,as desired. In response to adjusting the value via the control feature1568 c, one or more values displayed in the UI 1560 may also change. Forexample, in response to increasing the value associated with the controlfeature 1568 c (e.g., the value of amount currently contributed to HSA),the value associated with the prompt “By the time you retire your HSAmight grow to this much” may increase, since the value associated withcurrent yearly contributions increased. This change in the UI 1560 mayoccur in real-time or responsive to an adjustment to the control feature1568 c. The adjusted value may be sent to the PRAS 1408 in real-time asupdated financial data or health data of the participant, and the PRAS1408 may calculate the updated values of the UI 1560 in response to thenew data and send the updated results to the client device 102 inreal-time. Other input features from previous features can also beadjusted to generate an updated value at the UI 1560. For example, aparticipant can change the answer to the question “Members of my familycan describe the diet we have as . . . ” displayed in FIG. 15C, anddepending on the adjusted input responsive to the question, the PRAS1408 may update the values at the UI 1560.

As such, the present solution provides an interactive report to aparticipant that can reduce the number of requests and processingrequired because the PRAS 1408 can adjust a single field to update theprediction of expenses. Because the PRAS 1408 includes predictive modelstrained with data from a plurality of participants over time, the PRAS1408 can efficiently identify the change in the feature and identify anew predictive model to determine a new prediction. Also, the system canupdate the healthcare prediction if the change in feature is ahealthcare-related feature. Thus, the PRAS 1408 reduces datacommunications, bandwidth, and processing because it can focus onupdating the healthcare expense and savings and efficiently allocateresources for healthcare expenses without re-processing non-healthcareexpense. This is especially beneficial for mobile devices where batteryand data usage is an issue. In addition, battery life may be savedbecause the present system updates or renders the screen because withonly one field. The system also saves time as a user does not need tore-enter all other inputs, and only need change one input for a newresult.

Similar to the health analysis field, the UI 1560 may include thefinancial analysis field 1570 including a plurality of prompts 1570 a, aplurality of values 1570 b corresponding to the prompts 1570 a, and acontrol feature 1570 c. The plurality of prompt 1570 a indicate variousfinancial attributes associated with the participant's non-healthcaresavings account, such as, but not limited to, amount needed to save inthe non-healthcare account each year for retirement, amount theparticipant is currently contributing to the non-healthcare account, howmuch the participant should be contributing, or the like. The values1570 b correspond to the prompts 1570 a. The financial analysis field1570 may also include the a control feature 1570 c for adjusting one ormore of the values in the value field 1570 b. For example, the controlfeature 1570 c may adjust a value corresponding to an amount savedannually in the non-healthcare savings account. Similar to the functionof control feature 1568 c, the control feature 1570 c may cause one ormore of the values of the UI 1560 to update based on the changed value.

The UI 1560 may further include a graphical result 1572, which maydisplay the results of the UI 1560 in graphical form. The graphicalresult 1572 may include an x-axis corresponding to the participant's agein year and a y-axis corresponding to amounts of money. Accordingly, thegraphical result 1572 indicates the amount of savings over time inaccordance with the results determined and shown in the UI 1560. Inparticular, the graphical result 1572 displays the amount saved in theparticipant's HSA account over time as represented by line 1572 c, andthe amount saved in the participant's 401k account over time asrepresented by line 1572 e. The graphical result 1572 may also indicatetarget savings in each of the accounts, as illustrated by lines 1572 dand 1572 f. In other embodiments, other forms of data representation mybe depicted in the UI 1560, such as, but not limited to, a pie chart, abar chart, or the like.

Referring now to FIG. 16 , a flow diagram depicting an embodiment of amethod 1600 of allocating resources using an information technologyinfrastructure is shown. The method can be performed by one or morecomponent or module of system 1400, the PRAS 1408, or one or morecomponent or module depicted in FIGS. 1A-1D. In brief overview, at step1605, a server of a predictive resource allocating system receivesfinancial data indicating a financial snapshot of a participant of aclient device and health data of the participant to predict lifetimehealthcare expenses of the participant. At step 1610, the servergenerates a multi-dimensional feature vector of the participant based onthe received financial data and the health data of the participant. Atstep 1615, the server identifies a healthcare expense prediction modelto predict the future healthcare expenses of the participant, thehealthcare expense prediction model generated by the server usingfinancial data and health data of a plurality of participants. At step1620, the server determines from the identified healthcare expenseprediction model using the multi-dimensional feature vector of theparticipant, the predicted lifetime healthcare expenses of theparticipant. At step 1625, the server identifies lifetime non-healthcareexpenses of the participant. At step 1630, the server performs a lookupin a database to identify a healthcare tax benefit account of theparticipant to provide funds towards the predicted lifetime healthcareexpenses of the participant and a non-healthcare tax benefit account ofthe participant to provide funds towards lifetime non-healthcareexpenses of the participant. At step 1635, the server determines basedon the predicted lifetime healthcare expenses of the participant, afirst amount of funds to allocate per time period to the healthcare taxbenefit account. At step 1640, the server determines based on thelifetime non-healthcare expenses of the participant, a second amount offunds to allocate per time period to the non-healthcare tax benefitaccount. At step 1645, the server provides, for presentation via aninteractive user interface, the first amount of funds to allocate to thehealthcare tax benefit account and the second amount of funds toallocate to the non-healthcare tax benefit account, the interactive userinterface including a control object configured to i) receive an inputto adjust the first amount, and ii) responsive to receiving the input toadjust the first amount, updating a total amount of funds projected tobe allocated to the healthcare tax benefit account.

Still referring to FIG. 16 , and in further detail, at step 1605, aserver of a predictive resource allocating system receives financialdata indicating a financial snapshot of a participant of a client deviceand health data of the participant to predict lifetime healthcareexpenses of the participant. The server can include one or moreprocessors. The server can include a communications interface forreceiving the data. One or more data packets carrying data indicatingthe request can be received. In some aspects, step 1605 comprises aninnovative, non-conventional or non-routine way to operate or performthe functionality of the present solution. In some aspects, step 1605 isimplemented to address the technical problems and challenges of priorsystems not deploying the present solution. In some aspects, step 1605is implemented to make or cause more effective and efficient use ofcomputing and networking resources.

The data can be received via a computer network using a networkingprotocol. The data can be generated by a client device of a participant.The data packets can include header information and payload information.The header information can include, e.g., TCP header information thatcan facilitate the routing and transmission of the data packet. Thepayload information can include data related to, describing, defining,associated with or otherwise about the financial and health data. Theone or more data packets can include data identifying the client deviceor participant sending the data. The client device can generate orobtain information that allows the server to conduct the resourceallocation, encapsulate or process the information using a protocol togenerate data packets, and transmit the data packets in a secure mannerover a network to the server for further processing. The server caninitiate a resource allocation process responsive to receiving the oneor more data packets.

At step 1610, the server generates a multi-dimensional feature vector ofthe participant based on the received financial data and the health dataof the participant. In some aspects, step 1610 comprises an innovative,non-conventional or non-routine way to operate or perform thefunctionality of the present solution. In some aspects, step 1610 isimplemented to address the technical problems and challenges of priorsystems not deploying the present solution. In some aspects, step 1610is implemented to make or cause more effective and efficient use ofcomputing and networking resources.

The server can parse the received data and organize the data in themulti-dimensional vector. The server can perform the generating of thevector responsive to receiving the health and financial data. In someembodiments, the server parses the one or more data packets to identifythe participant profile, and performs a lookup in an administratorprofile database maintained by the server using the identifier toretrieve the participant's information. The server may generate themulti-dimensional feature vector comprising a first feature indicatingdemographic information, a second feature indicating a healthcare spendamount, a third feature indicating a health savings account contributionamount, and a fourth feature indicating a health preference.

At step 1615, the server identifies a healthcare expense predictionmodel to predict the future healthcare expenses of the participant, thehealthcare expense prediction model generated by the server usingfinancial data and health data of a plurality of participants. In someaspects, step 1615 comprises an innovative, non-conventional ornon-routine way to operate or perform the functionality of the presentsolution. In some aspects, step 1615 is implemented to address thetechnical problems and challenges of prior systems not deploying thepresent solution. In some aspects, step 1615 is implemented to make orcause more effective and efficient use of computing and networkingresources.

The server can access the database to access or identify a relevantpredictive model. The server can perform the identifying responsive tothe generating of the multi-dimensional vector. The server can perform asimilarity analysis between the received financial and health data andeach of the stored healthcare expense prediction model, and identify themodel that is the most similar to the received financial and healthdata. The healthcare expense prediction models may be refined andupdated as more data of various participants across variousadministrators is received by the server. The server may include amachine learning engine executed by the server configured to train thehealthcare expense prediction model with the financial data and thehealth data of the plurality of participants. The serve can input themulti-dimensional feature vector into the healthcare expense predictionmodel to output the predicted lifetime healthcare expenses of theparticipant, the predicted lifetime healthcare expenses of theparticipant based on data associated with similar participants used togenerate the healthcare expense prediction model.

At step 1620, the server determines from the identified healthcareexpense prediction model using the multi-dimensional feature vector ofthe participant, the predicted lifetime healthcare expenses of theparticipant. The server can perform the determining responsive to theidentifying of the healthcare expense prediction model. The healthcareexpenses may include doctor visits, medicine, surgeries, or the like. Insome aspects, step 1620 comprises an innovative, non-conventional ornon-routine way to operate or perform the functionality of the presentsolution. In some aspects, step 1620 is implemented to address thetechnical problems and challenges of prior systems not deploying thepresent solution. In some aspects, step 1620 is implemented to make orcause more effective and efficient use of computing and networkingresources.

At step 1625, the server identifies lifetime non-healthcare expenses ofthe participant. The identifying may be performed responsive to thedetermining the predicted lifetime healthcare expenses. Thenon-healthcare expenses may include day-to-day expense, such as,groceries, bills, insurance, or the like. In some aspects, step 1625comprises an innovative, non-conventional or non-routine way to operateor perform the functionality of the present solution. In some aspects,step 1625 is implemented to address the technical problems andchallenges of prior systems not deploying the present solution. In someaspects, step 1625 is implemented to make or cause more effective andefficient use of computing and networking resources.

At step 1630, the server performs a lookup in a database to identify ahealthcare tax benefit account of the participant to provide fundstowards the predicted lifetime healthcare expenses of the participantand a non-healthcare tax benefit account of the participant to providefunds towards lifetime non-healthcare expenses of the participant. Theperforming may be performed responsive to the identifying of thenon-healthcare expenses. The benefit accounts may be those that theparticipant is enrolled in. The participant's account information may beaccessed from the database of the server or may be accessed remotely,for example, at an administrator of the participant's accounts. In someaspects, step 1630 comprises an innovative, non-conventional ornon-routine way to operate or perform the functionality of the presentsolution. In some aspects, step 1630 is implemented to address thetechnical problems and challenges of prior systems not deploying thepresent solution. In some aspects, step 1630 is implemented to make orcause more effective and efficient use of computing and networkingresources.

At step 1635, the server determines based on the predicted lifetimehealthcare expenses of the participant, a first amount of funds toallocate per time period to the healthcare tax benefit account. In someaspects, step 1635 comprises an innovative, non-conventional ornon-routine way to operate or perform the functionality of the presentsolution. In some aspects, step 1635 is implemented to address thetechnical problems and challenges of prior systems not deploying thepresent solution. In some aspects, step 1635 is implemented to make orcause more effective and efficient use of computing and networkingresources. The first amount may be an amount the participant shouldcontribute to the participant's healthcare account on a yearly basis tocover the predicted healthcare expenses of the participant. Thehealthcare tax benefit account may be an HSA account. The server candetermine the first amount of funds to allocate per time period to thehealthcare tax benefit account using a first feature indicatingdemographic information, a second feature indicating a healthcare spendamount, a third feature indicating a health savings account contributionamount, and a fourth feature indicating a health preference.

At step 1640, the server determines based on the lifetime non-healthcareexpenses of the participant, a second amount of funds to allocate pertime period to the non-healthcare tax benefit account. The second amountmay be an amount the participant should contribute to the participant'snon-healthcare account on a yearly basis to cover the predictednon-healthcare expenses of the participant. The non-healthcare taxbenefit account may be a 401k account. In some aspects, step 1640comprises an innovative, non-conventional or non-routine way to operateor perform the functionality of the present solution. In some aspects,step 1640 is implemented to address the technical problems andchallenges of prior systems not deploying the present solution. In someaspects, step 1640 is implemented to make or cause more effective andefficient use of computing and networking resources.

The server can determine the second amount of funds to allocate per timeperiod to the non-healthcare tax benefit account using a first featureindicating demographic information, a second feature indicating anon-healthcare spend amount, and a third feature indicating a non-healthretirement account contribution amount. The server can determine a firstallocation priority associated with the healthcare tax benefit account,and determine a second allocation priority associated with thenon-healthcare tax benefit account, the second allocation priority lessthan the first allocation priority. The server can determine the firstamount of funds to allocate to the healthcare tax benefit account basedon the first allocation priority, the second allocation priority, andthe healthcare expense prediction model.

At step 1645, the server provides, for presentation via an interactiveuser interface, the first amount of funds to allocate to the healthcaretax benefit account and the second amount of funds to allocate to thenon-healthcare tax benefit account, the interactive user interfaceincluding a control object configured to i) receive an input to adjustthe first amount, and ii) responsive to receiving the input to adjustthe first amount, updating a total amount of funds projected to beallocated to the healthcare tax benefit account. In some aspects, step1645 comprises an innovative, non-conventional or non-routine way tooperate or perform the functionality of the present solution. In someaspects, step 1645 is implemented to address the technical problems andchallenges of prior systems not deploying the present solution. In someaspects, step 1645 is implemented to make or cause more effective andefficient use of computing and networking resources.

The server can send the data to be presented via the communicationsinterface of the server. The data sent by the communications interfacemay be received at the client device of the participant. The interactiveuser interface displayed to the participant may be adjusted usingcontrol features embedded in the UI to adjust input values and to adjustthe results based on the adjusted values. The result values may beadjusted in real time in response to the adjusted input values. Theserver may generate the interactive user interface with an electronicsurvey comprising one or more input elements, the interactive userinterface configured to receive the financial data and the health data.The server may generate the interactive user interface with a countdowntimer set to a predetermined time interval. The server may initiate thecountdown timer responsive to enabling the interactive user interface toreceive the financial data and the health data. The server may disableinput via the interactive user interface responsive to expiration of thecountdown timer.

In some aspects, the methods of the present solutions implements acombination of steps in an innovative, non-conventional and/ornon-routine manner. In some aspects, the method 1600 of the presentsolution combines the steps of FIG. 16 in an innovative,non-conventional and/or non-routine combination to implement theimproved functionality, performance and operation of the presentsolution. In some aspects, the method of the present solution combinesthe steps of FIG. 16 in in an innovative, non-conventional and/ornon-routine manner to more efficiently and effectively use computing andnetworking resources. In some aspects, the method of the presentsolution provides innovative, non-conventional and/or non-routineordered combination of steps.

G. Reducing Resource Consumption

The systems and methods of the present solution are directed to thetechnical problems and challenges of implementing the functionality ofreducing resource consumption via information technology in anelectronic transaction based technology and platform. Existingelectronic transaction based technologies and platforms do noteffectively and efficiently make use of the computing and networkresources deployed for electronic transaction based technologies andplatforms to include such functionality. Without implementing suchfunctionality, existing electronic transaction based technologies andplatforms have the problems of excessive server-client requests andresponses, processing delays, increase bandwidth usage, or increased orinefficient resource consumption.

The systems and methods of the present solution are directed to theimprovement of the performance and operation of the electronictransaction based technology and platform and computing and networkingresource used by such electronic transaction based technology andplatform. In some aspects, the present solution improves and enhancesthe implemented functionality of the electronic transaction basedtechnology and platform implemented on, integrated with and inherentlytied to the processor, memory, network and computing resources of one ormore computing devices. In some aspects, the present solution moreeffectively performs the functionality of the electronic transactionbased technology and platform thereby making and causing more effectiveuse of the computing and networking resources to achieve the improvedfunctionality of the present solution. The same computing and networkresources used by such electronic transaction based technology andplatform will provide increased and improved functionality withimplementation of the present solution.

In some aspects, the present solution more efficiently uses thecomputing and networking resources to implement the improvedfunctionality of the electronic transaction based technology andplatform. For example, systems and methods of the present solution aredirected to reducing resource consumption via information technologyinfrastructure. The present solution can determine resource consumptiontrends and configure an engine to generate a notification based on anevent correlation coefficient.

Administrators, such as companies or health insurance providers, canestablish electronic benefits accounts such as flexible spendingaccounts or healthcare tax benefit accounts (e.g., health savingsaccounts) for participants such as employees, subscribers, or customers.These electronic benefits accounts can provide a tax advantage for theparticipants. Administrators that establish or provide electronic taxbenefits accounts for various participants of those accounts can utilizebackend information technology infrastructure to process, analyze,monitor or manage the electronic tax benefits accounts. The tax benefitmanagement information technology infrastructure can be configured withprocessing rules that are applied to electronic transactions. Electronictransactions can include allocating funds to the tax benefit account,withdrawing funds from the tax benefit account, making a purchase withfunds from the tax benefit account, modifying a profile of the taxbenefit account, or submitting a claim. The management informationtechnology infrastructure can apply one or more rules to each type oftransaction to determine an event. As the types of transactions andrules increase in number and complexity, the types and events can alsoincrease in number and complexity, thereby consuming an increasingamount of resources of the information technology infrastructure. Forexample, events such as a card denial increases the number oftransaction attempts, communications with the server, account resets,profile corruption, or resources consumed by a point-of-sale deviceinitiating the transaction.

Systems and methods of the present solution can reduce resourceconsumption of tax benefit information technology infrastructure. Forexample, a system of the present solution can reduce resourceconsumption by determining a resource consumption trend. The resourceconsumption trend can refer to a trend of events such as card denials.The system can then select a recommendation based on the event trend.The system can select the recommendation from a plurality ofrecommendations by determine or computing an event correlationcoefficient between the trend and the recommendation. The eventcorrelation coefficient can refer to a level of correlation between theevent or event trend and the recommendation. For example, cardtransactions may be denied because the cards were being used to makenon-qualifying purchases. A highly correlated recommendation may be toprovide participants with information on the types of qualifying andnon-qualifying purchases so they can avoid attempting to conduct atransaction for a non-qualifying item using funds allocated in anelectronic tax benefit account.

Upon identifying a recommendation based on the event correlationcoefficient, the system can generate a notification. To generate thenotification, the system can select a notification templatecorresponding to the identified recommendation. The system can configurea notification engine with the notification template, and thenotification engine can generate a notification. In some cases, thenotification engine can automatically generate campaigns based on thetrends. The system can provide proactive, client customizedcommunications via email and text messages to participants based onevents processed by the system, such as claim paid, card denied,password changed, or deposit received. The system provides a trend basedproactive communication plan using data with the administrator, employeror participant data sets. Marketing campaigns can be automaticallytriggered based on the need identified in the trended data tocommunicate through various media to educate, promote or advanceprograms to reduce costs, increase revenue, and/or drive consumer,employer and administrator satisfaction. By automatically identifyingtransaction event trends and generating notifications based on thetrends, the present solution can reduce resource consumption by causingan increase in resource efficient electronic transactions and a decreasein resource intensive electronic transactions. By shifting the types oftransactions from resource intensive to resource light, the presentsolution can improve the functioning of both the tax benefit informationtechnology infrastructure as well as the functioning of associated pointof sale devices and computing devices by reducing the number ofprocessing errors or transaction attempts.

For example, the system can identify an increase in card denials. Thesystem can identify additional features associated with the card denialand select a trend model that matches the event. The trend model can befurther associated with recommendations or transaction modificationsthat are configured to reduce the type of event. For example, to reducean increase in card denials, the system can generate a notification thatincludes processing instructions for the card (e.g., a type ofelectronic configuration to use for electronic transactions with thecard). In another example, the system can generate a notification basedon a denial code associated with the event.

Referring now to FIG. 17 , a block diagram depicting an embodiment of asystem 1700 that includes a resource consumption reduction system isshown. In brief overview, and in some embodiments, the system 1700includes a resource consumption reduction system (“RCRS”) 1708. The RCRS1708 can include one or more servers 106 a-n. In some embodiments, theRCRS 1708 can include the MPTS 120 depicted in FIG. 2 , the MPTS 408depicted in FIG. 4 , the TEPS 708 depicted in FIG. 7 , the AMRGS 1108depicted in FIG. 11 , the PRAS 1408 depicted in FIG. 14 , or one or morecomponents or modules depicted in FIG. 2, 4, 7, 11 , or 14, and canperform the functions of the MPTS 120, MPTS 408, TEPS 708, the AMRGS1108, or the PRAS 1408. The RCRS 1708 can receive or transmit data via anetwork 104 with computing devices participant computing device 1702a-n, administrator devices 1160 a-n, heterogeneous funding sources 702a-n, POS terminals 202 a-n, or a claims processor 220. The participantcomputing devices 1702 a-n can include one or more component orfunctionality of client computing devices 102 a-n.

In some embodiments, the RCRS 1708 includes a communications interface1710 designed and constructed to receive and transmit data packets fortax benefit electronic transactions. The RCRS 1708 can include aforecast engine 1712 designed and constructed to use the received datapackets to identify a corresponding transaction trend model. The RCRS1708 can include a notification engine 1714 designed and constructed toselect a resource consumption reduction recommendation corresponding tothe identified transaction trend model, generate a notification for therecommendation, and provide the notification to the communicationsinterface 1710 for transmission to a participant computing device 1702a. The RCRS 1708 can include a database 1718 stored in storage device ormemory accessible to the RCRS 1708. The database 1708 can include,store, or maintain event information, trend models, templates, orrecommendations. The database 1708 can communicate or interface with oneor more of the communications interface 1710, forecast engine 1712,notification engine 1714 and healthcare management platform 1716.

Still referring to FIG. 17 , and in further detail, the communicationsinterface 1710 can include the communications interface 210 depicted inFIG. 2 , the communications interface 410 depicted in FIG. 4 , thecommunications interface 710 depicted in FIG. 7 , the communicationsinterface 1110 depicted in FIG. 11 , or the communications interface1410 depicted in FIG. 14 , or one or more components or modules depictedin FIG. 2, 4, 7, 11 , or 14 and can perform the functions of thecommunications interfaces 210, 410, 710, 1110, or 1410. Thecommunications interface 1710 is configured with one or morecommunications ports, application programming interfaces, networkprotocols (e.g., TCP/IP), authentication protocols, or securityprotocols (e.g., SSL). The communications interface 1710 can receivedata associated with tax benefit electronic transactions for one or moreparticipant devices 1702 a-n. In some aspects, the communicationsinterface 1710 is implemented to address the technical problems andchallenges of prior systems not deploying the present solution. In someaspects, the communications interface 1710 is implemented to make orcause more effective and efficient use of computing and networkingresources. For example, the communications interface 1710 can cause moreeffective and efficient use of computing and network resources byreducing the number of processing cycles, memory or network bandwidthused to determine resource allocations to reduce resource consumption.The communications interface 1710 can provide a reduction in resourceconsumption by integrating with a forecast engine 1712, notificationengine 1714, healthcare management platform 1716, database 1718,participant computing devices 1702 a-n, admin devices 1160 a-n, claimsprocessor 220, POS terminals 202 a-n, or heterogeneous electronicfunding sources 702 a-n to allocate resources or reduce resourceconsumption.

The communications interface 1710 can receive one or more data packetsincluding data indicating a healthcare transaction event correspondingto a participant of a plurality of participants of a healthcaremanagement platform. The communications interface 1710 can receive thedata packets via network 104 from one or more devices. In some cases,the communications interface 1710 receives data packets indicative of anelectronic transaction, and then the RCRS 1708 processes the datapackets to determine, generate or identify the healthcare transactionevent. In some cases, the communications interface 1710 receives thedata packets from a healthcare management platform or one or more systemor depicted or described in FIGS. 1-16 .

In some embodiments, the RCRS 1708 can receive data packets from adevice of an administrator remote from the server and use these datapackets to generate or train a trend model. The data packets used totrain the trend model can be referred to as previously received datapackets because they may be received prior to the current transactionevent that triggers the generation of a notification. For example, theRCRS 1708 can cause an administrator interface (e.g., an interfaceincluding a graphical user interface including text input, fields, dropdown menus, a batch upload mechanism, or a file browser) to be renderedon the device of the administrator. The administrator can input a fileor data indicative of the transaction via the administrator interface,and the administrator interface can convert the file or data into datapackets suitable for transmission over network 104 to communicationsinterface 1710. Conversion of the data into a suitable for transmissionform can include converting the data into network packets such as TCP/IPpackets or encapsulating the packets using a security protocol orencryption protocol.

For example, the communications interface 1710 can receive data packetsthat indicate a claim payment, a card denial, a password change, or areceived deposit. The data packets can include network data packets suchas TCP/IP data packets. The data packets can be encrypted with a dataencryption technique. The data packets can be sent via a securecommunication channel established with another server or computingdevice. The data packets can include a header and payload data.

A claim payment can refer to a payment by an insurance provider based onterms of an insurance policy. For example, the claims processor 220 canprocess a request for a claim payment and then generate an eventindicating a claim payment to an electronic account of the participant.The claims processor 220 can transmit the indication to the RCRS 1708.

A card denial can refer to a denial to withdraw or use funds from anelectronic tax benefit account. The term card can also include othertypes of transaction mechanisms, including, e.g., wireless mobiledevice-based payment mechanisms such as NFC or Bluetooth enabled paymenttechniques, or inputting an identifier of the electronic tax benefitaccount into an interface. The denial can refer to a denial to allocatefunds towards the transaction. The denial can be associated with adenial code that indicates a reason for the denial. The denial code canindicate, for example, a lack of sufficient funds in the account,incorrect processing parameter or configuration (e.g., transactioncannot be processed as a debit transaction or a credit transaction;incorrect pin number), the transaction includes non-qualifying items,the transaction is occurring at a non-qualifying merchant, or the cardhas expired.

A received deposit can refer to allocating funds to an electronic taxbenefit account of the participant. For example, funds can be allocatedto the electronic tax benefit account from one or more heterogeneouselectronic funding sources 702 a-n using one or more allocationtechniques, such as direct deposit, pay roll, wire transfer, or ACH. TheRCRS 1708 can process the deposit or the RCRS 1708 can receive anindication of the deposit.

The RCRS 1708 can include a forecast engine 1712 designed andconstructed to select a healthcare trend model used to identifyhealthcare related recommendations to provide to participants of thehealthcare management platform. In some aspects, the forecast engine1712 is implemented to address the technical problems and challenges ofprior systems not deploying the present solution. In some aspects, theforecast engine 1712 is implemented to make or cause more effective andefficient use of computing and networking resources. For example, theforecast engine 1712 can cause more effective and efficient use ofcomputing and network resources by reducing the number of processingcycles, memory or network bandwidth used to determine resourceallocations to reduce resource consumption. The forecast engine 1712 canprovide a reduction in resource consumption by integrating with thecommunications interface 1710, notification engine 1714, healthcaremanagement platform 1716, database 1718, participant computing devices1702 a-n, admin devices 1160 a-n, claims processor 220, POS terminals202 a-n, or heterogeneous electronic funding sources 702 a-n to allocateresources or reduce resource consumption.

In some embodiments, the forecast engine 1712 can include one or morecomponent or functionality of forecast engine 1412. In some embodiments,the forecast engine 1712 can train one or more healthcare trend modelsusing previously received data packets that indicate healthcaretransaction events corresponding to participants of the healthcaremanagement platform. To train the healthcare trend model, the forecastengine 1712 can obtain electronic tax benefit account transactioninformation, and electronic tax benefit account transaction eventinformation associated with profiles or participants. The forecastengine 1712 can maintain historical transaction and event data andmonitor transactions occurring in real-time or data received from one ormore component of the system 1700 in real-time. The forecast engine 1712can be configured with one or more trend detection techniques toidentify an increase or spike in a type of event, or to identify adecrease or lull in a type of an event. The forecast engine 1712 canidentify or determine additional characteristics associated with theincrease or decrease in types of events, such as the rate of increase ordecrease, features associated with the events (e.g., geographic areaassociated with the increase or decrease, type of transaction,transaction method, type of merchant, time of day, or portion of monthor year).

In some embodiments, the forecast engine 1712 can be configured with atrend detection technique that uses historical transaction and eventdata to generate a baseline model. The baseline model can indicate abaseline threshold, for example, a number of card denials for a type oftransaction during a time interval. The forecast engine 1712 can monitortransactions occurring in real-time, or transaction data received viacommunications interface 1710. The forecast engine 1712 can generate ametric for the transactions and compare the metric with the baselinethreshold of the trend model. If the metric meets or exceeds thebaseline threshold, the RCRS 1708 can determine that there is anincrease or spike in the type of event. If the metric falls below thebaseline threshold, the RCRS 1708 can determine that there is decreaseor lull in the type of event.

In some embodiments, the forecast engine 1712 can categorize healthcaretransaction events into a first category selected from a plurality ofcategories. For example, the categories of health care transactionevents can include denial, claim payment, deposit, password change,stolen card number, disputed transaction, or insufficient funds. Theforecast engine 1712 may generate a separate healthcare trend model foreach category, where each healthcare trend model includes a baselinemodel or baseline threshold. In some cases, each healthcare trend modelcan further includes sub-models for sub-categories for features such asgeographic area, temporal values (e.g., time of day, time of year), ordemographic indicators. For a given transaction, the forecast engine candetermine one or more features, and then select a healthcare trend modelmatching the determined features. If the RCRS 1708 identify only onefeature, such as event type, then the RCRS 1708 can select the broadesthealthcare trend model matching the identified feature. If the RCRS 1708can identify multiple features associated with the event, such as typeof event, geographic area, and time of year (e.g., 4^(th) quarter), thenthe RCRS 1708 can select a healthcare trend model that matches thiscombination of features. For example, if the event is a denial thatoccurred in Boston, Massachusetts during the fourth quarter of the year,the forecast engine 1708 can select a healthcare trend model thatincludes a baseline model for historical denials that occurred inBoston, Massachusetts during a fourth quarter.

In some embodiments, the RCRS 1708 can generate vectors in amultidimensional graph for features associated with an event and trendsto select the trend having a minimum vector distance to the event. Forexample, the RCRS 1708 can generate a first vector based on thehealthcare transaction event and one or more healthcare transactionevents of the participants. The vector can include features of the eventand historical events such as geographic area, type of event, or time ofday. The RCRS 1708 can identify a second vector for each of a pluralityof healthcare transaction trend models. The second vectors can each bebased on feature values corresponding to the healthcare transactiontrend models. The RCRS 1708 can determine distance between the firstvector and each of the second vectors. The distance can refer to avector or a magnitude of the distance. For example, the RCRS 1708 candetermine a distance vector between an endpoint of the first vector andan end point of the second vector, and then determine the distance as amagnitude of the distance vector. The RCRS 1708 can identify a minimumdistance vector from the determined distance vector for each of theplurality of healthcare transaction events, and select the healthcaretrend model corresponding to the minimum distance vector.

In some embodiments, the forecast engine 1712 can be configured with oneor more of a smoothing filter, a significant change detection algorithm,a threshold selector or a dynamic threshold. The smoothing filter can beconfigured to smooth a data set to create an approximating function thatindicates patterns in the data, while leaving out noise or otherfine-scale structures. For example, the forecast engine 1712 can use asmoothing filter such as a moving average to determine a baseline curvethat fits a data set including a type of event over a time interval. Themoving average can capture trends in the event data by creating a seriesof averages of different subsets of the full data set. The forecastengine 1712 can determine an event trend above a threshold and,responsive to determining the event trend above the threshold, triggerthe notification engine 1714 to initiate.

In some embodiments, the forecast engine 1712 can determine whether arecommendation is correlated with a reduction in a number of events or adesired event trend. The forecast engine 1712 can correlate a reductionin events with one or more features of transactions to determine whichfeatures resulted in the reduction. The forecast engine 1712 cancorrelate a reduction in events with one or more recommendations ornotification that were previously transmitted to participants todetermine whether features associated with the recommendation ornotification are correlated with the desired event trend.

For example, the forecast engine 1712 can receive data indicating that atype of notification was sent to participants. The forecast engine 1712can monitor event trends before and after the notification wastransmitted to participants to identify a change in the trend. If theforecast engine 1712 determines that the notification resulted in areduction of resource consumption of the RCRS 1708 (e.g., fewercomputing resources were used to process denials), then the forecastengine 1712 can link the notification with the reduction of the event.If the forecast engine 1712 at a later time identifies an increase inthe type of event, the RCRS 1708 can automatically determine the type ofevent and corresponding features, identify the type of recommendationcorrelated with a reduction of the event, and transmit the notification.Types of recommendations can include informational, warning, alert,advertisement, descriptive, customized, or general.

The forecast engine 1712 can use a machine learning engine or techniqueto correlate notifications including recommendations with a change in anevent trend. For example, the forecast engine 1712 can be configuredwith one or more techniques of the machine learning engine 1416. Theforecast engine 1712 can generate a feature indicative of thenotification and use the trend data as signals that are dependent on thefeatures. The forecast engine 1712 can be configured with a regressionanalysis technique that uses a statistical process to estimate therelationship between a feature (e.g., type of recommendation; time ofday notification was sent out; geographic area notification was sent;communication medium of notification such as text, email, print, directmail, television or radio advertisement) and an event trend signal(e.g., increase or decrease in number of events, increase or decrease innumber of events in one or more geographic areas or across ademographic). The feature (e.g., type of recommendation) can be apredictor or independent variable, and the signal (e.g., event trend)can be a dependent variable or a criterion variable that can change asthe features are varied. In some cases, the forecast engine 1712 canestimate, determine or predict a conditional expectation of thedependent variable given the independent variables (e.g., an averagevalue of the dependent variable when the independent variables arefixed; or other parameter or metric of the conditional distribution ofthe dependent variable or signal given the independent variable orfeature). The predicted signal (e.g., event trend) can be a function ofthe independent variables and can be referred to as a regressionfunction. The forecast engine 1712 can further identify, determine orcharacterize a variation of the dependent variable around the regressionfunction which can be described by a probability distribution. Theforecast engine 1712 can use the probability distribution to generate acorrelation coefficient or confidence score in the predicted signalvalue, or use the probability distribution as the correlationcoefficient or confidence score. For a given feature or featurecombination, the forecast engine 1712 can identify the event trendcorresponding to the highest confidence score to the recommendation, andselect this recommendation to generate and transmit a new notification.

The RCRS 1708 can include a notification engine 1714 designed andconstructed to identify a notification template based on an event orevent trend, and transmit the notification to one or more participants.In some aspects, the notification engine 1714 is implemented to make orcause more effective and efficient use of computing and networkingresources. For example, the notification engine 1714 can cause moreeffective and efficient use of computing and network resources byreducing the number of processing cycles, memory or network bandwidthused to determine resource allocations to reduce resource consumption.The notification engine 1714 can provide a reduction in resourceconsumption by integrating with the communications interface 1710,forecast engine 1712, healthcare management platform 1716, database1718, participant computing devices 1702 a-n, admin devices 1160 a-n,claims processor 220, POS terminals 202 a-n, or heterogeneous electronicfunding sources 702 a-n to allocate resources or reduce resourceconsumption.

The notification template can include or identify text, fields, images,multimedia, data format, or a communication medium. In some cases, thenotification template includes predetermined text in a predeterminedformat. The notification template can include fields that can becustomized to a type of event, time of day, geographic area, or otherfeature associated with an event or participant. The notification engine1714 can determine, identify or select a notification template using oneor more techniques. For example, the notification engine 1714 can selectthe notification template from a predetermined recommendation datastructure that assigns recommendations to event trends. In anotherexample, the notification engine 1714 can select a random notificationtemplate. In yet another example, the notification engine 1714 candetermine a notification template for a recommendation that satisfies acorrelation coefficient with a corresponding trend model.

The notification engine 1714 can perform a lookup in the recommendationdata structure stored in database 1718 using an identifier of theselected healthcare trend model to identify a healthcare relatedrecommendation. In some cases, the notification engine 1714 can identifymultiple healthcare related recommendations linked with the selectedhealthcare trend model. The RCRS 1708 can determine a correlationcoefficient between each of the plurality of healthcare relatedrecommendations and the selected healthcare trend model. The RCRS 1708can rank the healthcare related recommendations based on the correlationcoefficient. For example, a recommendation with a high correlationcoefficient can be ranked higher than a low correlation coefficientbecause a high correlation coefficient can indicate a high level ofcorrelation. Correlation coefficient can be a numeric value in the rangeof 0 to 1, 1 to 10, 1 to 100, a percentage or any other indicator of alevel of correlation. The RCRS 1708 can select a highest rankinghealthcare related recommendation of the plurality of healthcare relatedrecommendations.

The RCRS 1708 can determine the correlation coefficient betweenrecommendations, notification templates, and event trends. For example,a first type of recommendation can be highly correlated with a reductionin event trend if the first type of recommendation resulted in areduction in the number of events below a threshold amount during apredetermined time interval (e.g., 5% reduction within 2 weeks). Ahigher reduction percentage and shorter time interval can indicate ahigher correlation coefficient. If a recommendation does not affect theevent trend, then it may correspond to a low correlation coefficient.

Similar to recommendations, notification templates can be correlatedwith event trends. For example, the same recommendation can be madeusing one or more notification templates. A notification template canrefer to a communication medium for the notification, font, text size,image, format, color, multimedia, time of day notification, or day ofweek of notification. The RCRS 1708 can cycle through variousnotification templates or recommendations to identify notificationtemplates or recommendations that are highly correlated with a desiredevent trend. The RCRS 1708 can use a machine learning technique todetermine the notification template or recommendation that is highlycorrelated with an event trend or change in event trend.

In some cases, the notification engine 1714 can select a notificationtemplate from a predetermined recommendation data structure stored indatabase 1718. For example, the RCRS 1708 can receive a configurationfile from a user that maps event trends to notification templates orrecommendations. When the RCRS 1708 identifies an event trend, the RCRS1708 can select the corresponding notification template andrecommendation, generate the notification, and transmit thenotification.

In some embodiments, the notification engine 1714 can select a defaultnotification template that is not correlated or tied to the event trend.For example, the RCRS 1708 can determine that a particular event is notcorrelated to a recommendation or notification template. For example,there may be an absence of a notification template for an event trend.The RCRS 1708 can then select a default notification template for theevent trend and update the recommendation data structure in database1718 to include the selected default notification template. The RCRS1708 can monitor the event trend responsive to transmitting the defaultnotification to determine whether the notification causes a reduction inresource consumption. In the event the selected default notification didnot cause an improvement in the event trend or reduction in resourceconsumption, the RCRS 1708 can select a different notification template.The RCRS 1708 can continue to cycle through different notificationtemplates or recommendations until the RCRS 1708 identifies anotification template and recommendation that causes a reduction inresource consumption or event trend that satisfies a threshold.

Upon identifying a recommendation, the RCRS 1708 can retrieve anotification template from a notification template data structure thatmaps to the healthcare related recommendation. The RCRS 1708 can use thenotification template to generate a notification corresponding to thehighest ranking healthcare related recommendation. For example, the RCRS1708 can populate one or more fields in the notification template withrecommendation information. The RCRS 1708 can populate one or morefields in the notification template with data customized for aparticipant. The notification engine 1714 can generate a request todeliver the notification corresponding to the highest ranking healthcarerelated recommendation at a destination address of a computing device1702 a of the participant. The RCRS 1708 can transmit the notificationto the computing device 1702 a via a communication channel establishedbetween the server and the computing device. For example, thecommunication interface 1710 can establish a communication channelbetween the computing device and the server using a TCP/IP protocol. Insome cases, establishing a communication channel can includetransmitting a text message such as a SMS message over a networkprovided by a cellular service provider and network 104. In some cases,establishing a communication channel can include transmitting anelectronic mail message via an email service provider and data network104.

In one example, the healthcare transaction event can include a denial ofa transaction. A denial of the transaction can refer to a participantswiping card linked to the participant's electronic tax benefit accountat a POS terminal 202 a. The RCRS 1708 can receive data packets from thePOS terminal 202 a indicating the denial of the transaction. In somecases, the RCRS 1708 can receive data packets indicating the transactionfrom the POS 202 a, and the RCRS 1708 can determine to deny thetransaction. In some cases, a healthcare management platform 1716processes the transaction, determines to deny the transaction, andtransmits the data packets indicating denial to the RCRS 1708. Forexample, the RCRS 1708 can include the healthcare management platform1716. The healthcare management platform 1716 can include one or morecomponent or functionality depicted in FIGS. 1A-16 .

The RCRS 1708 can determine that there has been an increase intransaction denials above a threshold that may cause or result in anunsatisfactory increase in resource consumption of the informationtechnology infrastructure. The RCRS 1708 can select a denialrecommendation that is correlated with the denial event. The denialrecommendation can be correlated with a reduction in the event rend. Forexample, the RCRS 1708 can determine, based on historical trend data anda machine learning technique, that the denial recommendation reducesdenial events by 5% over two weeks. The denial recommendation caninclude instructions on how to properly process a transaction such as arecommended processing configuration. For example, a card transactioncan be processed as a debit card transaction or a credit cardtransaction. In some cases, a POS terminal 202 at a merchant may beconfigured to only process credit card transactions. Thus, an attempt ata debit card transaction can result in a denial of the transaction. Toreduce the spike in denial events, the RCRS 1708 can generate arecommendation that instructs participants to configure the transactionas a credit card transaction. In some cases, the recommendation mayidentify types of merchants that only process transactions as credittransactions.

In some cases, the RCRS 1708 can determine the denial event based on adenial reason or code, and select a denial recommendation correspondingto the denial reason or code. Denial reasons can include incorrectprocessing configuration (e.g., credit verses debit card), insufficientfunds, non-qualifying purchase, or invalid card. If the denial reasonmaps to insufficient funds, and there is an increased trend of denialsdue to this reason, the RCRS 1708 can generate a denial recommendationthat recommends a resource allocation amount. For example, the RCRS 1708can indicate to maintain a minimum balance of funds in the tax benefitelectronic account to avoid denials.

In some embodiments, the denial event trend can be a trend of partialdenials of transactions. For example, a transaction can be deniedbecause the transaction includes both qualifying and non-qualifyingitems. In some embodiments, a partial denial can refer to the entiretransaction being denied because the transaction includes bothqualifying and non-qualifying items. In some embodiments, a partialdenial can refer to only the non-qualifying items being denied. The RCRS1708 can select a denial recommendation that includes an ordered list ofqualifying items and non-qualifying items responsive to determining thatthe denial healthcare transaction event resulted from a transactionincluding one or more qualifying items and one or more non-qualifyingitems. The RCRS 1708 can retrieve the ordered list from therecommendation data structure stored in database 1718. Qualifying itemscan include, e.g., prescription medications or doctor co-payments.Non-qualifying items can include chips or soda.

In some embodiments, the notification engine 1714 can identifyparticipant computing devices to transmit the notification to using atargeting criteria. Targeting criteria can include, for example,location, type of computing device, or type of event or transactionassociated with the participant computing device 1702. For example, if aset of multiple participant computing devices as associated with theevent and the event trend that triggered the generation of thenotification, the RCRS 1708 can automatically generate a marketingcampaign to send the notification with the recommendation to thecorresponding participant devices. The server can, in some embodiments,customize the notification for each participant computing device 1702a-n by using different notification templates based on device type(e.g., screen size or communication medium). The notification engine1714 can automatically update the marketing campaign by monitoring eventtrends and triggering the generation of new notifications with newrecommendations responsive to the determined event trend that fallsoutside threshold.

In some aspects, the system of the present solutions implements acombination of one or more of the communications interface 1710,forecast engine 1712, notification engine 1714, database 1718, orhealthcare management platform 1716 in an innovative, non-conventionaland/or non-routine manner. In some aspects, the system of the presentsolutions integrates the communications interface 1710, forecast engine1712, notification engine 1714, database 1718, or healthcare managementplatform 1716 in an innovative, non-conventional and/or non-routinemanner to implement the improved functionality, performance andoperation of the present solution. In some aspects, the system of thepresent solutions integrates the communications interface 1710, forecastengine 1712, notification engine 1714, database 1718, or healthcaremanagement platform 1716 in an innovative, non-conventional and/ornon-routine manner to more efficiently and effectively use computing andnetworking resources. The communications interface 1710, forecast engine1712, notification engine 1714, database 1718, or healthcare managementplatform 1716 are integrated in an innovative, nonconventional manner tomitigate, reduce, prevent, or resolve the technical problems ofexcessive resource consumption. The communications interface 1710,forecast engine 1712, notification engine 1714, database 1718, orhealthcare management platform 1716 integrated in the innovative,non-conventional manner address at least these technical problems byreceiving one or more data packets including data indicating ahealthcare transaction event corresponding to a participant of aplurality of participants of a healthcare management platform; selectinga healthcare trend model to provide healthcare related recommendationsto the plurality of participants of the healthcare management platformmaintained by the server, the healthcare trend model trained by theserver using previously received data packets including data indicatinghealthcare transaction events corresponding to the plurality ofparticipants of the healthcare management platform; performing a lookupin a recommendation data structure using an identifier of the selectedhealthcare trend model to identify a plurality of healthcare relatedrecommendations linked with the selected healthcare trend model;determining a correlation coefficient between each of the plurality ofhealthcare related recommendations and the selected healthcare trendmodel; selecting, based on a rank of each correlation coefficient, ahighest ranking healthcare related recommendation of the plurality ofhealthcare related recommendations; retrieving, responsive to theselection of the highest ranking healthcare related recommendation, anotification template from a notification template data structure thatmaps to the highest ranking healthcare related recommendation;generating, using the notification template, a notificationcorresponding to the highest ranking healthcare related recommendation;generating a request to deliver the notification corresponding to thehighest ranking healthcare related recommendation at a destinationaddress of a computing device of the participant; and transmitting, tothe computing device via a communication channel established between theserver and the computing device, responsive to the request, thenotification to the computing device of the participant.

Referring now to FIG. 18 , a flow diagram depicting an embodiment of amethod 1800 of reducing resource consumption via information technologyinfrastructure is shown. The method can be performed by one or morecomponent or module of system 1700, the RCRS 1708, or one or morecomponent or module depicted in FIGS. 1A-1D. In brief overview, and insome embodiments, the method 1800 includes a server receiving datapackets indicating a healthcare transaction event of a participant atstep 1805. At step 1810, the server selects a healthcare trend model toprovide a healthcare related recommendation. At 1815, the serverperforms a lookup to identify healthcare related recommendations. At1820, the server determines correlation coefficients for therecommendations. At 1825, the server selects a highest rankinghealthcare related recommendation and retrieves a correspondingnotification template. At 1830, the server generates a notificationcorresponding to the highest ranking healthcare related recommendation.At 1835, the server generates a request to deliver the notification andtransmit the notification.

In further detail, the server receives data packets indicating ahealthcare transaction event of a participant at step 1805. In someaspects, step 1805 comprises an innovative, non-conventional ornon-routine way to operate or perform the functionality of the presentsolution. In some aspects, step 1805 is implemented to address thetechnical problems and challenges of prior systems not deploying thepresent solution. In some aspects, step 1805 is implemented to make orcause more effective and efficient use of computing and networkingresources.

The server can receive the data packets via a communications interface.The data packets can indicate a transaction event such as a denial,password change, claim deposit, or detected fraudulent card use. Theserver can parse the payload data of the data packets to identify theevent. For example, the server can parse one or more received datapackets and determine a type of event. In some cases, the data packetscan include an event data structure that defines or describes thetransaction event. The event data structure provided via the datapackets can include one or more of an event type (e.g., denial, passwordchange, claim payment), participant identifier (e.g., a uniqueidentifier, an alphanumeric identifier), a tax benefit accountidentifier, time stamp, geographic area or location, or merchantidentifier. In some cases, the communications interface 1710 can performpre-processing on the data packets and then route or forward thepre-processed data packets to a component or module of the RCRS 1708.For example, the communications interface 1710 can de-encapsulate ordecrypt the data packets and forward them to one or more of the forecastengine, notification engine, or healthcare management platform. In somecases, the communications interface 1710 can store the data of the datapackets in database 1718. The communication interface 1710 may create anevent data structure from the data packets and store the event datastructure in the database 1718. The communication interface 1710 mayprovide a pointer or identifier of the stored event data structure toone or more component or module of the RCRS 1708.

At step 1810, the server selects a healthcare trend model to provide ahealthcare related recommendation. The healthcare trend model can betrained by the server using previously received data packets includingdata indicating healthcare transaction events corresponding to theplurality of participants of the healthcare management platform. In someaspects, step 1810 comprises an innovative, non-conventional ornon-routine way to operate or perform the functionality of the presentsolution. In some aspects, step 1810 is implemented to address thetechnical problems and challenges of prior systems not deploying thepresent solution. In some aspects, step 1810 is implemented to make orcause more effective and efficient use of computing and networkingresources.

The trend model can include a baseline trend for an event. The servercan update the trend model as the server receives data packetsindicating tax benefit account transaction events. The server canmonitor the continuously updated trend model to determine whether thetrend of events is exceeding a maximum threshold (e.g., a firstthreshold) or falling below a minimum threshold (e.g., a secondthreshold). The server can poll the trend model for an update regardingthe current trend relative to the first and second thresholds. The trendmodel can be configured to provide a binary value responsive to apolling request or query. For example, the trend model can be configuredwith one or more scripts, API's, or libraries. The trend model can beconfigured to compare a current trend value with the first and secondthreshold and respond to the polling request or query with an indicationas to whether the current trend satisfies the desired range by fallingwithin the first and second thresholds, or does not satisfy the desiredrange by fallout outside the first and second thresholds. If the currenttrend falls below the threshold or exceeds the threshold, the trendmodel may further indicate, in the response, that the current trend isbelow the minimum threshold, or above the maximum threshold.

The server can train the trend model by computing a moving average overa time period. The server can determine a moving average of a valueassociated with the trend, such as a number of denials, rate of denials,amount of denial, number of password changes, or amount of paymentdeposits. The trend model can include a unique identifier. The uniqueidentifier can include an alpha numeric identifier or one or more ofstrings, characters, or symbols. Thus, in some cases, training the trendmodel can include determining a moving average to set a baseline trend.In some cases, training the trend model can further include computing ordetermining a dynamic first and second threshold (or dynamic maximum andminimum thresholds). The server can determine a dynamic threshold as afunction of a baseline trend. For example, the threshold can be afunction of a statistical value of the baseline trend, such as astandard deviation, variance, percentage, or logarithm or exponentialfunction. For example, the threshold range can be plus or minus one ormore standard deviations from the baseline trend or average.

At 1815, the server performs a lookup to identify tax benefit accountrelated recommendations. In some aspects, step 1815 comprises aninnovative, non-conventional or non-routine way to operate or performthe functionality of the present solution. In some aspects, step 1815 isimplemented to address the technical problems and challenges of priorsystems not deploying the present solution. In some aspects, step 1815is implemented to make or cause more effective and efficient use ofcomputing and networking resources. The server can perform the lookup ina recommendation data structure using an identifier of the selectedtrend model. The server can perform the lookup to identify one or moretax benefit account related recommendations linked with the selectedtrend model.

In some cases, the server may determine that there are norecommendations linked to the trend model. For example, recommendationsmay not have been previously transmitted for the event type of the trendmodel. For situations in which recommendations are not linked to thetrend model in the recommendation data structure, the server can selecta random one or more recommendations from a pool of availablerecommendations. In some cases, the server can retrieve a defaultrecommendation. In these cases, the server can be configured to cyclethrough one or more recommendations to obtain data on how therecommendation might affect the event trend. If the recommendation hasno or minimal impact on the event trend (e.g., decreases or increasesthe event trend by less than 2%, 1%, 0.5%, 0.3%, or some other deminimisamount), then the server can determine that the recommendation has azero or low correlation coefficient with respect to affecting the eventtrend. By cycling through different recommendations based on a timeinterval and monitoring the recommendation's effect on the event trend,the server can determine a correlation coefficient between therecommendation and the event trend. The server can link the event trendto the recommendation and store the link along with the correlationcoefficient in the recommendation data structure for future use.

At 1820, the server determines correlation coefficients for the one ormore recommendations. The server can determine the correlationcoefficient between each of the plurality of healthcare relatedrecommendations and the selected healthcare trend model. In some cases,the correlation coefficient between a recommendation and an event trendmodel can be stored in a recommendation data structure. In some aspects,step 1820 comprises an innovative, non-conventional or non-routine wayto operate or perform the functionality of the present solution. In someaspects, step 1820 is implemented to address the technical problems andchallenges of prior systems not deploying the present solution. In someaspects, step 1820 is implemented to make or cause more effective andefficient use of computing and networking resources.

In some cases, the server can input the recommendation (or features ofthe recommendation) and features of the event trend into a machinelearning model for the trend that is trained by the server. The outputof the machine learning model can include a correlation coefficient thatindicates a level of correlation between the recommendation and theevent trend or an increase or decrease in the event trend. Thiscorrelation coefficient can indicate a likelihood that therecommendation can affect the event trend.

For example, providing a notification with a recommendation to change anaccount password (or other security recommendation) can be correlatedwith a decrease in fraudulent transaction reported to the RCRS. Adecrease in fraudulent transactions reduces resource consumption andprocessing of the system.

At 1825, the server selects a highest ranking healthcare relatedrecommendation and retrieves a corresponding notification template. Insome cases, a recommendation is linked to a notification template thatis predetermined to most effectively convey the recommendation. Forexample, the recommendation data structure can map recommendations tonotification templates stored in the notification template datastructure. In some cases, the server may determine an additionalcorrelation coefficient between each of a plurality of notificationtemplates and the selected recommendation to identify a highest rankingnotification template. In some aspects, step 1825 comprises aninnovative, non-conventional or non-routine way to operate or performthe functionality of the present solution. In some aspects, step 1825 isimplemented to address the technical problems and challenges of priorsystems not deploying the present solution. In some aspects, step 1825is implemented to make or cause more effective and efficient use ofcomputing and networking resources.

In some embodiments, the server can be configured to select anotification template for a recommendation using one or more criteria.For example, if recommendation includes text and an image, the servercan select a notification template that includes a field for text and animage slot. The server can further select the notification template thatincludes sufficient space for the recommendation, such as sufficientspace for a certain number of characters. In some embodiments, therecommendation can include criteria specifying a communication medium.In some embodiments, the server can determine that a type ofcommunication medium is correlated with a desired event trendadjustment. For example, sending a list of qualifying and non-qualifyingitems may be more effective in improving an event trend if the list issent via email as opposed to physical mail or text message. Thus, insome embodiments, the server can select a notification template based oncriteria of a recommendation or based on the notification template beingcorrelated with an desired trend adjustment. The server can determinethe correlation coefficient between the notification template and eventtrend adjustment using a machine learning technique.

At 1830, the server generates a notification corresponding to thehighest ranking healthcare related recommendation. For example, theserver can configure a notification engine with the notificationtemplate to cause the notification engine to generate a notificationcorresponding to the highest ranking healthcare related recommendation.The notification engine can be configured to populate the selectednotification template with the recommendation data. The notificationengine can be further configured to customize the notification withparticipant data, temporal data, event type data, or geographic data. Insome aspects, step 1830 comprises an innovative, non-conventional ornon-routine way to operate or perform the functionality of the presentsolution. In some aspects, step 1830 is implemented to address thetechnical problems and challenges of prior systems not deploying thepresent solution. In some aspects, step 1830 is implemented to make orcause more effective and efficient use of computing and networkingresources.

Configuring the notification engine to generate a notification caninclude providing the notification template to the notification engine.For example, the notification template can include a data file, ascript, or HTML, fields. In some embodiments, providing the notificationtemplate can include inputting or providing an identifier correspondingto the notification template to the notification engine. For example,the server can generate a function call where the function inputincludes an identifier for the notification template. The identifier caninclude an alphanumeric identifier. The identifier can include a path toa data file comprising the notification template.

In some embodiments, generating the notification for the recommendationusing the notification template can include populating one or morefields of the notification template, calling a scripting function, orassembling one or objects identified by the template or therecommendation. For example, the recommendation can include a data filewith instructions that include text or bitmap to be printed or renderedon a display. Example notifications can include a text message to one ormore participants that states, for example: “Remember: only use yourcard for qualifying purchases such as prescription medications and donot conduct a transaction that includes both qualifying andnon-qualifying items”; “Check your balance before you swipe by clickinghere”; or “Merchant <X> is only configured for credit transactions, sodo not use your tax benefit card in debit mode”, where <X> can include amerchant name such as a local pharmacy. The server can determine thelocal pharmacy based on location information received from the mobiledevice. For example, the server can receive latitude and longitudeinformation from the participant's mobile computing device and map thislocation information to merchant location information by performing alookup in a merchant location database.

At 1835, the notification engine generates a request to deliver thenotification and transmit the notification. In some aspects, step 1835comprises an innovative, non-conventional or non-routine way to operateor perform the functionality of the present solution. In some aspects,step 1835 is implemented to address the technical problems andchallenges of prior systems not deploying the present solution. In someaspects, step 1835 is implemented to make or cause more effective andefficient use of computing and networking resources.

The notification engine can generate the request to deliver thenotification to a destination address of a computing device of theparticipant. The destination address can correspond to a phone number,email address, physical address, username, identifier of an application,or other identifier of communication medium of the participant computingdevice.

In some embodiments, the notification engine can store the generated orassembled notification in database. The notification engine can generatea request to deliver the notification. The request can include anidentifier, pointer, or file path of the notification stored in thedatabase. The server can, responsive to the generated request, retrievethe stored notification and transmit the notification. The request caninclude instructions regarding when to transmit the notification, a timeinterval for repeating transmission of the notification, and to whichcomputing device to transmit the notification. The notification enginecan identify participant computing devices to receive the notificationusing a targeting criteria such as location, type of computing device,or type of event or transaction associated with the computing device.For example, if a set of multiple participant computing devices asassociated with the event and the event trend that triggered thegeneration of the notification, the RCRS can automatically generate amarketing campaign to send the notification with the recommendation tothe corresponding participant devices. The server can, in someembodiments, customize the notification for each devices by usingdifferent notification templates based on device type (e.g., screen sizeor communication medium).

In some aspects, the methods of the present solutions implements acombination of steps in an innovative, non-conventional and/ornon-routine manner. In some aspects, the method 1800 of the presentsolution combines the steps of FIG. 18 in an innovative,non-conventional and/or non-routine combination to implement theimproved functionality, performance and operation of the presentsolution. In some aspects, the method of the present solution combinesthe steps of FIG. 18 in in an innovative, non-conventional and/ornon-routine manner to more efficiently and effectively use computing andnetworking resources. In some aspects, the method of the presentsolution provides innovative, non-conventional and/or non-routineordered combination of steps.

It should be understood that the systems described above can providemultiple ones of any or each of those components and these componentscan be provided on either a standalone machine or, in some embodiments,on multiple machines in a distributed system. The systems and methodsdescribed above can be implemented as a method, apparatus or article ofmanufacture using programming or engineering techniques to producesoftware, firmware, hardware, or any combination thereof. In addition,the systems and methods described above can be provided as one or morecomputer-readable programs embodied on or in one or more articles ofmanufacture. The term “article of manufacture” as used herein isintended to encompass code or logic accessible from and embedded in oneor more computer-readable devices, firmware, programmable logic, memorydevices (e.g., EEPROMs, ROMs, PROMs, RAMs, SRAMs, etc.), hardware (e.g.,integrated circuit chip, Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA),Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC), etc.), electronicdevices, a computer readable non-volatile storage unit (e.g., CD-ROM,floppy disk, hard disk drive, etc.). The article of manufacture can beaccessible from a file server providing access to the computer-readableprograms via a network transmission line, wireless transmission media,signals propagating through space, radio waves, infrared signals, etc.The article of manufacture can be a flash memory card or a magnetictape. The article of manufacture includes hardware logic as well assoftware or programmable code embedded in a computer readable mediumthat is executed by a processor. In general, the computer-readableprograms can be implemented in any programming language, such as LISP,PERL, C, C++, C#, PROLOG, or in any byte code language such as JAVA. Thesoftware programs can be stored on or in one or more articles ofmanufacture as object code.

References to “or” may be construed as inclusive so that any termsdescribed using “or” may indicate any of a single, more than one, andall of the described terms.

While various embodiments of the methods and systems have beendescribed, these embodiments are exemplary and in no way limit the scopeof the described methods or systems. Those having skill in the relevantart can effect changes to form and details of the described methods andsystems without departing from the broadest scope of the describedmethods and systems. Thus, the scope of the methods and systemsdescribed herein should not be limited by any of the exemplaryembodiments and should be defined in accordance with the accompanyingclaims and their equivalents.

What is claimed is:
 1. A system, comprising: one or more processors,coupled with memory, to: obtain a data set comprising aggregated andanonymized electronic transactions made with tax benefit accountsadministered by a plurality of administrators having a similarity metricsatisfying a predetermined threshold; train, responsive to thesimilarity metric satisfying the predetermined threshold, a model withthe data set via machine learning that includes at least one ofcorrelation, cross-referencing, or statistical analysis; update,responsive to a parameter received from an administrator deviceassociated with an administrator of the plurality of administrators, themodel trained via the machine learning; generate, in real-time based onthe model updated responsive to the parameter, a first value for aperformance metric for the administrator responsive to the parameterreceived from the administrator device; provide, in real-time via adynamic report interface, an electronic report that indicates the firstvalue of the performance metric generated via the model updatedresponsive to the parameter; provide the dynamic report interfaceconfigured to receive adjustments to the parameter from theadministrator device; predict, via the model, a second value for theperformance metric based on an adjustment made to the parameter via thedynamic report interface; and provide, via the dynamic report interface,an indication of the second value for the performance metric.
 2. Thesystem of claim 1, comprising the one or more processors to: interface,via a communications port, with a plurality of administrator devicescorresponding to the plurality of administrators; and receive data onthe electronic transactions via the communications port from each of theplurality of administrator devices.
 3. The system of claim 1,comprising: the one or more processors to receive, via a network fromthe administrator device, the parameter of the administrator, theparameter including at least one of an account opening fee, a minimumoperating balance, a monthly fee, an annual fee, an electronic fundaccess type, or an interest rate of a profile of the administrator. 4.The system of claim 3, wherein the dynamic report interface comprises aslider interface configured to adjust a value of the parameter of theadministrator.
 5. The system of claim 4, comprising the one or moreprocessors to: receive, via the slider interface, an adjustment to thevalue of the parameter; input the adjustment to the value into the modelto generate a second value of the performance metric; and output, viathe dynamic report interface, the second value of the performancemetric.
 6. The system of claim 1, comprising the one or more processorsto: provide the dynamic report interface comprising a slider interfaceconfigured to adjust a value of the parameter of the administrator;predict, via the model, a participation rate for the administrator basedon an adjustment to the value made via the slider interface; determinean average participation rate for the plurality of administrators; andprovide, via the electronic report, the participation rate for theadministrator in comparison to the average participation rate for theplurality of administrators.
 7. The system of claim 1, comprising theone or more processors to: determine the first value of the performancemetric based on a number of participants of the administrator during atime interval; and determine a second value for the performance metricbased on the number of participants of the plurality of administrators.8. The system of claim 7, comprising the one or more processors to:receive, via the dynamic report interface, an indication from theadministrator device to adjust the time interval; and update the firstvalue of the performance metric and the second value of the performancemetric indicated in the electronic report responsive to the indicationto adjust the time interval.
 9. The system of claim 1, comprising theone or more processors to: receive, via the dynamic report interface, afilter criterion; and use the filter criterion to select the pluralityof administrators.
 10. The system of claim 1, comprising the one or moreprocessors to: receive, via the dynamic report interface, a filtercriterion; use the filter criterion to select a subset of the pluralityof administrators; generate a second value of the performance metricbased on the subset of the plurality of administrators, the second valuedifferent from the first value; and provide, via the dynamic reportinterface, the electronic report to indicate the second value of theperformance metric.
 11. A method, comprising: obtaining, by one or moreprocessors coupled with memory, a data set comprising aggregated andanonymized electronic transactions made with tax benefit accountsadministered by a plurality of administrators having a similarity metricsatisfying a predetermined threshold; training, by the one or moreprocessors, responsive to the similarity metric satisfying thepredetermined threshold, a model with the data set via machine learningthat includes at least one of correlation, cross-referencing, orstatistical analysis; updating, by the one or more processors,responsive to a parameter received from an administrator deviceassociated with an administrator of the plurality of administrators, themodel trained via the machine learning; generating, by the one or moreprocessors, in real-time based on the model updated responsive to theparameter, a first value for a performance metric for the administratorresponsive to the parameter received from the administrator device;providing, by the one or more processors, in real-time via a dynamicreport interface, an electronic report that indicates the first value ofthe performance metric generated via the model updated responsive to theparameter; providing, by the one or more processors, the dynamic reportinterface configured to receive adjustments to the parameter from theadministrator device; predicting, by the one or more processors via themodel, a second value for the performance metric based on an adjustmentmade to the parameter via the dynamic report interface; and providing,by the one or more processors via the dynamic report interface, anindication of the second value for the performance metric.
 12. Themethod of claim 11, comprising: interfacing, by the one or moreprocessors via a communications port, with a plurality of administratordevices corresponding to the plurality of administrators; and receiving,by the one or more processors, data on the electronic transactions viathe communications port from each of the plurality of administratordevices.
 13. The method of claim 11, comprising: receiving, by the oneor more processors via a network from the administrator device, theparameter of the administrator, the parameter including at least one ofan account opening fee, a minimum operating balance, a monthly fee, anannual fee, an electronic fund access type, or an interest rate of aprofile of the administrator.
 14. The method of claim 13, wherein thedynamic report interface comprises a slider interface configured toadjust a value of the parameter of the administrator.
 15. The method ofclaim 14, comprising: receiving, by the one or more processors via theslider interface, an adjustment to the value of the parameter;inputting, by the one or more processors, the adjustment to the valueinto the model to generate a second value of the performance metric; andoutputting, by the one or more processors via the dynamic reportinterface, the second value of the performance metric.
 16. The method ofclaim 11, comprising: providing, by the one or more processors, thedynamic report interface comprising a slider interface configured toadjust a value of the parameter of the administrator; predicting, by theone or more processors via the model, a participation rate for theadministrator based on an adjustment to the value made via the sliderinterface; determining, by the one or more processors, an averageparticipation rate for the plurality of administrators; and providing,by the one or more processors via the electronic report, theparticipation rate for the administrator in comparison to the averageparticipation rate for the plurality of administrators.
 17. The methodof claim 11, comprising: determining, by the one or more processors, thefirst value of the performance metric based on a number of participantsof the administrator during a time interval; and determining, by the oneor more processors, a second value for the performance metric based onthe number of participants of the plurality of administrators.
 18. Thesystem of claim 17, comprising: receiving, by the one or more processorsvia the dynamic report interface, an indication from the administratordevice to adjust the time interval; and updating, by the one or moreprocessors, the first value of the performance metric and the secondvalue of the performance metric indicated in the electronic reportresponsive to the indication to adjust the time interval.
 19. The methodof claim 11, comprising: receiving, by the one or more processors viathe dynamic report interface, a filter criterion; and using, by the oneor more processors, the filter criterion to select the plurality ofadministrators.
 20. The method of claim 11, comprising: receiving, bythe one or more processors via the dynamic report interface, a filtercriterion; using, by the one or more processors, the filter criterion toselect a subset of the plurality of administrators; generating, by theone or more processors, a second value of the performance metric basedon the subset of the plurality of administrators, the second valuedifferent from the first value; and providing, by the one or moreprocessors via the dynamic report interface, the electronic report toindicate the second value of the performance metric.